Professional Documents
Culture Documents
RADAR SYSTEM
FUNDAMENTALS
WAR D EPARTMENT
28 APRIL
I~U
WAR
DEPARTMENT
TECHNICAL
M.rNUAL
TM 11-467 CONFIDENTIAL
RADAR SYSTEM
FUNDAMENTALS
.
.
.,
WAR
DEPARTMENT
II......
'
28
APRI L
O~
,,".,lio._ , 1m
Dn9.
II"""
UNrI'R'i.ITY Of MICHIGAN
1944
WAR DEPARTMENT,
WAtHINO'!'ON 26, D. C., 28 April 1944.
TM 11-467, Radar System Fundamental", is published for the information and guidance of all concerned.
IA. o. -'1 tiS M.r H).)
G. C. MARSHALL,
Ohief 01 St.!.
Qn1CIAL:
J. A. ULIO,
, Majrw Ge'Mf'al,
T"'-
Ad~ Oe~ral.
lhwnDUTlOX :
V,
Rect :
ll ...ta:;
a.
IIia'
10 11 : T/ O and E 11- 287. 8 1r Co. Dep, A.. n : 11- 231, ~II Co By 01' TnK
C<!t>le",; 11-437 Sir A W Co ; ll--<fl 2-S, HQ Co Blr AW ~: 11 - 101. 811:
Rep Co ; 11 - 121. S l, o..p Co ; 11-32'1. Sl, Put!'i ~ Co ; 11 - 581. 81, lh.lu(
Co ; 11-611. Sta" K.dar ".lnl Un l l
IC"": T!O aud II: 4+-138. AAA !IlL BI., (SM) ; 4+-117. AAIJ. Quo Bt.,
(SM).
On9 .. oil"""
UNfIIERSITY Of '-'KHJ(Jo.N
Fore........
"'...
The majority of the circuit. discmred in Radar Syrtem Fundamental, were e:l1:raeted from variOU8 production tquipments and in
many cu were simplified in order to stress the fundamental oper
tion. Particular reliance i8 pl.ced on TM 11-466 .nd Navsbipe
900,016 for the buic an.lysis of individu.l circuits composing the more
complu radar circuits. Mathemetieal consider.tiOM have been r.
duced to minimum, &8 it is not anticipated th.t student technicians
n
Q,i.v, .1 """"
UNIVERSITY Of MlCHKJo.H
- 150 ohms
l/lOK - 1110,000 ohmll
I.GM - 1,Il00,000 ohms
Linea which ("I'0Il8 1I!itAout being shown t ied togeth er by a dot form
no contact. Linea which cross and cart! shown tied together by a dot
fonn a contact. The direction of current fl.ow has been considered
to be the direction of the movtment of electrona, tJIILt i9, from negltive to positivt within the Cireuit Ind from cathode to plate within
the vacuum tube.
IY
On9" oil"""
UNfIIERSITY Of '-'KHJ(,AN
Content.
"or __ pIIo
P_
I
14
33
73
119
154
186
234
252
285
311
363
385
v
On9 .. oil"""
UNfIIERSITY Of '-'KHJ(,AN
Seetloa I
EleBleots of Radar
I. GENERAL
s . .....UC"T.ONS
OF ~ML
.. Sea_II. ( 1) Tactical operations al'& hesed on the available
knowledge of the enemy's dispositions and movements. Radar can
be of utreme importance in providing a continuous llow of accurate
information to the commanding officer. The initial location of the
ellemy and SIIb$equent n!ports up to the time when action is finally
joined is accomplished by search radar.
(2) The problem of locating aircraft targtl18 differs from that of
locating SIIrface targets, in that the reflecting surface of an aircraft is
small compared to that of a naval vessel. Also, since the speed of the
aircraft is much greater, information is required at greater ranges in
order to take effectivlI action. This factor necessitatl'll the use of
~a rly tNming radar for aircraft search. Such systems Ire intended
to determine range and approximlte azimuth.
(3) The accurat~ J"ep()f'tifIfJ systems permit the location of the target
more Iccurately than do the early wlrning systems. A means of
mealll.lting altitude is usually included in this typB of equipment so
. that the target poaition i, known in three dimensions. When th~
available dlta i~ used to direct fighter lIircrllft in the in t~rcept i on of
the target., the name gruu.ntl ccmtrolkd interception (Gel) is 8OIllelimes applied.
1
,.,
Dn9,
II"""
UNrI'R'i.ITY Of MICHIGAN
U.
Q,i.v, .1 """"
UNIVERSITY Of MlCHKJo.H
(2) Radar btIDCQAI tln) used to IJIIpplement the natural fixed target.ll
which act as reference points. Beacons are similar to IFF systems in
that they receive signals from the radar set and retum other signals
to iL Each installation has ita own eode U; identify its location.
Therefore, the IlIIII of beacons is an improvement over the UIi8 of lind
.........
(3) Radar altimeUrr are special radar systems used to measure the
height above the Burfaee of the earth. Such devices are called 00'0lute altimeter, because they measure the true distance to the earth
without reference to _ level or barometric preasure.. Since range is
tbe only form of data required, and sinee the earth's eurf8()6 is the
targst, altimeters are smRiI and relatively simple.
3. 1lAD..uI METHODS
.. eo.tIa.o_wavC'l (e-w) .et~ad. One method of detecting s target maklll use of the Doppler etrecL When radio-frequency energy which is transmitted continuously strikes an object
which moves toward or away from thllSOUrce of ooergy, energy is reo
8eeted and ita frequency is changed. The change in frequency is.
known as the Doppler effect. A similar effect at audible frequencies
i, reoognuoo readily when the pitch of the whistle of a train is heard
as it approachlll or leaves the listener. The radar application of thi~
effect measures the difference in frequency between the transmitted
and retleeted energy to determine the prellence and tpeed of the moying target. This method works well with fast-moving targets, but
not with tbose whicb are slow or stationary. Cow systems are therefore limited in pre!!llnt usage.
It. tr. " e."y........ tJ _t~"'. If the frequency 01
the transmitted energy is varied continuously and periodically over a
specified band, the frequency of the energy being radiated by the antenn a differs from that being received from the target. This difference occurs because of the time required lor the energy to reach
the target and retum. The frequency difference depends on the distance traveled, and can be used as a measure of range_ Moving targets produce a frequency shift in the returned signal because of the
Doppler effect which affects the accuracy of range meaguremenL
eo . . . _.ed.latl _et~"'. The radio-frequency energy
can also be transmitted in short pulses whoee time duration may vary
from 1 to 60 microBl:\OOnds (millionths of a second). If the tMlllemitter is turned off belon! the ~8ected energy returJUI from the target,
the receiver can di stinguish between the transmitted pulse and the
reflected pulsa After all re8ection$ have returned, the transmitter
0.'9'
~11n>m
UNIVERSITY Of "'J{HlGAN
.. TI
..--......--..
--,~~~~,~,.:-
On9 .. oil"""
UNfIIERSITY Of '-'KHJ(,AN
nturn trip is al80 32,BOO yards, the raqui~ tim~ of travel i$ apin
100 miCl'( seconds. Figure 8 shows the pulse returned to the radar
system. The total elapeed time is 200 micrO$OO(lnds for a distance
traveled of twice the actual rangtl of the target. For radar ranging
therefore, the velocity is considered to be one ha.1f of ita true value,
or 164 yards per mic rosecond. In the enmple, range-timeX 164200 x UW - S2,800 yard8.
~--
TI e
e ___ e.t. (1) In order to employ the timerange rdationship, the radar system must hr.ve II time.measuri ng
devioe. In addition, since there may be more than one target in the
region under search, !lOme means of sepr.rr.ting and identifying pulses
must be ineJuded. The cathode-ray OElCillOllCOpI'I is well suited to such
task, since it retains the information on its flCreen and also forl1l~ a
time scale. The time scale is provided by using a linear sweep to produce a known rate of motion of the electron beam across the so::reen
of the cathode-ray tube.
~.
Q,i.v, .1 """"
UNIVERSITY Of MlCHKJo.H
(2) The DleUllftIlllent of time ill illustrated in the following enmpIe.. Assume that cath~-rRy tube ill used with. horiront.llineat'
sweep which pnxiUOllll a beam whOlM! velocity acroII8 the 8C~n is
1 inch pet' 100 miCl"Oll!OOnds.. The sign.ls received from. target .t a
range of 32,800 yards ani applied to the OIIcilloecope as a vertical dElflection_ Following the llame aequeooe of operations IllI in the pnlvioWl
illustration, figure' .hows the radio-f"'Queney puhle leaving the radllt'
anlenna and the sweep just starting acI'08S the 8CnlIIn. Since 1 micro8000nd hllll 6lapged, the leading edge of the pulse has moved 328 yards
--' - ./
dop."
'0_
,1.. e _ J ,. aet1.>IId.
J'iVOJN
s. p,."e ruo't.
I.r,..r,
~.elll
TL-MU
'/oooe_1H ,. oeo!o..",.
from the antenna, and the sweep tu.oe has moved 0.01 inch aeroaa
the!ICr"MD. The plolbe is .I!bown on the IICnlen as a vertical de8ection,
sinOI.'! the receiver def.ecUI the pulse which is supplied to the transmitting antenna .. After 100 miefOlleCOudl! elapsed time the pulse
reaches the target 82,BOO yanis away, and the swoop trIlOI.'I has moved
1 ineh(fig. IS). Since the pulse energy is out at the target, there is no
deflection of the trIlOI.'I vertically. The re6ected pulse Ntuma to the
r&dat' antenna at the end of 200 mier( E2 ~{)nda, during 1Ii'hieh the
sweep traoe hllll moved a totnl di!lt.ance of 2 inehes. For the length
of tht" received pulse (1 microsecond) the I.race is deflect.ed vertically
(fig. 6). Thu,,> with a consta..nt 811i'eep-trace velocity of 1 inch pet'
0.'9'
~r In>m
UNIVERSITY Of "'J{HlGAN
100 micn:!2oonds, a time _Ie i.e: proouced which ill equivalent to 100
mieJ 'C !lllloonds timell 164 yards pe r microsecond equals 16,400 yards
per inch of tnoo. If 1UI0ther target returned the transmitted pube
in 300 mici"O!:i8COnds, the return signal would be indicated 3 inches from
the start of the sweep, and the range of the target would be SOOx 1644-9,200 yards.
(3) The single-trace illustration used will not penis! on the O6CilloI:iCOpiI 8Cl'een for sufficient time to be useful.
Therefore it is neces8ll.ry
to repeat the pullile tralU!lllission and the sweep trace periodically.
n-H4.
...
ry..~
5.
""~
TRANt: I . . . 011
~-,
...
...
...
, -
"
'WI!:.~
LOOIITM .. NOCI
I' SlC"'O'
~_
TL-8M5
Ii",,", 1.
."""m1
'''''''111)/)
larflC"lI.
~ u<,<,"",.)
If the two operations are made to start in t he sa.me time n!lation each
time, signals retumed from a given target will be superimposed on
each other by 6uceessive sweep traces. The signals from all tllrgeta
will be shown on the oscilloscope in their proper swee plime-range
positions (fig. 7).
Dn9.
II"""
UNrI'R'i.ITY Of MICHIGAN
On9 .. oil"""
UNfIIERSITY Of ~Hj(Jo,N
'lULL.
_..o.noM 'a'
--,.........
"a'L
..... OCl><
TL-_
r::=='
:
"
:
'
:
"
:
L
I-.H
,
.
.
.
__
r
."'Ii'L
iiPEllIi,,".'~-
.-'
. ------ ---- ---- -----
./
position .A, the echo signal strength &Ii received by lobe 1 is propor,
tional to Y, and aa received in lobe 2 is proportional to X. If the
IlIItenna is rotated 80 that the target is in position B, the signal from
On9 .. oil"""
UNfIIERSITY Of '-'KHJ(Jo.N
I A
...,.. h' I
""IY Co
0.1",
n __
.. 8BT.MIN"TlON" OF BLEV"TN
Or>c.>i . 11"""
uNrvnsm Of MICHIGAN
of the two fields 80 produced. The rellected wave Iravel~ fUIther lluan
the direct ray in reaching the target. The addition of the fields at
the target depends on thr dift"erena! in the distanct'18 traveled eJ:pr- " )d
in ",aVeil"llglhs.. For exalllple, if the path dift"erencl" for" given target.
" ..,
ALTITUDE:
..,..
..
,..",'" n.
lh1_jllO""~
Tl.-....
01 .ltll,,"".
1111171777777777777777777
In , .... _
... -.....
~:C<2
.-
.....u.m ....
..
Oti-v' .1 """"
UNIVERSITY Of MlCHKJo.H
..
(2) The thrl'1>ho ld-pickup method lIlukt'!< lise "f the V<!rtic"l-t-Hv\,T-
ags rmllern of an Rnt enlla ~y8rern whose lobe axi ~ is panlle! 10 I-h o
earth_ The positions of the lobes Rnd gaps are determined by fly ing
an aircrufl. toward Ihe Mldar inSh llMt ioll on known II ltiIIlJe~, lind I'i>cord ill g the nnge!ii at which a minimum usable sib" lal i~ returned. A
typ iclIl lllol of this dala ill shown in fib'l.ll"e 15. The chari "btnint>d in
Ihis way is u sed by obseni ng the range at whi ch lin unkno""1\ IoIrl.,oct
first ap pears, and then readillg its altitude from the chllrl. T hi s
method is very inoccurlue'l'rimuri ly b..-Cltuse t he graph of the allh!IIUII
pattern is determined by the use of 0 single aircnt ft while the target
may be any number of planes. I n b<encral, the greaur the numl>er of
plunes. the gl~at.er is the st rength of ths ""tumed SiglUI\. Therefon'.
a Inrge flight of [llnne. lit II. given altitude will be detected at II. grealer
range than II. lIingle pllne.
(3) Ths $ignal-COIll[lllri$On method is sim ply an exten@ion of the
threshold_pickup melh.KI. Tw o uutenl\n ~ Mre placed one above the
. ....
! "
,
.
,.
1l7rpn,]:::1<i~":-'----"
"
./,.~
.' ...
~~-
~~
'
-~
~.
.-'ropoo
-'
"
...
. ..
Tl-a6!!1l
J.'I, . r~
"II.,.dr.
oIher 10 give sligh/ly differelll v"" 'r icIII .c"" e r"g~ l',uler ll >;. TII(,I"I}('!I
the refore overlll]) bnt do nOI wi nei'].. The $i gllltl~ ........:cived nn the
L"'O anlennas are comp"red in mllgnit.ude, ami Iheir rat io, together
... ith the range of ti,e tarb""!. is applied to II. heighr .r"llge chllrt fr"m
... hich al titude is reMd. Uude r lavon,ble condi t-iolls, th e "ltilUde can
I>e delermilled within 500 feet. I na~"Curllci('lj dne 10 the "'ltnh.~r of
plllll"" in a gil'en target ,,,.,. h, rgely d in,innte'] b.....:IIUSC II ratio is 1I.';C<1.
(4 ) '(1111 tilred -Rnl"m,a nr..thod measUI'tIS the Hngle of e1en. t i"ll di ro<; lly in Ihe Slime way thnt llZimulh is lIIe" slu~d. Ground I"t!fI.)(!lions
lire IlI'oided by usillg the system on ta rgets wh ich 1IT(l high enough so
that trans mitted tnel"gy does not strik e the ground ( fig. 12) . T he DCcuracy of I hi~ rnd h.M1 'lcpends un rhe frt",:-s pl\t~ Imtlel'n and the ubilil .'"
of the opernlor tn loclllo' tl .. "II -tllrgel 1" ~ irion of Ihe a nl en"n arrll ).
D o ubl.'l"hc systems '" .... ~"'mnuli ly uscd to iltcrense the pl'ecisiun wi th
... hich t.he IIntenna is l)Qi nttod,
t f)
0.'9'
.,I<om
UNIVERSITY Of MKHIGAN
SeedOD ..
huedo.a. Co_peaeafa .'Radar SY8te_
7. JI'IJ~AMII:NT.u. ELBMBNTS.
.. GII!_eraL Radar system. now in exillt600e vary greatly as to
detail. They may be very simple or, if mono accurate data are r&quired, they may be highly relined. The principles of operation,
however, ue e_mtiaUy the 8Ilme for al1l1JlMffis. Thus. single buic
radar eystem can be visualized in which the functional requirements
hold equally well for.1l specific equipment& The varying details are
due to I. choice of epedfic circuits to fulfill these general function&! requirement& In general, the degree of refinement of these circuita
increases with the frequency, "moe the microwave region lends itBelf
to a bigher degree of precision in angular measurement..
It.. ....e .. _.1 ..1M" ......... (1) The fum:tional break
down of the pulse-modulated radar system resolves itself into sill: . .
Benti.1 oomponent& Theee are shown in figure 18 and m.y be summarited l1li fo11ow8:
.
(a) The timer (variously known 18 the synchronizer, keyer, or
control oentral) supplies the synchronir.ing signals which time the
tranamitted pulses and the indicaUlr, and which coordinate other alllJOCiated circuits.
(b) The traM11litter ~nerates the r f energy in the form Qf short,
powerful pulsee.
( 0) The QnttlnJIQ '1If Um takes the r-f energy from the tnmsmi;tar,
radiates it in a bighly directional beam, receives any returning echoes,
and p"SIleo thelle echoes to the reeeivu.
( d) The receiver ampl ifieo the weak r-f pulses returned by the target
and reproduces them as video pul_ Ul be applied Ul the indicawr.
(tI) The indicawr produee~ a vi~ual indication of the echo pulse8
in a manner which furnishes the required infonnation.
(I) The p_ r l/Uppl y furn ishes all a-e and d -c voltages .nec_wry
for the operation o f the system components.
(2) Any radar system can be subd ivided on the basis of the functional block diagram pre!lented in figure 16. An actual system may
contain several fu nctional components within one physical component,
or a single function may be performed in I16veraJ pbysical eomponents.
Q,i.v, .1 """"
UNIVERSITY Of MlCHKJo.H
However, the analysis of the operation of a given !let is greatly simplified by applying the functional block diagram without co nsidering the
physil"&llocation of the cin:uit.e.
L SYSTEM CONSTANTL
.. Ge-"ral. Any rad ar system bas l.88OCiated with it certain
cunslants. The choice of these constants for a particular system is determ ined by its tactical WIll. the ac<:uracy required. thtl range to be
covered, the practical physical sire. and thtl problem of generating
and receiving the signal.
1.
...co
~
~
t-
........ 'n ..
.........."
........
......
.
-'----'-
..
, '........
c .......
'-".
..
n- o.,.
l'I,.,u
16.
Dn9,
II"""
UNrI'R'i.ITY Of MICHIGAN
,.
Or>c.>i . 11"""
uNrvnsm Of MICHIGAN
and -ill termed the peak power of the eystem. Power i8 nonndly
measured .... an anrage value over a relatively long period of time.
Since the Mar transmitter ill resting for a time which ill long with
NlIIpect to ita operating time, the average power delivered during one
oycle of operation is quilAl low oompared to the peak power available
during the pulse time.
(2) A definite relationship e:riiU between the ayerage power dissipated over an en.ended period of tilTMl and the peak power developed
during the pulae.time. The time of one cycle of operation is the reciprocal of the repetitioo frequency, T-llf. Other factors remaining
oonstant, the greater the pube width the higher the average power i
and the longer the pul.ee-repetition time the lower the average po"ef.
Thus:
average power pnlse width
peak power - - puJ:iiiOrepetition time.
These generlll relationships are shown in figure 17.
---'.
.-
{lube width
pulse_repetition time - duty cycle
For e][8mple, a 2-microaecond pulBe repeated at. the rate of MlO times
per I!ItCOnd represents a duty cycle of 0.001, 6ince the time for 1 cycle
is 1/Il00 IIOCOnd, or 2,000 mitICf(lfM!c(lDds :
2
2,000 - 0.001 -
duty cycle
(4) Likewise, the rat.io I.oetween the average power and peak power
ma.y be expn ;sed in lernl~ "f the dUly cycle:
""wer
. .:.;::... -- - duty cyde
peak power
.~erRge
In the abovl' enmple it mlly be aSl<111l1l.u that the po'Dk power is 200
kilowatts. For 2 microseconds, then, 200 kilowatts of power lI"e avail-
Or>c.>i . 1/"""
uNrvnsm Of MICHIGAN
able, .... hile for the remaining 1,998 micrum:Qoos zero power is
available.
8iOOl:
avenge power -
~ak
-_.
........... _ t
(I) High peak power iq desirable to produce a strong echo over the
muimum range of tbe equipment. Low Iverage power enables the
transmitter tube!! and cireuit eomponenta to be made smaller and more
eomp&d. ThUB it ill advantageous to have a low duty cycle. The
peak power which can be developed is dependent upon the interrela_
tion between peak and Iverage power, pulse width and pulse-repetition time, or duty cycle.
e.
TIMER .
a. Ge.eral. The function of the timer i8 to insure that all cir-
cuits connected with the radar system open!e in a definite time relationship with each other ..00 that the intel"Val between pul1!e6 is of
the proper length. In general, there are two pra.ct.ieal methods of
8Upplying the timing requirementa.
It.
The pul96.repetitiOli frequency can be det.erminM by an oscillator.of any stable type IIUCh &8
a aine-wlve oeciUator, a mult.i vibrator, or a blocking oscillator. The
output is then applied to nece ry pulse.shaping cireuita to produoe
the required liming puiqe. Figure 19 showq several typical combinations of circuits ",hich may be used. The timing ot .)(liated eomponenta can be accomplished with the output of the timer or by obtain.
ing a timing signal from the t.n.nsrnitter &8 it iB turned on.
e. TI 1-.......... h i . Itiler. The tnnsmitter, with ita
as!lOCiBt.ed circuit.s, may eIlUbli~h its o .... n pulse width and pulse-repetition frequency and provide the synchronizing pulse for the other OODIponents of the sys tem. This Ilclion mlly be .ccomplished by a !leUpulsing or blocking r-f O!)Cilllltor 1II'ilh properly ch08l'n cin:uit eonstanta. This ~thod of timing eiiminat.e8 a number of special timing
Q,i.v, .1 """"
UNIVERSiTY Of M!CHKJo.H
=lH-Hcu_ ~
TO _
.. no
"'_u.. ,,,
I .... .....
...!:" "
COIlO.llT IOlOw"3
n.-HIJ
.e.
TII..t.NSMIIIIKR.
_. Sell_p."! ,..Ie. . In the self-pulsing ....du tnmsmit~r
the functions of transm itt ing and timing are C>lrried uut by une component (fig. 20). This type of trans mitter in efl'ect oscillates a t twu
frequencies: the carrier /refJ~, IS determined by tbe LO constants
of t,he tank circuit, and the pubing / reqrJo't:y, as determined by the
HO constants of the grid cil'l:uit. The grid capacitor largely colltrols
the width of the pulse in that it'! size determines the uumber of po~i
tive r. f swings required 1.0 char~ it sufficiently to block the tube.
The grid-leak l"Il9istor controls the pulse repetition frequency 1.0 the
extent that it determines the I,ime required for Bufticie nt chv.rge to leak
out of the grid capacitor to unblock the tube (the resting time ). The
tim ing pulse for other components is developed &cross a resiswr in the
cathode circuit of the blocldng oscillawr.
~ 1K:l de __ n,. p,,8fl4 .y.te-. In the Ill[tern.lly pulsed
Iype of radar trans mitter t.he function of the r . f oscillator is !"Illatively
simple, that is, to gen erate powerful pulsllll of r-f energy III nlgu lar
I,
Dn9,
II"""
UNrI'R'i.ITY Of MICHIGAN
intervals. Aa the resting time is wry IODg oompa~ W the trans.mitting time, the oscillawr may be gnlatly overloaded during tn.namission w increase the peak power. In this type of opeRtion the
r-f oscillator requirefl power in the fonn of a properly timed, highamplitude, rooungular pUl86. In most cars the timing oeciUator
cannot fulfill this requirement directly, and therefore it it nee -ary
to WI6 a driver and a modulaWr (fig. 21). A driver is aJl.Y circuit
which, when trig~red, driVel; the modulator with a rectangular pulse
of accurntely timed width. A modulator ia a cireuit which supplil!8
1- - - lii.'7oii... .
;r..:;;:;;.iOi<~.;:;;
- - --- -
I
I
I
__ ~
..
COOIWo'
......,..
--I
- -
I
I
I
I
I
JL3t
I
I
I
,_
........
'..........
L __________________
. .
'C_ HM
r-----T;i~__;;.,T1i:R
i'
- - 1-1-1
I
I
I
11
--J-----l
lr
I -"~I
~_~
+
I ~~I :
I
I ______________ ---1I
L
Qri.v 1""""
UNIVERSITY Of MlCHKJo.H
II. ANTENNA.
.. Ge.I!si.I. (1) The funotion of the antenna system is to take
the energy from the transmitter, radiate it in a directional beam,
pick up the returning echo, and pass it to the receiver with a minimum
of i(: len The antenna syatem may be considered to inelude the transmi!l8ion linea from the transmitter to the antenna array, the antenIa
array itself, the transmission line from the antenna arruy to the
receiver, and any antenna-switching d~vice and receiver-protective
devi08 which may be present..
'
(2) When a radar receiver is operated in close pro][itoity to a powu_
lui radar transmitter, a certain amount of signal inevitably finds its
way into the ~iver directly from the transmitter by way of the stray
capacitance of the input circuit leads. In certain instances such
signata resulting from the main tral1llmitted pul$(! must be entirely
eliminated from the output of the receiver. Therefore the rooeiver
must be gated. or turned olf during the pul$(! time 90 that it mny be
completely illli6fisitive.
(3) It may be desirable to couple a small amount of the tran..
mitted r-t energy to the receiver for timing purposes. However,
the signal directly available from the transmission line ill 110 strong
that the receiver input cireuit may be burned out. Because of the lensitivity of the receiver, the strong signal may also eu.U$(! blocking of
tubes which employ R-C grid circuits.. Thill blocking OCCUR beeauee
the strong signal will overdrive the tubes, cnusing grid eurnlllt to
80'11' which charges the capacitors. After the sign ... l is removed the
charge remairlll for some time as a bias which is much greater than
cut-olf. Bo,th of these conditions place a limit on the permissible
amount of trammitted pul98 which can reach the receiver, and are the
reasons for employing receiver.prutective device/l.
... UN.' tw
The simplest radar antenna system
would eontain two separate antenna arrays : one for tt1lnsmitting lind
one for receiving (fig. 22). In this arrangement the receiving antenna
must be shielded from the transmitting antenna in order to protect
the receiver from the powerful pulses of energy being radiated. In
general, the dire:tiv,ity of the antennas is sufficiently great to pennit
the location of the receiving antenna in a minimum ~i ~AI region of
the transmitting pattern. In aircraft installations the fU$(!lsge can
be used to shield the receiving antenna from the transmitting antenn n.
eo UN.I .Ia.le te ad "ell. (1) A mONl prA'"
tical radar system employs a single antenna and "an anlenna SWll ch
eapable of connecting the antenna to the tral1llmitter duri ng the trnns
mimon time and to the receiver during the rema inder of the pul\le
cyde. The switch is nec~AAftry to prot....:! the receiver from th e trans
mitter during the Ilulse t ime Ilnd also.> to isolate the transm itter dur in~
te.....
..
Q,i.v, .1 """"
UNIVERSITY Of MlCHKJo.H
,I <El
.!
~ - --- . -- -------,
,,,
.
". '
, ... ,1.1.
,~.
l__{~'~'~'~":'~'":::J-it:::
r
.
f
~--.--T\.-"~
'-;p...
u.
81"'~ ."'~
.... ,...,mtll.., .
ror _ ....,m",
_ , .. tTI
w....
"M'''.
CD
""T[NHo TIIUCSIfITTlN'
.........
(Zl
AIIT(IIIIA 11((:['...... ,
TL . . .,
(2) A system for using the single Intenna for both transmi8llion and
reception ehould be as e!fieient IS po!lIlible.. In other words, an of the
energy produced by the tran~mitter should reach the antenna, and all
of (he received energy should reach the receiver. This e8iciency ill
most easily obtained by matching the anttnna to the chancteristi(:
impedllll~ of the tnnsmission line. During tnnsmission of the
pulse, the transmitter should be mltched to the transmission ]jne and
the reoeiver must. PUB-nt In open circuit or high impedance to the
On9 .. 01'"""
UNfIIERSITY Of '-'KHJ(,AN
....,...
,.".... f4.
."""el/_,
'"-
'l"'~"'.
pedanee dt<:rehell when it ill turned off, the length IIhould be I quarter.
wa"",length, or !!Orne odd multiple thereof, in order to see a high
impedance. The high impedance presented by the transmitter and iUl
feed line to the T junction is in parallel with Ihe relatively low characteristic impedance of the remainder of the transmi!Jllion line ayatem,
but, being high,hulittleell'ect. If the transmitter impedance inerea!J81:1
when it i~ turned off. the I""IlIIOnant-line length should be I half
"",amength, or a multiple thereof.
(4) When the transmitter is turned on to transmit the nen pulsoe,
it 19ain will be properly mltched to the anlellnl. The open switch
(Jig. 24,) ",ill prevent the pulse from reaching the receiver. Ind ",ill
ClUIill a milJIll.t.ch to the line between the ,,,,itch and T-junction. By
using 80me multiple of a h.lf-w....elength, the open circuit of the
switch ",ill be preeented IS an open circuit IC1"088 the tnnsmitter
Intenna line.
..
Q,iov, .1 """'"
UNIVERSITY Of MlCHKJo.H
(5) III a broa d .;en,;e, thCII, the ijwilchi ug problem cun~ ist.l! o f providing whal amounts to II double-pole, single-throw switch ( fig. 24 )
f"r co nnecting the antenna alternately to the tnn6lllitter and to the
rt.~eivcr. The swiching device Illust be call1lhie of acting within a
time int ern.] of , few llIicrosec<Juds, u the roc~ i \'cr should be in the
antcllIHI. circ uit immediately Ifter the transmilll!ion of the pulse in
onler to detL'Ct close-range larS'!ts. T his m iCT"O>leCOlld timing Nlquiret;
that the dC\'ice be elect ronic in type. Ulldcr nrious o pe rational eirCUllIstunces it may tllke the form of r-f II mplifiCTII, k lystrons, spark
gaps, resonant tran ~ formeTII, spark-gap tubes, lIud (in wavegui des)
resomUl t slits.. It is L-nlll monly kno wn ItS the T- R (tt"BlIsmit-n.-ceh'e )
IIwitch or T-R box. Other te rm~ frequently encountered are d1lple_T.
rep7'(J(i, and , in certll.ill illllt.tlIlC()S, polypie;ur.
d. Typetl .f r.dl.l..... ( 1) The pr incipal type!! o f rMdiMtOMl
em ployed in Ihe radar allhlllllB wyslcm include: the ~tMckcd -dipole
ar ray with untlLlwd refl~~lor the dipole with tuned reflectors and di
.......... ------
'''''''''''0 KIIU
TC<:lul"1l ( Yagi). rhe d ipu lo wi th pBl"Nbo lic reflector, an d \'ar ious aTrall",~men t s of dielectric rlu liators u!SCd in conj unction with Wa\'e~"l idC8.
0.'9'
.'I<om
UNIVERSITY Of MKHIGAN
- -- - -
of the micro.wavelengtha. The re1I.eetion of r'f energy by the parabola or du'" is cloeely analogoua to the reflection of light by .. par...
bolic mino!::_ The dish is luge in coropari8on with the operating
wavelength j in gIlnllraI, the Ilrgt!f the l'1!8ector, the narrower the be.m
DIRECT 101'1 OF
PROPA....TION
pattern. The r f
DI~O~I
dialed 6D(l1'gY back to the di~h from which it is l'1!fl.eeted . head in the
form of .. narrow beam. Modifications of this type of radiating system include cylindrical and other types of parabolas. Parabolic 1'('Recto" It'e frequently used in conjunction with waveguides.
..
On9 .. oil"""
UNfIIERSITY Of '-'KHJ(,AN
(6) . 'igul"ll 1!8 8h<Hnl a t,y pe .,f app lication of tliclocl r ic ratlialon!
fed by wa\'{~guitl~'!i. T he..e nu\ialOI'l:! mll y be consi,\eretl to be merl!ly
e:den sio n~
"n ......
o
o
...--.......
.... _,
-..
0.'9' .1 I<om
UNIVERSITY Of MKHIGAN
.. c.
..._c..
(1) Figure 29 illustrates the rt!C6iver components 01 the radar system. The r-f amplifier may not be p~nt
in the higher fl"llquency ranges and thus the received signal may be
fed directly to the miJ:er. In this CII.8e it is desirable to use IlII short
a ~inr input transmi llSion line as the design requirements allow.
ThUll the miJ:er and local OIlcillator may be located clOllll to the T .junc.
tion of the transmi88ion line in order that the received r_1 energy may
be OOIlvertOO. to the lower intermediate frequency before being relayed
to the remaining reeei.er components. One or two ~ of i-f amplification are lJ()JIIetilIlllll located inunediately alter the miser-local
oscillator stage, functioning as a preamplifier to oJrset the conlliderable
attenuation encountered in coupling the very weak recei.ed signal
to the remote receiver componenta.
(2) The components of the n.dar receiver may be distributed
throughout the syBttm in such a manner that tbeir physical identity
becomes lOIt. Figure 30 illustrates one representative di$tribution of
the radar reoeil'er componenu which makM it po!Il!ib1e to locate the
1requency-lnl'ersiOD portion in the immediate .icinity of the antenna
and the video-amplifier portion in the vicinity of the indicator.
13. INIAT. . .
.. G".",_I. The indicator UIIe8 the received signals to produce
a flSllal indication of the deaired information, ne cathode-ray 05cilloecope is an ideal instrument for the pt'elltntation of radar data
since it not only sho..s a variation of a single quantity such 1.8 voltage,
but gives an indication of the relative values of t ..o or more fl)'nchronized varilltions. The usual indicator ill baaically the same in funetion a.s the lo ..-frequency test OIlcilloecope. The foculling, intenllity,
and poeitioning controls are similar, The !!Weep frequency of the
radar indicator is determined by the pulse-repetition frequency of
the system and the s..eep duration is established by the setting of
the range-eelec tor 8witeh,
.. Ty.-.f _the4e--ray .-e1U.n . (1) The
simpler systems of data presenlation gener!!.l!y use the electrostatic
cathode-ray tube in which the electron beam is made to follow aome
pattern by controlled dilJerences in potential LJetw.een pairs of defleding plate&.
(2) The more highly refined systemll of dsta presentation generRlly
utiliu the electromagnetic ClIthode-fIly tube .. ith a !ong-per.listence
screen_ The position of the electron beam at any instant is d .. termined
by causing it to paSll through a mRgnetic fi eld produced by controlled
currmta through deflecting coilll mounted outside the lube. If intensity modulation is usffi, the bias is such that the tube is held ju~t
beyond ("ut-off, Ind the video output of the receiver is applied to either
.u...
Dn9,
II"""
UNrI'R'i.ITY Of MICHIGAN
I
I
I
I'
I
I
.~
"
""
g~
"
o
.'
-.
0"
>~
I
I
I
I
- e
i,
\;.
<~
~'i
5e
0
-
I
I
I
I
I
I
~
~
" "
! c . rc
- -
0
I
.
I
I
I
I
~!
:i
o.
-"
~
I
I
the grid or cathode with such polarity as to release t.be beam and
all01l' the trace to appear on the \!CreeD. Thus the bright 8pola on the
fl('I'OOn repruent returning echoes detected by the radar receiver.
"" Type .4. .u I' ~'fl.""_. (1) The A'lICan (fig. 31)
Wles In electrostatic cathod&-ray tube with. linear Ijweep applied to
..
On9 .. oil"""
UNfIIERSITY Of '-'KHJ(,AN
the horizontal deflecting plates to elltablish a time b&lle, lind with the
video output of the reeeiver applied to the vertica l deflecting plates.
Since the , weep is linear with time, a lil:ale which ill calibrated in range
may be placed on the oeeilloecope eereeD. This _Ie permit.s the read
ing of range directly.
(2) Since the antenna beam is highly directil'e, the maJ:Unum received echo appeal'8 _hen the antenna i8 pointing directly at the
TRANS ... I IW
i""-SE
CRT SCRH
.......... ""'.
(GRASS)
TL-eeet
F>,Mrf! 31. T,,..,
A .~
,.,.e_r.liOll.
TO Tit[ ItIGHT
Tl.-a'7t>
Fi,.r~.!t.
tllrget. Thus, by rotating the llntennR until the eo:ho pulse produces
maximum defleo:tions on the screen, an indication of direction in
nimuth or elevation can be obtained .
... TyJN' 8-.e pre .,. . .
The B-scan (fig. 32) plata
range against IIzimuth. Usually an electromagnetic tube is u9('(i.
The S\lreep current flows IhmUJ!;h the vertical deflecting eoils. A positioni ng curNmt controlled by the sntenna position flows through the
horizontal defleo:ting coils, 80 that the position of tbe vertical sweep
tI...
Dn9,
II"""
UNrI'R'i.ITY Of MICHIGAN
.n.
tI_.
1'.: A:
.""
AI'
,.
,
AZiMUTH
.
~
U.
1'"",
c ......
n.-""
po I Fl,,"'1Oll.
..
'00
TL-eera
..
L.l
I _ _~UNIVERSITYOfMl(HKJ\H
)~_'
Q,i.v,.1 """"
radially outward. The ",weep poeition is controlled by .nd synchronized with the antenna position throughout 860" rotation. The
lop of the IICreen repnnnlll dead ahead; if the antenna i. pointing.
dead ahead, the 8'tI'eep moves from the oenl.t'r of the &aeen to the
top. Like"iee, if the antenna points 90" from dead ahead, thtl sweep
moves from the center radially outward at an angle of 90 to the
right of dead ahead. Thus." polar map is developed on wbich the
range i8 plotted radially against the poaition in u.imuth, or be.ring,
through 360", The PPI'lICan 'finds considerable application in equipments designed for search, harbor control, convoy ke8ping, ground.
controlled interception, and navigation.
_ c._..._... ( I ) The buie romponenta of .. radar indicator are .. cathode.ray tube, .. sweep circuit, and .. gate circuit.
Tb., are illustrated in figure 8:1.. Various refinements may be added
requirements.
(2 ) In order that the data supplied by the indicator may be useful,
the indicator's performance must be synchronized with tbat of the
other components of theAystem. Thus the sta rt of the sweep must bear
a definite time r~lation to the beginning of the transmitted pulse.. The
gating of the cath(Xleray tube al!l(l must be timed with the sweep dura
tion. Various methods of data presentation requiring sweep controls
of varying degl ees of compluity may be used.
rlM.....
s.
Dn9.
II"""
UNrI'R'i.ITY Of MICHIGAN
any Ofle power lupply Could meet ,U the power requirement. of. radar
!let. The distribution of the phJ8ic:al componenta of the Iystem may
be IJUch as to make it impr&etical to lump the power-6~pply circuit/!
into a single physical unit. ThllS, difterent lupplillll are needed to
meet the .... rying requirement. of thll system and must be designe<l
aeeordingly. The power-Iupply function is perfonned, therefore, by
v'fiollS tYJM18 of IlUpplies distributed among tbe c:ircuit components
of the radar equipment.
.. c._
Figure 36 illuAtralell the power requirement.
of. typical niicro ve radar equipment. II shows. repnosenh.tive
method of supplying the variona componenta of any radar lIystf'm
with power.
e....
~WfI.
UkC[
I~ . ,-,.,
IK~,,-.~,
API'LICATIONS
"L .....t'"
ff\,.... Fa~_
~tNGS
' .a ~ A-C
wOLT.-4U
I I ..... ' .
.
"-CUO".:
IIOLl"~1
alGULAlOII
...., ~''''TOII
I'UoTi
ou.....
~,"lvIR
.
OLTAGI
T _ ' .. !flU
oouaUR
I(.-~II rf.,GjI$
EQJEIOCY
POWl:R _
....Y
If'~ .....,.c
fIlCT'"",
00 V
200 .. 11
.-
.,,000 V
,.,
'Ng'UTOR
CRT WOUMC
+ I,ooow
"O'"TOR
CIIT VOLT.. "
- ',:JOO"
..-
.'
-,_.-
....TUN
,.."Cot
01=' .._
-~.
_ '....L
... '..... a
a~: ' U
"0'011'
-'000 W
+"....
"OTOIIa
'I..,""
n
Or,~,
.11, om
UNrVR5ITYOf MKH~N
SeedOD III
Detailed Stady of Self-Synehrf"ed
Long-Wave Radar Syotem
13. GENERAL
The system to be lItudied in this seetion has been
!!elected because it i~ I. relatively simple system which neverthelesa
illustrate!! the fundamental prindplea and citeuit applications used in
radl.l'. This IlIlIl-synchronized radar ,y,um is intended for UIIIl in
medium-range seareb for .irer.it. It can be installed in filted locations or on boud ships. Because of the wavelength chosen for the
carrier frequeney, the set should be in~tlled as high as possible above
the surrounding terrain for eft'e<:tive operation against low-flying aircraft. The indicator pennilll measurement of range on both I. 20,000yard and lOO,OOO-yard scale. Thll antenna is motor-driven to track
targets in uimuth.
IJ.
The carrier fn-quency sela:ted is 100
megacycles per second, I. relatively low frequency for radar. The
pUlse-repetition rate ie .pprD::Iimatl'ly 600 pul&es per !II!COnd, but it
may vary by plua or minWl 100 pulses per second. Tbe pulse width
is nominally Ii miCrose<:ondl!. The uedul peak power output from the
transmitter is lli Itilowatta. The low power output limit8 the Inuimum range for detecting a single Ilin:raft to about liO miles.
e. S,.,,_
The oomponcnt8 which comprise
the system Ilre shown in figure 87. The transmitter combines the functions of the timer and of the r-f generator into one !let of circuit elements. The 6-miCfUSl!COnd r . f pulse i$ radilted by II. stacked-di pole
trlnsmitting antenna. The returning ...eha signals are picked up by
.. similar receiving Intenn&. A superheterodyne receiver, with .. sen~tivity of about 1 microvolt, feeds iUi video output directly to the
indicator. The timing pulse from the transm itter synchroni:res the
indicator sweep so th at it repeats at the pulse-repetition frequency
of the tratl!lmitter. The IICteen of the indicator ill calibrlltOO to read
range directly. Necessary d-c voltages and the nec?3lry bcat.u
voltages are provided by the power supply unit.
. . . . . . . . . 1.
S,..te. _........
__pe."....
as
Dn9,""~
UNrYOOTY Of ~{HiGII~
,.. TIlANSMlTTBL
.. Geaeral. Perhaps the gimpiest type of radar tnnamitt.er
is the two-tube, tuned-grid, tl1Jled-plate, llllif-puising triode ORcillator
shown in figuN! 88. No auxiliary modulation tquipm8ll t is requi red
with this tnnllfllitter becaU96 pulges of r-f energy aN! ~nerat&d by the
blocking action in the grid cireuit. 'The rate at wh ich the transmitter
is pulRed is not abeoJutely oonatant, but the pulse. repet ition toIennoea
JL
-..--....
-~- -'~,
,"_lffP I
..........
~--
--
,......."'-
..... Tt""~
.. n ..
-~.
-I
.. ."
......
~~.
"" OW "
-j-
..
-'
t-
...-....
aN! bl'Olld becaU96 the act ion of t he rest. of the sy"tem depend!! on the
tim ing pu hl8 generated by the t.n .lllJIl1it ter.
It. T.llu. (1) Since this transmitter is d88igned to operate at
100 megacycles., triode oscillator t ubes can be satisfactorily used. At
higher frequenci88 Vlcuum tubes U'8 subject to limitatio ns, such as
t h096 impcm:l by the transit ti me of the electroru;, the inductance of
the leads to the t ube elements, and the interelectrode capacital1088 of
t.he tube (1:I8C. 11). B ut moderately large transmiU-ing triod88 can
..
On9 .. oil"""
UNfIIERSITY Of '-'KHJ(Jo.N
--
...
....
,, -
s.
,,~
UNrY[RSlTY Of MlCHJo.>AN
..
On9 .. oil"""
UNfIIERSITY Of '-'KHJ(,AN
. -- --- .....
;---
r'/---'"_____
~4J
=--- -
~~
-~
TL-._
that the grid line is shorter physically, slthough the electrical length
of both lines is very nearly a quarter" ,,ve.
(8) The operation of the tuned-gr id, tunedplate, push-pull OIlCil _
Jator ill diecusaed in section V, TM 11-466 and Navsilips 900,016.
Oscillationa are generated in this transmitter in e:u.ctly the same mllnner &II in a conventional tuned -grid, tuned-plate oscillator.
(4) When the tuned circuit of an oscillator is Lecher line, it is
simpleRt to connect the high volt'ge supply to the sliding shortcir _
cuit bar acrGes the JineIJ. TheoreticaUy, the shorting bar hIlS zero r -f
voltage to ground. Actually, because of its physieallength, there is a
small part of the standing wave of voltage &c1"Oll6 it (fig. 39). The
true neutral point is determined by the capadtance to ground of each
plate, which changes slightly for dilJerent tubes. Changing the position of the supply voltage connection is avoided Ity using an r-f choke
L206 (fig. 88) to prevent. feedbllck of any r f voltage into the po.....er
supply. The rf ground is then established within the tubes by theiT
iDterelectrode capacitances.
.,
Dn9,
II"""
UNrI'R'i.ITY Of MICHIGAN
(2) The shorting bar of the coupling line, TL203, is pl.ced. directly
above the lIhorting bar of the plate-tuned line. The degree of coupling
between the two tuned lines can be varied by raising or lowering TL203.
In orde r that TU!03 may be adjusted for muimum energy transfer,
capacitor (:210 is varied to make the line reIIOnant at the tranBmitter
frequency. The two-wire transmission line ia connected to the coupling line ata point at whi ch the impedance of the coupling line is equal
to the impedanoe of the transmi!l!lion line. If the mstch of impedanl'8
is very close, the energy transfen-ed from TU!03 to the tranBDliSllion
line is maximum.
(3) The r f choke L206 is uaed to keep the coupling line, the traMmi!l!lion line, and the antenna at d ~ ground potential. It prevents the
accumulation of a static charge on any of thf196 elementa.
I . . . . . . . . ..,..... (1) The rf voltage generated in the plate
tank circuit TLOOI i8 modulated by the blocking action in the grid
ci rcuit of V2()l and V200. This actioD ia uplained iD lIfICtion VII,
TM 11 466, and NaV1lhips 900,016.
(2) The duration of the puJ9Il of r -' energy is determined by the
timt required to charge espacitor C209 in the grid circuit. Th6 capacitor is charged by the electron8 which are attracted to the grid!,
..
Oti-v' .1 """"
UNIVERSITY Of MlCHKJo.H
of the tubes when the r-f voltage in the grid tank circuit TL202 swings
them positive. Therefore., the time required to charge o.lOO is affected
any of the factors which detennine the magnitude of the r-f grid
voltage. These are: the tuning of TL202 raiative to the tuning of
TL201, the magnitude of the d-e plaIA:! voltage applied to the tube!!,
the tuning of the capacitor 0210 in the coupling line, the position of the
transmi8llion-line taps on TL203, and the degree of coupling between
TU!OO and TLOOI. When the transmitter il tuned for ml.J:imum
power output, the duration of the transmitted pulge il controlled only
by the site of C209. Thil siz.e is selected to give a pulse length of apo
proJ:imately !'i micum :onds.:
(3) The pulae-repelition frequency of the oacillator can be varied
by most of the adjustments that control the pulse length, einlle chang_
ing anyone of them causes C'JOD to be eharged to a slightly different
l"oltage. and it therefore takes a different time for C209 to diaeharrto the voltagt' at which the tubes can lpin bt-gin to conduct. The
hr
mORt. .p~ctical adjustment for controlling the pulSe-repetition frequency is to short out one or more of the lOO,OOO-ohm resistors in the
chain from R2(H to R218. These resistors are mounted on a board
&8 shown in figure 40.
'The pulse-repetition ~uency is nominally
000 pulge8 per second, but this rate may be ..ried easily by any of
the adjustments mentioned.
I. ,...,... p.llle. (1) When the tubes V201 and V202 an>
conducting, during the pulse time, IL large current ftOW8 in the plate
circuit. In order to synchroni~ thll indicator, the plate current ia
used to generate a pulse acl"OSll R203.
(2) Sinlle the negative side of the plate-voltage power supply is
grounded, the electrons which make up the plate current ftow from
ground up through H203. The resistoTll H20t and R202 are used in
order to divide the current equally bet\l\een the two filament lines. The
electrons Row through H203 lind then divide, first between the two fila ment lines, and then alternately between the two tubes, "ince V201
and V202 conduct alternately. Most of the electron!! which Row to
V201 pass from the cathode of this tube to the plate, then out through
so
Dn9.
II"""
UNrI'R'i.ITY Of MICHIGAN
half of TL201 and through L206 to the po!Iitive side of the plate power
supply. From there they.re returned to ground to complete the circuit. A few of the electrons which le.ve the cathode flow into the
grid circuit to charge C209. The conduction through V200 is exactly
the same lUI that in V201, ucept th.t V201 conducts only when V202
doetl not, since the whee are in push-pull. The current through R203
never drop!! to zero during the pul9ll OOcaU9ll of the alternate conduction of V201 .nd V202 and the filtering action in the filament lines.
(8) Since electrons flow from negative to positive, the upper end
of R208 must be positive. There is. voltage &cruS!! R20.~ only during
the r-t pul9ll. This voltage ri_ at the ~inning of the pul9ll and falls
at the end, 110 that a positive pul86 of voltage, which occurs at the same
time lUI the r-f pulse, is generated aCltii R203. The smplitude of the
pullll! aCr088 R203 i9 approximately 120 volta This pulse i9 used to
synchronize the generation of the sweep in the indicator.
17. ANTIKNNA SYSTIKM
.. Geaer.l. (I) The functions of the .ntenna system .re to
radiate the r-f enfrgy su pplied by the trall!lmiU.er , to ronv"rt the energy
of .ny received electromagnetic field inw a voltag6, and to feed thi~
voltage to the receiver. To perform these functions efficiently, the
IIntenna must be properly designed for the frequency at which it ill
operated, and the imped.nce!! of the system feeding energy to thl'
aotennl must be properly matched.
(2) The two sep....te antennlUl uged in this radar system must be
.rranged IIOthat the high_powerelect,rom>Lglletic field whi ch i9 radi.ted
from the trfmsmitting antenna does nol, induce a high voltage in the
receiving antenna. To minimize coupling between the anteniuls, the
receiving antenna is placed below tbe transmitting antenna.
(3) AntennlUl for use with radar systems are subject to many re quirements, some of which are in dir-ect conflict. The weight of In
Intenna must be lUI sman lUI poIISible !IO tllal it may be installed and
transported with ease. Thel<tructure must be strong to withstand the
vibration and shock to which it m.y be subjected by shelling Hud
bombing. The antenna st ructure mUll! be designed to have as much
llpell space as possible, 80 that it' will offer minimum re><istam.-c to t.ill'
wind. The antenn. should be si mple, mechanicnlly reliable, snd .hle
to operate ove r a wide frequency hand because usually its location is
inaccessible for adjustment or repair. It must be direction.1 and
rotat.ble, in order thst accu rlte bearings of tar~t.a may be obtained.
All of these requirements are incorporated in the de!Oign of the . ntenna. It is not nl'Ce8.5ary to consider them in the field exoe pt in Ihe
rare cases where a t~mporary antenna may have to be erected after
the original antenna bas been shot away .
Q,i.v, .1 """"
UNIVERSITY Of MlCHKJo.H
o,'gir I"""'
UNfIIlRSlTY Of MICHIGAN
,.
."
'.,
..
'
. .
'
,
,
..
.'
,
"
..
..
,
1
-
0
0
..
..
,!
"
.'
'
-I
fI ,
0 '
-i
!!
-.'
.I
-i
iI
!
..
, ,
.. '
'--
E
,
,
..
(
pedanoe bet....een the coni.1 line and the antenn', the imped.n~
tratlllformer is lUIed (fig. '1). This tUllIIformer is a quarter_wave_
iength eection of two-wire line whoee characteristic impedance is
determined by the two impedanON between which it is located. In
tbia caBe, the chaRcterist.ic impedanl"'e of the transformer ie:
Z, - ../70 X 190-1111 ohms.
(7) In order to l"1!duce the Btonding wa ves on the line to a min imum,
a cloeer match of impedan~ is n4!"(!lSBrY than is UBUally p08sible with
Ii8OT.:w _ U _~'
.
o.'g;, I"""'
UNfIIlRSlTY Of MICHIGAN
Ii
i-
l
!
i
-I
!
-
J
,
.!
iiI,
,!I
"
..
Q,i.v, .1 """"
UNIVERSITY Of MlCHKJo.H
..- _.-.-._-,
- ------.~-.-~
the impedance tn.naformer. The imped&llce-matl:hing itub is therefOri used to ootftICt the l'Mlaining mismlltch of impedance. Its length
and position on the line is critical, and 0Il(le established it ehould not
be moved. The adjllltment ill made at the factory, "here elaborate
taU equipment ill available. By the Uf18 of this equipment both the
length and the position
the stub may btl_ fol' miDimum , tending
waves on the tranBlnieeion line.
(8) The tranamisllioD line wbieh connects the leoei.virg antenna
to the recaivtII' is M(I-.m aehematieally in figure 4.11. It is aimilu to
tbe line to the transmitting antenna, ucept for the termination It
the f'E'()EI;ver. Since one aide of the input trandormer i. "rounded, no
&,
buook. is needed at the receiver end. The luto-transformer is designed 90 that the impedance pre.'lented aCfOllll the ~rmin.1a of the
coaJ:ial line is 70 olune.
eo
h...,. __,...
..
o,,~,
.11, om
UNrVR5ITYOf MKH~N
long, and the wiI'!\ll are trallllposed as shown. The voltage at one end
of a half-wave line is 180 out of phlo!le with that at the other end.
Therefore the voltage on the right-hand element at point B is at a poIIi _
tive mazimum and that on the left-hand element is &negative muimum. For the instant chosen, the polarity of the voltage is shown
011 all elements. The voltage distribution 011 half of the element. ill
shown by the dotted eurves..
(8) Each individual radi&ting element has A point of null, or zero
r-f voltage, appl"(u:imately at its center. A connection between the
center point and ground (the screen f'l"8ect.or) ca.n be established without ca.using a current 80'1'1' because the voltage is zero. This fact
penDits the use of a metal supporting rod from screen to ndiating
element. The rod may be welded for strength to the screen and radiating element. The rod holds the radiating element approzimately
one-eighth wavelength in front of the lICf'l"t!n.
,
G
....'I"'....
....II'fgwre
~6.
On9 .. oil"""
UNfIIERSITY Of '-'KHJ(Jo.N
(ore is: lWOj8-188 ohms. This value of feed impedanoa ill appronmate only i it ia juet as COllect to round off tbe figure to 190 ohms.
(8) The pe.tt.em of thill antenna in the horizontal plane is shown
in figure~. Maximum lIignal is rad iated along the line 0 0 . The
au., of the echo received from an object wbich Ii.,. ~Iong 00 is greaLer
than the echo {rom any target. of similar aille in any other direction. The lignll radiated Iiong either OA or OR ill TO pen:tlllt of the
mu:imum l ignal. Sin.::e the lIignal ill measured by the voltage ,..hic:h
it can indu.::e in tbe recei"ing antenna, the TO-percent aignal oorres
ponds Ul one bllf of the maximum received powef. The points A a.nel
R are therefore ailed the Iw.l/,poloer pDintl. The width of the bea'"
ill gi.,en by .uting the size of the angle AOB..the angle at half po,..er,
whi.::b ill about 30" in thill a nttm~ . The beam &Ogle 'ilI gener'lily I1!IM
to d~ribe the direc::ti.,ity of"the}anttnnL.
.
(7) The t wo smaU.lo'* of enefn .at D and 'K aAt ailed EF condary
lobes. They are dftMlribed. b; '-ing the'lInle 'DOO and by measur
ing t he length of the line OD .. a peroenuge o( the lengtb of 00.
Th_ fIeCOndary lobes are ullUaUy aymme~ri.::al about the asi, 00 of
the radiated energy. At abo rt rallgM, .echoea an be; obtained (rom
the energy radiated in the !IeOOndary 10,*. Th_ echoee are "ery
oonfuaing if there are: many tar~U! clO8fI together, .. in a oon.,oy. To
pret"ent thia oonfUl!i6n, antennu for radar ~yfltems whi.::h are to
be ueed for convoy ' keeplng Of aimi!.... ,..ork must.be designed to
minimize th e efec:t of eeoondary lobes.
'
;
(8) The akett:h .. in figures 4e and 4T show. approximately how
thia antenna looks when eNICted and ~y. for U8e. Note that !.he
IIlIl1ectina: acrMn ia relat.ivf'ly larp _. If a iU ngle antenna were ullBd,
the 8truc:tul"l could be half III la rge.. If the frequencJ wen- bigher,
an antenna of this air.o rould be mucb mor. dil"f!Cti".", or equal di
recti"ity could be obI:ained witb a lIIDaller antennL
.........
ee' . . . . . (1 ) EverJ radar .,lItem mUlt.
b..,e tome meanR of pointing ita radiated energy in ~y deeired di
rection. Prutially an radar .yllteIDII ......-..uplilb thill by rotating
the antenna.
(2) The method - employed in the IJlStem under diacu8Bion i8 a
simple motor dri"e whi.::h can be controlled in direc:tion and rate of
rotation. The position of the anlenna mount in nimuth is indiated
by a eeale around the base of t he to,..ar. A mec:haQ;eal gear train can
be employed 10 tranamit the data to the operat ing poaition.
... JIIIa!IVBIL
.. tJe_e_l. (1) The efl'ec:ti.,e range of a radar .,.tem de
pends on il.l abilitJ to distingll ish bet ..een the echo retunted by alar.
get and other disturbance!! whi.::h may be prel:l!nt. Although the total
, '"""
UNr.'ffiSllY Of MlCHUN
radided power may be many kilowaUs, only a put nnCMa the target
and a still SDlllller amount is returned to the receiving system. The
available signal from the mOlt distant targeUJ may be approJ:imately
1 microvolt or less. The rr:ceiver must be capable of amplifying thie
very weak echo llignal, 80 thllt it can be used to control the electron
'IUH""'_
....u_
n_
FIfIHt"e '6.
flk<"rell Qf
(f.-om 111"""') .
..
Oti-v' .1 """"
UNIVERSITY Of MlCHKJo.H
..,......
T~"=''''''''
.. ---
' ...... ,
\
Dn9,
II"""
UNrI'R'i.ITY Of MICHIGAN
~r'e.t8.
r..-.N
~II
~-
01 ,...1 """,,'jkr.
..
0.'9'
~11n>m
UNIVERSITY Of "'J{HlGAN
"
-" c::::::;
"
0'
'i
"
"
l,
~
1
~
"
"
"
!
1
.\ ,
"'I ,
~
,
i
"
'j
For any given local-oecillator frequency then are two earriu frequencill8 which will produce the ..me intermediate frequency in the
mixer output. It is desirabl6, therefore, to U!le .. tuned r-f amplifier
.. head of the mixer stage to di6Crimin .. te 19ainst all but the desired
earner frequency. ~en the <:'E'"ier-,requene), i.80 high that .tJ:ae...t;J
amplifier eontributeOi mo# noise thUl ",In, t,Jli. stage is elimil)..ted.
At the carrier frequency used in thiB system, 100 megacycles per 8eC(Ind,
the r-f amplifier is included.
(3) The local oscillator generates I oonstant-amplitude signal of.86
megacycle which is mixed with the lQO.megaeycle input to produce a
16-megacycle intermediate frequency. The output of the mixer is
amplified eelectively to diminate the &- and tOO-megaeycle signal
eomponents 'It'hich are preeent. In eliminating these cemponent., the
i-f ampliller must not distort the pulse shipe of the ftCeived echo. A
puble with steep aides oontaill.8 voltagell of many frequeneielll, as 8:1[plained in aection In, TM 11 tGG and Navshiptl 900,016. When the
pulail ia applied to, or produced by, an t-f generator, the tranllJl1itted
energy eonsilJtJl of the carrier and side banda. Th_ .ide bands utend
both above and below the carrie1'" frequeney by an &mount detennined
by the frequeney component.e of the pulse itself. The band width of
the i-t amplifier mulll be great enough to paM the required side band.
(t) After the echo amplitude hili been increued to a reuonable
value, the signal is pa88ed through a detector to nproduce the r-f en
velope III a video pulae. The video amplifier provides the signal output
n~ry to operate the indinltor, nprodueing the pulse shape a.
faithfuUy as possible. Whene\'er a 10'11' impedance load i8 to be placed
a<'roI!II the tenninala of the receiver. a cathode-follower tube is used III
a low-impedance output Itage to match the 100d.
e. . . . . .pll'er. (1) The receiver circuit diagram i. shown
in figure 60. The loo-megacycle echOl'l$ picked up by the receiving
antenna are applied to the grid of the first r-f amplifier through an
autotramformer L301. The input line is tapped down to provide a
match for the TOohm cOll[ial line. The autotraflJlformer is tuned to
resonanoe by st ray capacitance and the variable capacitor C301. A
small voltage gain i8 Tellized by trandormer action. V301 i. a remoteeut;.otf acorn tube. type 956, designed to have high gain, low
noise, and low interelectrode capacitance. Bias is provided by the
cathodll resistor R301. whieh is by-pasaed by capacitor C303 to avoid
de,;reneration. A filter network, composed of 1.303, R302, R30S, C302,
and C304, is used to prevent r-f energy on the plate and screen grid
from rta<'hing the power 8upply, while ~upplying the r.tCEmry doe
vohageR. The capaciton< C302 and C30t are 00llllecttd to cathode to
insure a very sJ10rt path for the r-f current to return to the tube.
..
On9 .. oil"""
UNfIIERSITY Of '-'KHJ(,AN
,
(2) The plate load for the first r-lamplilier is .. tnndonner, L302
and L804" whoee 8e(lOndlry is tuned by capacitor C3OO. The gain of
the type 966 tube i~ about Ii at 100 mepeycles. The coupling between
the windings of the transformer is aided by capacitor CSOIi in order
to obtain .. wider bandwidth. The eec:ond r.' tube h&II ita grid tapped
down on the IBlOnduy to decreree truI elJect of the input capacitance
of.the tube. Biu, screen grid, .nd plate ...oltagN are obtained in ..
Bimilu manner to that used on thfl fil'8t r-1 stage.
(3) The coupling ein:uit beh'fln the second r-1 tube and the mi.:J:el'
ill .. tuned circuit oonaisting of resistor R306, inductor 1.810, capacitor
O3llS, and distributed capacitance. <Apaeitor C310 blocb the d-c
voltage from tube V804. Resistor R306 broadllllll the response of ths
tuned circuit.. A higher supply voltage is UlIIId on the II&COnd 1'-1 amplifier th.n on the first to compensate for the Tollage drop a.<:roes
resistor B806.
Le " I Ttlillater. (1) The IIOUn:e of the beating signal is
.. triode tube V303, .. type 9M acorn, connected in .. modihd Hartley
circuit. The requirements for the local OIICiIlat.or are that it should
be stable in frequency and ahould furnish a sufficient signal to -provide
reliable miJ:1III' operation.
(2) The OIICillator circuit may be considered u a tuned amplifillll' in
wbich part of the output is fed back into the input. TIle tuned circuit
conaiata of the inductor L307, capacitor C312, the interelectr'Ode capaci
tance of the tube., and distributed capacitance (fig. In). The amount
of feedback is determined by the size of capacitance OO~ compared
to capacitance O,.~. Grid.leak biu is provided by reaistor R308 and
capacitor call. The r f signal generated is kept out of the power
supply by the filter eompoBBd of R307, ca13, and L809 (fig. flO).
(3) Tht! beating signal is coupled into the minr input circuit
through a link coupling oonsisting 01 the inductors L308 and un
and a low-impedance line between tbem. The coupling is jUllt suf.
ficient to furnish the n1quired signal without loading the oecillator
and shifting it/! frequency. Chongea in frequency during the warmup
period of the OIICillator are corrected by the LOCAL OSCILLATOR
TUNING control, C312.
e. MI.._. A diode tubEo, V304, is used &8 a miser for the local
OIICillat.or output and the echo signals. The diode loads ita input
circuit during the time when the applied signals are poaitive. To
~uoe this effect, the diode plnte is tapped down on the inductor 1..310.
The output of the miJ:er tube is a current which includes components
whoee frequencies are those of the applied signals, their sum, and
their difference, which is the delrired intermedia te frequency. This
current ia pmed through the primary of a trallllformer 1'301 and
indU088 a voltage in the geOOlidary. The undesirable signals an,. elim
..
o,'gir I"""'
UNfIIlRSlTY Of MICHIGAN
. 9
-.-
..
( nn I
_...
i .,i
I
1
.,
I " ~
I
!
:
"!
(.
lnQ",.1
UNWffiSiTY Of MKHIWIN
TL-e880
variable cores in the coils w change their inductance. aloin is sacrificed by resistance loading of each winding, in order w provide I.
I-megacycle Innd-pll!8 response, which prese'rves the pulse shape.
(8) The gain of the ~nd r-I amplifier and the first two i-I amplifier stageB are controlled together by means of the eereen voltage.
This system constitutes the entire gain control for the receiver.
Potentiometer R322 providl'll the v"riable eereen voltage, which can
be adjusted from zero w 12.5 volts.
(4) The i-I amplifier is totally inclosed in a metal shield w deerel.lJe
capacitative coupling with other parts of the reeei\"i! r. This shielding
preventa regeneration and po68ible oeeillation.
Deteeter. The deteewr is a diode V309, using one half of
.. type 6H6 tube w rectify the i-f signal. The rectified current develops a negative pull!e act"OSll the load resisw r RSSl, which is directly
coupled to the video amplifier. The i-f voltage is filtei"W from the
pulse envelope by series resistor R332 and inu:releelrooe capaci t&n~
of the video amplifier. There is a slight 10611 in a diode deteewr.
..
On9 .. oil"""
UNfIIERSITY Of '-'KHJ(,AN
18. m.ICATG. .
.. fOe_eraL (1) The function of the indicator il to measure
the time required for the tnnsmiUing pulM! to travel to the target .nil
back and to apply this time to measure the distance between the target
and the radar eat. To perform thie function the trace on the cathoderay tobe IICreen can be calibrated in termll of distance (eec. II). The
spot on the tube il ulually de8ected by a Mw-tooth waveform to pro
duee a linear time base. Since:cera time for each sweep il the instant
when the transmitted pulse starts, the saw-tooth wave must be very
ca",fuliy synchroni:ced with the transmitted pulse.
(2) In order to prevent the appenance of the rd.um trace on the
IFCreen of the 9OOpe, gating pulse is applied to the tathode-ray tube.
Thi, gating pulse permits electronl to 110'11' in the cathode.ray beam
only during the time of the forward swoop of the sawtooth wue.
No electrons are permitted to strike the ecreen during the ftyback or
"'tum-trace time. Becaullt! this pulse, in a M!IUIt, opena and shuts ..
gata through which the electrons in the cathode-ray tube must pass,
it i, IIOmetimea called an inten.ritY-{1ak voltage.
(8) Radar systems used for general l:II!arching must be capable of
conring very long ranges, and therefore need a 1low_speed sweep.
A1J targetll approach the radn station, rna", alX:urate data on their
poaition is needed than is po8IIihle with the slow-speed. sweep. To
.,
On9" oil"""
UNfIIERSITY Of '-'KHJ(Jo.N
It. Sweep FDer.,.r. (1) The sweep generator uses .. vaouum tube to control th& charging and discharging of a ca.pacitor.
In the ci rcuit ~hown in figure 113, tbe inpu t timing pulse from the
transmitter is applied to the sweep generator through a diode limiter
circuit, including tube V401. The pulse duration is approsim&tely
!I microseconds and the msgnitude is about 120 volts. Tha limiter is
used to provide a filled pulse amplitude of + 38 volts to the !!Weep
generator tube V402. The limiter tube, V401, hils ita: cathode raised
to a potential of +38 volt.. above gt'Qund hy the voltsge divider,
consisting of R400 and R403. As the input pulse rises to a potential
more positive than 38 volts, V401 conducts. The current which Rows
in the diod e also 60ws in RfOl. The voltage drop across R401 reduces the magnitude of the pulse applied to the grid of V4<I2.
(2) The grid of tube V402 is normally held slightly positive with
respect to cathode by a voltllge divider, consisting of resistors R40!I
and R400'. A chRnge in the setting of resistor R406 hIlS little effect
on the grid potential becaU96 of grid currt'lnt drawn through the
Dn9,
II"""
UNrI'R'i.ITY Of MICHIGAN
--
r - - ------- -- -----,
I
.J
I ,, ,
Ii
lh
U!
1
1
I
I
I
L~
~
,. ---- I~
"
1'1
~ >
/
r '-
I
I
I
1
-11 W
=
I,
I.
I
1
. '- \
G>
Ij
Ii
II
P
~h
I;
Il
I
ij
. !
I
~
I
"!2!
~
o
>
I
I
I ~'='
L____L _______ J
0
o,'gir I"""'
UNfIIlRSlTY Of MICHIGAN
!
II
0
"
,I
r -- ,
~ 9
~
+
! '
,,--
"
u~
___ I
~~ "
.H
i
-.
<
<
0
,
..
(.
:JnQ",.1
UNWffiSiTY Of MKHI(,.I,N
5-meghom resistor R404, which limits the elfedi"e grid "ultage 5Upplied by the d ivider. When the po><itive timing pulse is a"plied, the
grid of V402 is swung to +88 volts ill5hlntaneuusly and a large grid
current is dnlWJl, quickly charging the grid Cflpacitor C402 through
the 10.... grid-cathooe re-sistllnee. This action can be followed in the
waveform of figure 53. A8 C402 heromes charged to t.h e full 38
volta the grid is returned to approximlltely zero potential. At the
end of the timing pulse the grid is instantly driven to - 38 volts,
which cula oft' the tube. The chari'! on the grid capacitor 'begins to
leak oft' through the large grid resistor, R4O-I, to the + 400-"\OOlt
supply.
_ _ _ -.x_ ... 'OTDI
-.
,.----1
----
cu,.,...,
'" -10
, . DlSG'..oftGl;: OF C4c.
THROUGH 1HoII:GOH"
GllIl-lEAM ITE:StSTOfil
( OIECTEO TO.4QY.
.,.
Tl~
IN
FI~Mrc
..,
"'CII~CONOS
S4.
Etr~cl
01 R404 o ~
dl.cllar~
.... ,e Of
C~Ol.
(8) When tube V402 is cut oJf because of the di.schal"~ of capllcitor C402, the sweep_generating Ctlilacitor, C403 or C404, bl-gins
to charge through tel!istor R407 from the plate su pply. The charging
continues until tube V400 conducts and acts as a parallel low re;i~t
anee to remove the chllrge. The duralilm of sweep vOltlige rise therefore depends on the length of t ime necessary for the negative grid
voltage caused by the disehllrge of Cllpacitor C402 to rellch cut-oft' for
tube V402. This time is mllde greater thall the 610 microseeondl!
nee " 'ny for an echo to noturn from a target at the maximum
range of 100.000 Yllrds. For example, in figure M it has been ILSsumed that V402 begins to ron(\U<'1 8W microseconds dler the end
of Ihe transmitted puiS!!. One ~thod of causing the negative grid
voltage to reach cut oft' (poin t 0) in 8W micruse(!ondl! is to discharge
o,,~
11, om
UNrI'R5ITYOf MKH~N
..
On9 .. oil"""
UNfIIERSITY Of '-'KHJ(Jo.N
,
,/
,
,
El
,
"
~~
l~
.~
j
Ii
>-
t~
i
,,
..
t
"."_
positive awing of the grid signal sinoe the cathode of the diode is
mOI1l positive than the grounded plate. The action of V408 may be
t'Onsidemd to be tbat of a cJo.mping tube which prevents tbe grid of
V404 from going negativa with respect to ground. Any ch&ll(tl! which
is put on ~ by grid current fl.ow is I'f!moved almost instantly with
the removal of the driving aignal. Thus the grid of the amplifier
tube must be held to ground potential in the absence of a signal on the
grid.
-- 1- - .-.- -------
1\.-18"
_-,._,1-____,____ _
TIOE
Y~(I.J.
(8) Since the aweep clamper, V403, cannot conduct during the positive swing of the signal (fig. M(i). the signal is applied to the grid
of tube V404 without change until grid current begins to fl. ow. Capa.citor C4ol5 is relatively small so that ..... hen grid current does flo,,, the
capacitor charges as fast as the voltagt! riaes. The result ill to increase
the signal on the grid of Iimiter.amplifier tube V404 untIl grid current
fl.ows, and to absorb any further incun8e in CIlpo.ciwr C401! ( 6g. MI).
The clamper tube, V403, retnoVBII this charge during the negative
signal8wing.
..
,.,
Dn9.
II"""
UNrI'R'i.ITY Of MICHIGAN
(4) The value of applied signal which will produce grid cul'ftnt ia
controlled by varying the bias in the gridto-cathode circuit, Figure
57 showa the eire of variation in bias on tbe time during which tbe
grid signal rises. The more negative the bias uEled, the longer the
lime that the grid signsl can rise. This bias is produced snd controlled
by means of rftIistors R408 and R409 or R410 in series with the cathode
(fig, 1StI), Capacitors C400 Ilnd CW1 are used to provide partial deg.!nention by means of which the exponential rise is made very
nurly linear. The resistonl R409 and R410 are called sweep-time
controls since the.y set the speed with which the beam is traced acl"O$8
the O6CillO!lCOpt IICJ"ee n.
(5) The limited voltsge swing which is effective between grid and
cathode is ampl ified snd illVerted by tube V404. The signal appearing on the plate normally hili a different magnitude for the two ranges,
The ampli tud6ll must be the same, since the length of the sweep t rsce
-
__ __
1101[
depends on the magnitude of the voltage. applied 1!etween the deflecting plstes, Resistor R411 is used u a plate losd for producing the
2O,OOO-yard swee p, and a6 .. voltsge divider to provide the proper
sweep amplitude for the indicstor, R412 performs' s similsr function for the IOO,OOO-yard nnge, The switch S401C selects the propev
output snd supplies it to the left horizontal de8eding pls~e of the
OIICiIlOllCOp6 (fig. 6~),
. Pk __ lavener. (1) The sweep is IIpplied in push-pull
to the ueflecting plsles to avoid the defoo:using ellectll explained in
paragnlph 1&, TM 11-466, and NllvShips 900,016, In order to obtain
a positive-going voltage "'a\'e to apply to the right-hand horizontal
deOecring plate, it is nect'SSary to chsnge the polsrity of the output of
the sweep-aulplitier tube (fig, :18),
(2) The voltllg.! divider R414 and R4Ui reduces the amplitude of
tile voltage. IIpplied to the phase in\'erter tube V4tJ5 hy a factor equal to
the gain of this tube. The voltage div ider cub! down the wnvefonn <D
in figure 58 by .. factol' of approx ilUately 11. The small-ampli tude
..
0.'9'
~11n>m
UNIVERSITY Of "'J{HlGAN
,
,
,
."
'"
..-
The bil.l:l on the cathode-ray tube ill normally Such that no electroD!! strike the IICreen; that is, the tube ill normally bia.aed. beyond
cut-off and therefore no light is omitted from the se.reen. The output
.of the gating stage redUtelj the bill! on the grid of the cathode-ray tube
110 that electrons can fiow in the beam. The chang!! in bil.8 occurs
at the instant at whicb the sweep voltage begins tQ move the spot acI'06S
the screen. To produce this change in biu at the proper instant, the
negative-going sweep from the plate of VfO.i is differentiated. The
output of ths differentiating circuit, C409 and RUS (fig. 59), ia dependent on the rate of changs of voltage applied to it. If the voltage
changfll rapidly, a large output is obtained. If ,the voltage does not
change, no output is obtained. Therefore the a10ping part.il of waV8forrn (!) in figure 119 produce the pulses in waveform , while the
horizontal parts of waveform CD produce no output. . By this means,
the plate current in V406 is reduced during the aclualsweep time, and
the voltage at the plate of the tube riaee and remains high during the
(~)
..
Dn9,
II"""
UNrI'R'i.ITY Of MICHIGAN
sweep time only. The positive pulse that appeara at the plaIA! of V406
(wavefunn 0. fig. :i9 ) i6 applied to the grid of the cathode-ray tube.
The time reJationshiptl of th_ wavefonD6 are seen in figure 60. Thus,
electrons are allowed to 80w, and & trace is produced on the faoe of the
cathode-ray tube only during the dlort time that the sweep voltage is
cbanging. At the end of the sweep, & bright spot" is prevented by the
.. -
,,
!='
,, ,,
1\'
, .,
,
,,
1,
: .
"---:o- i
......
~:
,. ----t.f::;;;;: --'-4'] -:
+
,
--
II
"
I"
:.-::
"
,,
I,
I I
, I
I'
, '
I
01'.....
;.,<
..... ..._
,f--"
' ;
,
-.. '
...
fact th.t the grid volt.ge of the cathode-ray lube falls rapidly to a
value well beyond cut-olf, eliminating the electron beam.
(8) Since the volt.ge changes at slower rate for the lOO,ooo-y.rd
sweep than .i t does for the shorter ran&,!. the output of the dill'erellti.ting cireuit would be small if the const.nta of the circuit wer"6 not
changed. Therefore, when the long.range sweep is used, larger resistor, R419 (fig.:i9), is switched into the dilfereuti.ting circuit so tha.t
..
,.,
Dn9,
II"""
UNrI'R'i.ITY Of MICHIGAN
-!i
--
1
.f
.-,
-,
. ,,I
,,,,
,
Ii i
!II
'II
..
l "
b!
I
a pulse of prllctically Ihe SIIIll\' amplitude i~ .. pplied to 111l! IImplifie,' as
.., '-
<.0, "",",_
K"<,H
...
,. . ..........'
. ....
.................. _
0 "------/
.....
'<I,
._
, ...;<
(" ....... 1
. -....
camle vertical ddleclion~ of Ihe 1I~ ce. The "B ng" ~ o f the IlIrget ~ f'"<ln.
which Ilu"ie ed ... l'u1._ ClIme can 1)(> htiIlHII~'(1 frum the posi lion al
which they BPIJeMr o n the trtt('(! ~ I aliv., 10 the ol'er l.. id $C.lle.
(2) The length of the trllce i8 adjusted on Ihe 2O,ooo-y"rri SWI'(lP
by vllria t ion uf bud. IH(J.). !3W EEPT I1HE. lind R" l1 , SW EEP AM
PLI 'I'IJ D E , ( fig. 61). A Cfllibl"tur IlIlIy be IIs~'(1 tu IJI'\witie I '" nge-lII11 rk
Imlses. eMlled '; piP5" or ';bliJlS,~ which MI'tl ~ pll~...'(1 "I ('(1"uLi In ten' Bis.
The speed of t he 6Wrtl' is then IIllj llsted by mellns of R.. OO to m"ke tlle
l1l"I,,'e mllTks line u p with the marks un the Bell Ie. D uriug this PTOCO'SS,
the SWEEP AMPLITUDE conl.-ol and the HORIZONTA L POSIT ION colltnll R430-R"31 lIlust be IIdju~le(1 so t hlll II.e length of the
s weep 18 .rlwllYS contOiul-d within the ellll~'1H1I ,ullrk.. Oil the SCMII'.
Aft er the ~'n"'JI ha ~ "nce bt..... n calihrat ed in thl~ woy, it should u~.... 1
un furtller :,djn~uncllt eX~'C J!t rur TOu t ine ch~,<;kl;.
0.>9 t I<om
UNIVERSITY Of MICHIGAN
(3) The damping diodes V407 and V408 prevent a shift in the poIIition of the " ...oop trace when the unge is chlnged. Th_ diodes insure thlt the sweep voltage on each horizonI'll de6eetion pllte ahvlY'
ltam from the voltage determined by the setting of the two positioning potentiometers, resistors- R430 Ind R431.
(4) The oontrollmobs on the front of the indicator are the lJWllep
range, the focus, Ind the brillilnoe. The position potentiometf'rII need
IIdjustment infrequently. They al"1l therefol"1l mllde adjwrt.able only
by 8Cr&W driver. Only the controls which the operator needs to
operate the equipmf'lIt are mllde accedble.
( II) The SWEEP_RANGE control operates the !!Witeh 8401 (fig.
61). There are four aections of this flWitch , which are shown 1.11
S401A., B, C, and D. All sootioJ\8 are operated simultaneously sinoe
they are all on the same shaft. The two positions of the nritch are in_
dicated 1.11 Sind L. The let.lr S indicatefJ the short or 2O,OOO-yard.
range, and the letter L indicates the long or lOO.ooo-yard n.nge.
:18. POWER SUPPLY.
Tre..
e.
Dn9.
II"""
UNrI'R'i.ITY Of MICHIGAN
:--~
...".
........... "-
-_.
--
_ _ v ... . . -
On9 .. of I,.,.,.
UNfIIERSITY Of ~Hj(Jo,N
Seedon IV
Detailed 8tady of extern.Uy 8ynch .....
Dlzed "'ere.ave ..ad... 8Y8tem
21. G&.~
.. A.pll~tI... (1) The radar system deflCribed in this section is designed for installation in an aircraft to enable it to search
for IJ\Irface vessels. This type of radar equipment is called aircraft to
surface [ el, or simply ASV. Because the set is used in airerdt, it
must be light in weight and small in size. Th_ Iimitat-iOllll did not
affect. the design of the radar system discussed in lIIlCtion Ill, since
that set 11'&1 intended for UM at .. ground lItation where weight and
lrize of the equipment are of secondary importance.
(2) The indicator pennia measurement of range on .. 2O,ooo.yard
_Ie and a lOO,OOO-yard lICale. The antenna normally is rotated at a
coHllt"nt 4eed and .. polar map of the lrea being searehed is drawn on
the indicator ilCreen, with the aircraft oonstituting the focal point or
oenter of the map. All reHe<:ting objects within range of the system
appear on the screen of the uthode-ray tube as brigbt spots of light
whose relative position with respect to the renter of the map is an indicalion of the Tllnge and bearing of the refleding objects from the
aircraft. An indicator in which a Tlldial sweep is rotated to produce
a plan view of sn area as called a pkllI poritiOfl ifldicatOf' or PPI.
... S,..tP" H Ila.ho (1) .In order to limit the antenna
array to a reasonable si ~ for installation in an aircraft and to permit
the detf!etion of sm.!1 targets such as submarine periscopes, a ca rrier
frequency of 8,000 megacycles per ~ond has been selected. A 2
microsecond pulse of radio-frequency energy is transmitted every
1,200 microseconds.. The duty cycle for the transmitter is therefore
0.0016, which permits an output peak power of lIO kilowatts to be
generated from an average input power of approximately 2l1O walts.
(2) The pulse-repetition frequency of 800 pulSBII per second allow$
IUllple time for echoes from all targets within the mllllimum range of
the set to return between transmiued pulseti, yet the pulses are repealed at a sufficient rllte to give a clear target definition dI"I the indi_
cator tube. By sweeping the antenna in uimutb at a mllll:imum rate
of 20 revolutions per minnte, 8everal pulSBII of energy ca n strike each
object in the area to be searched, 80 that everything in that area should
7
On9 .. oil"""
UNfIIERSITY Of '-'KHJ(,AN
1IIIA1QI\
n.-lm
l'ivwrfl 64. BIDe.\: 01'; ..... 01 ulft"llall,
~ ....ln>t11:<"..
rGoIGr."
(8) The timer produoea 800 IIharp negative pubs per second to
trigger the transmitter and the indicator. The 2-micr~nd r-f
pulse is genera~ in a m!lpetron and is radiated from a paraboloidal
reftector. Since the !J&me antenna is UIIed for tra.nsmiUlng and Nceiving, a T-R switch is nllOfssuy to protect the receiver during the
transmitted pulse. The output of the receiver is applied to the grid
of an electromagnetic cat.hode-ray u.sing type PPI-_n to ClWIII a
spot of light to appear on the &Creen when an ec:ho is received.
22. TLWBL
.. GeIIeral. (1) The timer performs the functions of 811tabliahing the puhe-repetition rate of the radar system and of synchronizing the actions of the other components to the transmitter. The
L,l
I,--_-"UNIVERSITYOfMl(HKJ\H
)~'C'
Q,i.v, .1 """"
J'
,....-c+ r
c_
T\.-Ifo'
Q,i.v, .1 """"
UNIVERSITY Of MlCHKJlH
~I
1j
I,
I
L ~ _._ .
_ __ ._._ .
,.
l,
I_ _
'001"
WlNfR)ff)' Of MlCHIG.'.N
l.:--~li
0.
J,
-
t
-.,,
-
!
~
,
~
\..~
,"oil
UNrYEIlSHY Of WCHtu.N
.me
M_
~rctljl
instantaneoue cha~, tbe voltagt acrose the capacitor is held prlll'tieally constant.
e." Iter. (1) The 8nn. step in producing trigger pul_
from the sine-wave voltage ia to convert the sine wave into a 8I)uaN
wave. To make this conversion, the IlIl1plitude of both the po:sitive
and the negative alternations of the sine wave must be limited. 111e
limiter used in this timer is shown in flgun! 68.
(2) The Iimitel' tube is operated with uro bed bias, &nd develops
grid-leak bias due to grid current. The coupling capacitor 0101 is
charged during the positive swing of the applied signal by the current which flow8 through resistor BI09 and through the internal grid
resil;tanC6 of tube VlC12 in series with rftIistor RUO. ~ring t!i.e neptive swing the charge which has .ccumul.ted on CI07le.ks off througb
resistor RI09. Since the resistance for di6Charge is great .. r than the
resistance for ch.rge, a residual charge is accumulated on capacitor
Q,i.v, .1 """"
UNIVERSITY Of MlCHKJo.H
e l 07, which is eI'ectively I negative bias between the grid and cathode of tube VI02.
(8) The grid-leak bi., which is produced by grid current 60w reduces the el ect of the a.pplied si ne- wave voltage in driving t he grid
positive. This biu repretlents the average about which the einuSQidal
variat ion takes pla<;e. Figure 69(D MOWS the average grid-leak bi..
IS a negative voltage relative to ground, with the sine wave superimpoeed on it. When the grid is driven positive senet! reai8lor RnO
still further limits the el ective signal, beeause of the voltage drop
aer0B6 the reaistor caU88d by grid current. This limiting i8 illustrated in figure 69(!) by the reduction of t he positive peak from the
dotted line to the I!Olid li~
SQUARE-Wltlf.
OUTPUT TO
C)Yf.II.OfUWI'I-
..........
'''''!R
IIPC-W.....!
""'"
''''''',."',..
N.
,, ....
"AU
OKI!..
...
...
---
>"
...
....
"'"
,
PfgtIr" " .
...
11.11'
n.-.",.
.., &I..."."..
(4) The tube VIOl! reproduDe8 the limited grid signal .. the appronmate squllre wave shown in figure 69@. The positive half cycle
of the applied line WIVe increl8E.'l! t he plate current Ind reduces t he
plate voltage to a low va lue. The least posit ive portion of the plate
wave form corrt8ponds to the period of grid-eurrent 80w, I.lId is flattened by the grid limiting. All the grid signal swings negative, pllte
current is reduced Ind finally Ct'1lItII to 80w when the combination of
lIignll and biae reaeb the cut-ol value. The piau voltage , isea towa rd
'he supply voltage during th is t ime. Since the inp ut cireuit of tube
VI03 is connected to the plate load resistor t hrough coupling capacitor
(;109, charging current 80w& in RIll, which prevents the plate voltage from rising instantaneously.
Ove ..... rlve pllBer. (1) Although the sine-wave voltage is approximately !lCjUlred by the limiter, the sidet of the square
"Ive are not 18 vertical .. is desired for the p roduct ion of a sharp
..
Dn9,
II"""
UNrI'R'i.ITY Of MICHIGAN
trigger pulse. Therefore, the equare wave produced by tbe limiter tube
is applied to an overdriven amplifier (fig. 70) for the purpose oflJl.eep..
ening the &idea.
(2) The output from the limiter stage is a voltage of luge amplitude. The plate current of amplifier tube VI03 ill cut off early in the
negative alternation and ill driven to a manmum .early in the positive
alternation. In addition, the grid current which is drawn during
the positive half cycle of the applied voltage chari'" CH19 through the
nllatively low CIIthode-to-grid resistallOl) of VI03. Ju; a result., the
i2 IN'.
a
_
,,
,, II
I I
I I
I
,, z......
,I
a~ft
+~ f.I......L----'.....
- --
.~---------------~--
..
...
..
Dn9,
II"""
UNrI'R'i.ITY Of MICHIGAN
'.
".
H.
'"
T\.-'_ .
- W
"
, ,,
i~ J !,
~ ,~ ; n
"
"
J "
I
I
--
.n'ldll.;&! ........
c /. ,
I,'
-The important feltute of the peaker is its ability to charge and disehe.r~ ~mplete ly in the available time betwen signal .lteration!. The
plate signal can therefore rise to the supply voltage only after the
peaker citeuit is charged. The leading edges of both positi1""e and negative portions of too waveform are slightly rounded because of the
short time used for charge and discharge.
.,
,.,
Dn9.
II"""
UNrI'R'i.ITY Of MICHIGAN
e. II-(; pe.ke.. _ . p" __ .p.taer. (1) In order to produce a sharp pulse nom the aquare_wave output of the overdriven
amplifier, the time constant of the coupling circuit to the following
stage i8 made very short (fig. 72). Because this time constant is !Ill
short, capacitor CIU charges and di&charges completely and the average bi&l:l produced iB negligible. The grid of the tube may therefore
be conaidered to be at ground potential. The time constant of the
coupling circuit is approximately 2 microeoconcb for a negative voltage
swing at tbe~grid of YUH, and less than 2 microeeoonds for a positive
swing at the grid becauee the low cathode-to-grid reaistance shunts
R116 when grid current i8 drawn.
(2) When the voltage applied to the coupling capacitor rises sharply
(fig. 13Q), .. charge is quickly developed on C111. The voltage at
the grid of the tube follow8 the charging current, rising alm06t
instantly to ita maximum value and dropping back to zero quickly (fig.
78@). In the same way, when the applied sign.a l swings negative,
,----:=- -:o::;_
n_
"90'1'8 71. &",-al/o cI.-.:w1f
0.'9'
~11n>m
UNIVERSITY Of "'J{HlGAN
duoes Jt, lafge drop of voltage at the plate of the tube (fig. 78@), eo
that the output is a high amplitude negative-going pulae whC81 duntWn iliappl'OJ:imately 2 mieroseoonds..
I. ea.....e
(1) In this system, .. in DlOIIt other
radar sy!!tems, the tfigger pulse is conducted to the tnnsmitter and
indicator by mean~ of couia) cables. Cabl." in use have charaeterU,tic impedanoee in the .range of IiO to lliO ohms In order to Vn!-
'.U._.
.",p.U~
Ide
VI''-
..
Q,i.v, .1 """"
UNIVERSITY Of MlCHKJo.H
. . r._r
23. TRANSMITTER.
. . Ge_ell'aI. (1) The transmitter generates a 2-micluHond
pU\1i8 of r-f energy at. frequency of 8,000 megacycles per Ii8COnd under
control of the timer. The peak pov.er generated in each pulse is
approJ[imaiely 50 kilowatts.
(2) The r-f ~nerator is a magnetron to which II plate voltage pulse
of 12,000 volts is applied by the modulator. The modulator aetl! as an
electronic switch. This awitch is closed by a positive pulse from the
driver, which amplifies the trigger pulse furnished by the timer.
L Ma.aetroa. (1) The operation of the magnetron used he~
is similar to that of the m~gnetron8 discusseti in section xn, TM
11.....06 and NIV!lhips 000,016. In this tube the anode, or plate, forms
An outer metal case, within which are mounted the cathode and heater.
Electrically, the magnetron may be considered to be a diode .nd i,
often shown &8 such in tJCbematic di.grams. Two methods of sup0<
o,'gir I"""'
UNfIIlRSlTY Of MICHIGAN
plying plate voltage can be ulled (fig. 715). The first is to insulate the
ca_ from ground, connect the cathode to ground and apply the high
positive potential to the c ee . The B!xmd and preferred method is
to ground the case, iII8Ula~ the cathode., and apply a negative voltage
to the cathode,
(2) The magnetic field, which is applied parallel to the cathod~
is produced by a pennanent hOf'!leShoe magnet. The magnetron is
plaoed between the pole faces of the magnet and fitted to them &II
--------
-------
a._ __ 22
0 ........
Ge '
CD
..
Dn9.
II"""
UNrI'R'i.ITY Of MICHIGAN
aerollS R206 which keeps the potential of point .A letiII than the battery voltage of 12,000 volta (6g. 770). At the 5Ilme time the drop
across ",sistor R207 places point D at a positive potential relative
to ground (fig. 77C!). If the liwitch remains open for a long time,
capacitor C20~ becomea completely charged and the electron ftow
stops. C206 then hu a potential aClWS it of 12,000' volta, with
e.
...
..
..
~----
""'-1::-=-::--:;;-;0:--::-::-:::':":'
I'j\
~
0'
PI,Mre 77.
c:aoe. AND
CifIOIMD
04.,. '. . .
point.t being positive with respect to point B. III the absence of electron 1101'0', the drop aerollS the resistors is zero, and therefore point A
is 12,000 volts above ground while point B is st ground potential.
The magnetron does not conduct while the switch is open, because its
Cltthode, point B, is either positive or at Uta potential with respect to
the plate, which is grounded.
Or>c.>i . 11"""
uNrvnsm Of MICHIGAN
(3) If the switch is now dOlled (fig. 76@), point A of the ca pacitor
is ifllltantly grounded (fig. 770 ). Point B maintains its 12,<O.Ivolt
potential difference with respect ro A by going to -12,000 volta relative to ground (fig. 77@). The magnetron can now conduct, and
the capacitor is d i!IChar~d through resistor R201 and tbe magnetron,
as shown by the broken arrow s (fig. 76@) . By the time the switch
is again opened, some ch nge has been remuved from the capacitor
and the volta!" across it is less. The + 12,ooo.volt bnttery starts to
charge C'.!05, instlllltly raising poi nt B to a positi~ potential with
respect to ground, and cutting oft' the magu etron. P oint A also returns to a potential lIoove ground.
(4) The pulse duration of t he system requ ires thllt the magnetron
be turned on for 2 microsecon ds once every 1,200 microseconds. A
mechanical switch cannot readily be made which is able to opente 6(1
rapidly and at t1w ~a me time halidJ e the high power. For th is retl90n
an electronic swit!'!! is used in place of the switch S.
(II) The'mod ulRtor and t ransmitter used in this lIyst(lm are shown
in figure 78. The p'lrt of the eireui t inclosed in the dotted J in~ is the
electronic switch which roplaces t he mechanical swi tch of figure 76.
The type 7UIA tube, V202, is nonnnlly noncondUcting because of the
- l,OOO-voit billS on ita' grid. In thi s condition it is lin open switch.
During the relati\'ely long time tllII l V202 is nOIl ~onducting, cll pacitor
(.'200 cha rges to 12,000 \'oJts.
(6) The modula tor tube is made strongly conducting by a large
1'08iliv6 pulse applil'd to its glid. Duri ng the 2 mi croseconds when
V202 cond ucts, plate A of OlO5 is effectively connected to ground so
thnt capacitor C2M disclmrges thl'Ough V2O'l in series wit Ii t he parallel
combinlllion of th e magoetron.and resistor R\107. Wh ile the discharge
is tftking plnce, plate voltage is applied to the magnetron which, t herefore, generates lUi r f pulse of 2 microseconds durat ion .
.,
0.'9'
~11n>m
UNIVERSITY Of "'J{HIGAN
NI:~TIVE
TRIGGI.!! Pl- V
'ADM T ..... -
1~,OOO-volt
..
Dn9.
II"""
UNrI'R'i.ITY Of MICHIGAN
(3) Under the conditions at which ViWl is Ope l'Sloo' , c UI-off bills is
approximately -38 volts. The negative pulse from the timer is 4U
volts or more in amplitude. The driver tube is cut off by the applicatiun of the negatiw trigger pulse. The voltnge at the plute of V201
then rises to the 1,M)()..volt supply voltage. Th us, the output of th"
driver is a posith-e-guing, 2-microsecond pulse of 1,400 volts. This
J...",'1l pulse is cllpacitively cou]Jled to the modulator grid. The puJ ....
is. ill effect, the COIIU'O) which closes anti opens the eloctrunie switch.
e. Power pply. (I) The schemlttic circuit diagram of the
complete trallsmitter, including necessary powel' supplies, is shown
in figure SO. The primaries of all tnnsformers in the power supplies
ne energized from the 115-volt, 800-cycle-per-secoud line. This line
is fed by a motor-driven generalur in the plnne.
(2) The + 12,000 high \'oltage fur the plate of the mod ula tor is
supplied by a voltage.doubler circuit which Ul!efI two tYl~ 71X>A fe<.:
tifier tubes. TI'BllsfOl'mer T201 is used W step up the line voltage tu
supply the nec~ssary high voltage. The filaments on the IWo IU bo!s
ant heated by the two ~parute Ilt'OOlldary windings on T:103. Since
onll filament is 6,000 "olts more positive tha n the other, and si nce both
filaments are at a high putentilli with re!lpe<.:1 to ground, the tUIlS'
former must be 1\'1'11 insulated, The re!listol'S R209 and R210 are pru
t.ective resisturs which limit the peak CUrl'1'nt that can flow ill the tubes
to restOI'll the clul.rge on the capacitors C200 and C207. Since the aver,
age curl'ent drawn fl'om the power supply is I"l'lntively small. the out
put voltage ,'ernaill8 vel'y close to tw ice the pellk "oltage of the secolld
ary of 1"201. The bleeder resiSt-ol'S R207 and R208 IIftOrd pl'utection
to maintellllllce pel'!;Onnel since the rl!S istol'!l prul'i d~ a path to dis
charge the high. voltage capacit ul't; when the puwel' is turned off,
(3) The plate voilllg!! for th!! driv!!r, the 9Cl'i!l'tl voltnges for the
driver and modulator, IIlld the bias for the modulator are furnishl!d by
a full wave rectifier. Two type 866 mel~ury-vnpor rectifier tubetJ are
used in thi ~ power ~upply oo,nu96 of ti, e high curnml drain of the
connected load, TIle high I'ultngc is supplied to the rectifiers by the
_-olldary of 1'2Q-l, ' The filument vuitab't' for V206 and V207 is taken
'l'Om anolher secondary winding on the same tranllformet'. The
I'I!Ctifier output is filtered by 1..201, ( '208, llnd 1..202, which fonn a choke
itlput filter. CllpucilOMI C209 and C210 Ill... used l'rinci pnlly to stabi- '
liZ\' the output voltages wh ich are tapped oft the l'oltnge dh'idu. Nu
furth!!1' filtering is necesst\ ry at tile "ollnge dh'id!!f because the 9Crct!n
grids whi ch liN; sUllplit<l with + 1,000 volts and +400 volts al"l' each
bYPPssEd at the tube, &t.istol'!l rull, ru12, rut8, und ru14 are so
proportioned thllt the desired voltllges elln be tapJX.'<i off at their
,
junctions.
..
,.
Dn9,""~
UNrYOOTY Of ~{HiGII~
-j>!
~,
,
I~.
Ii.
i'
~j
1 ;
IJ !
- '-'l !
!o
II
'.
1'1' " I!
I!
1, \[1
"
'I
.
I
t-1'1
'I
. ,L !
"I
Ii
- --.l1
ii !
-t-,
I .~
'.
I~
., ;
t
i~
1
ilJ.;J
..
l 1 I
ii
,!
I;
. '"
"
<..
ig
1
'
. -.- .~
ii
' .
,.r
f-i~
i~
"';;'; II
UNNERSITY Of MKHJo.>A~
!,
."Ii
,-
--
,,
-
!
-,
l.
(4) The heater voltage for V201 is supplied from the 6.Svolt sec- ondary winding in the indicator power supply. The heater vollage
for V202 is supplied hom the 27.II-voll secondary of lrarulfonner T204.
Since the magnetron cathode is at a highly neg.tive potential during
the pul!lll, the heater transformer, T206, must be specially built to
withstand this high voltage.
.... --_ ..
----.-.-
"""."
r ...nI
M.
Detail
at
..
Dn9.
II"""
UNrI'R'i.ITY Of MICHIGAN
..
Dn9,""~
UNrYOOTY Of ~{HiGII~
I t revcrst.'!l these conncction~ duri ng the resting t ime while echoes Rn.l
being receinl/1.
(2) F iguTe 84 shows the dctnil of the T -R switch used in this
system. A ty pe i 21 A swit ch tube is motl nled in Mcy lilldri,:tll cln 'ity tu
fn rm the T-n ~wi t ch. The tube contains two conical -shapI.'t.i mct"l
!-
"
I'
,-
!!
<
,"
0
-
,
,.,I
l;i
-...,
lj
!
I
dccll,t){Ie!! which aet HS " 's park b'l\P' Thc;;c Ill't! hl'Qught QUI. through
the glass em'clupe olul connect to the cylindriclIl 1Il01llit to eQmplete
the J"I~!i<lIum l CIlViIY. T he clldty, ~hown lightly cross-hatch .....l, is at
al moS pheric prl"ss1ll't! "nlsi,\" Ihe glass ell.'do pe, but is \llll'l inUy
e"ucllitled insidc llul tuUe .
...
0.'9' .1 from
UNrYERSlTY Of MlCHK>l.N
V t,..
( /\ 1
, .. 011'
..
o,'gir I"""'
UNfIIlRSlTY Of MICHIGAN
(7) Echoes which retut'n to, the sysam Snd two paths in panllel at
the T-junctioD. One path is a m.whed 5Q...ohm line through t.he T-R
cavity to the receivet'o The othet' is the coui.lline to the tn.nsmittet'.
Since the impedance 1()Ilking into tbe magnett'on when it is Dot oscillating ia much less than when it is osciUating, standing waves es:iat
I'n the line to the magnetron. To pre\'ent 10911 of received eignal,
trombone (fig. 81) is used to vary the length of the transmission line
between the magnetron and the T -junction. The length of this &00tion of line is adjusted to an odd numbet' of qu.rtet'-wavelengths, 80
that the low output impedance of the magnetron reflects to the Tjunction lUI a high imped&nce. Almost all of the echo ~igllal is then!fore direct! into the 5O-ohm path to tbe n!C8ivet'.
til. . . . . lad
(1) All of the output power from the,
tn.namittet' is fed to a single dipole antenna. This dipole is made of
two taper"ed element.> which are each, electrically, II quartet'-wave lon(l.'
,..'e .
Tl-873f1
(fig. 83). This type of dipole has a broader frequency n!SPODge than
the uaual thin antenna element, in ordet' that small frequency changes
may be tolerated.
(2) One-half of the dipola, 1', is connected to the center conductor
of the coaxial line through a hole cut in the outer conductor (fig. 86).
The othet' dipole, I , is cOnnected 10 the outer conductor at the same position along the line. The enet'gy on the couial line is col\ducted on
the oulet' skin of the inner wnduclor and the inner skin of the outer
conductor. In the absence of the hules indicaled at N, the energy t.o
ucile element 1 would have to tn.vel from the inside of the outer oonductor out through hole M and around the outside of the outer conductor to the element. This estra distance would cause element I to
~ more than lSO o out of phase with element 1', and the radiating
system would be uubalanced. Although Ihis unbalance may be usetl
very profitably in some applications to pmduce a type of lobe switching, it is uudesirable in this aystem.. Therefore, boles N are cut in the
..
On9 .. oil"""
UNfIIERSITY Of '-'KHJ(Jo.N
oute r C<}nd ucto r !lO thllt I lind I' lII11y be excited 1800 Ollt of pI1:ISl!.
Elemeut I mlly now be ClIcil.ed direo::t1y from th e inside of the OlUl'r
Lvmlilclor by Ihe energy which !lows through holes N.
(3) T he dipole Hllteulla is 1Il0Ul'lted II q Ullrte r-wllvelenl.>1h trom
Ihe cylimlriclI l metlll ",Ilecto,.. This C<}m binlltion is placed Ilt the
locus of Il pllraboloidal reflector wi th Il 2{Iillch dia meter, lind it is
ti sI'd to direct Ihe rlldia ted energy iulo the [lllrllboloid. The purl' b..loid conct'ntrlltcs thll ra.\illted energy into I. be'Uli whi ch is Ilppl'oxi mlltely 100 wide.
--'-. ..,-,.---"
-,-..
.-
"''''''''.
~,
,------
, ~.,. .
==---- ._.
.,
o.>9",.11f<>rn
UNIVERSITY Of MKHK>l.N
-,
I,
.. 'UII!
----4~ ....
,
~_."'.;
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .J
(j)
..
(
B",
""TENNA
TUflNTABLE
r'~
r'o ofr]
T',
'0000'
TICT
""""""'"
.....
~.
+,
.1.
+'
llIla.
lUi
L - -,---_ __ _ __
..
Dn9,""~
UNrYOOTY Of ~{HiGII~
(2) The spinner is rotated by the 24-voll, d-e uimuth drive motor.
The pinion on the shaft of this' motor engages a ring gear on which
the spinner is mounted. A second pinion which engages the same
ring gear driveB the rotor of a eelsyn generator. The voltagea which
are induced in the stator of the eelsyn are fed to the stator of a similar
machlne, a eelsyn motor, which turns tbe deflecting coils in the indicator. The currents that are set np in the stator windings of this
seleyo motor produ~ a Reld which caU&e8 the rotor of the motor to
align itself with the Reld. The rotor of the motor is always in step
with the rotor of thegenerator; 90 that the sweep line on the indicator
is always in step willi the antenna.
(8) The spinner may be tilted a maximum of 20" above or below
the horizontal by operation of the tilt motor. Since this motor with
its speedreduction gears is mounted on the rotating structure, the
spinner may be tilted while it is rotating in azimuth. The tilting is
aecomplished by a connecting rod which is fastened."to the paraboloid
and driven by a crank keyed to the reduction gear shift. A potentiometer is geared to thia same matt to provide an indication of the
angle of tilt of the spinner.
(4) The antenna control circuits ire ahown in figure 88. Operation
of awitch SOO8 in the indicator permits the &pinner to be rotated at
either 10 or 20 revolutioDll per minute. The slow speed may be ueed
in conjunction with the direction-control switch, 86M, to _reh over
" small 9I!Ctor when one target. area is to be investigated more clO8ely
than the normal PPI ..uowa. Usually the switches are eet 80 that
the antenna rotateB at 20 revolutioDll per minute in the clockwiee direction to provide a normal PPI indication.
(~) The tilt motor, B602, may be turned in either direction by operation of tilt switch SW/S. This Bwitch normally is open, and it can
remain cloeed only as long &8 the operator holds it closed. Tbe volt.
age tapped. off the tilt potentiometer, R601, is fed to tilt mew M!SOI
in the indicator. The voltmeter scale is gradusted in degl2e8 of tilt,
80 that the operator haa a oonstant indication of antenna position
before him. The amperite ballut tube is u.sed to stabilize the current
flowing through the tilt potentiometer. Resistor R631 is used to
calibrate the tilt indicntor by adjuning the total voltage that appeal"'ll
acroas R601 in the anlenna assembly. Note that a common ground
bus is carried through from the indicator to the antenna, and that
both the rotating and the fb:ed parta of the antenna usembly have
a common ground through a slip ring.
23. 1lECB1VBB.
.. fieaera.. (1) The ultra-high-frequency IJ\lperheterodyne reN! iver used here is of the conventional wide band de~ign intended
for pulse reception. The receiver components consist of a Idysbon
...
On9 .. oil"""
UNfIIERSITY Of '-'KHJ(,AN
Dn9, II"""
UNrI'R'i.ITY Of MICHIGAN
"
,;!~
"I
"
~,
~
"
ii
I
.,". -
"
f.
~!.~
~o
~.
."'1'! i ..... .
~~~
~Ut t
,.
~~I
~,
~';
~ .
--
~.
...
Ii
------
"
------
Ii~3
t~~!1
.
"
G.
(5) In &electing the hand width of the receiver &evl:'ral facton must
be taken into consideration, chil!fty the shape of the video pulse sent
to the indicator and the response to weak echOl.'5 which may be lost
in noise. The forml!r factor calls for a wide hand response, whill! the
latter favors a narTOW band re8ponee. The prohll!m of compromising
between these contradidory fa lt.on is best studied with a reeeivl!r
which has a fb;ed signal-to-noiee ratio at the mixer and a variable
band width.
(6) Figure OO(D shows the output of a receiver with wide band
response displayed on a type .t IICOpe. The pulse shape is faithfully
reproduced, but the noi!le is !'<jual to the sign&! in amplitude. Sitch
a wide band response is applicable 00 a fir&-oootrol unit in which a
sharp leading edgl! is important for a.eeurate range dl!tenniuation.
:&
(7) Figure 90<!) shows the output obtained when the same signal
is fed through a reeeivl! r with IIRrrow band response. The pulse is
considl:'rably distorted and hu smaJll!r amplitude, but the noise is
reduced weU below the signal level. Since a much weakl!r signlll can
be recognized in the 1I0iSl1, the receiver with narrow band response
is l!ifl:'Ct ive for u: trl!mel y long range wllrning systl!ms.
(8) Figure 900 shows a romp l"Qinise selection bt-tween preeervation of the echo pulse shape and. fI1duction of the noise II:' \'el, which
produces both fI1asonllble pulse shllpe lind signa]. to. noi!le mtio on the
indicator SCrel:'n. In order to ret:eive lind to reproduce satisfRctorily
r ectangular pulses equnl in nmplitllill! to the noise voltage, the reo
CI1iver band width in cycles ~r secund should be IIpproximately 2,
divided by the pulse width in ~onds. For optimum conditions in
prllcticl!, 1 ml!gncyclc J>l!r serond is added to thl! band width to Ill"
comodate frequency drifts in I!ither mllgnl!trOIl or loclIl osciJIntor.
In this systl!m It pulse width of 2 microseconds is developed in the
transmitting IInit, and the receiver band width is establishl:'d at 2
ml!gncye1el!. Thus:
Band widtb -
...
o,,~,
.11,,,,,
UNrVR5ITYOf MKH~N
...
o,,~,
.11, ""
UNrVR5ITYOf MKH~N
i;e \'erai frequency components. These components include frequencies of the ret:eived and local osci llator signals, their higher harmonics,
and their Slim amI ditrerenl'e, 'ni l' di fference fn..'<[lI Clu;y is selectoo
as the inte r med iate frt'(luency of :J() meb'llcycles, lind is fed to t be first
i-f amp lifier, V302.
(4) Probe O. cou ples the loco I oscillator signa l in to tbe mixer eavity
and is Kdjust(!(l so t hat the crysta l ellrrent. li S read on crystal current
meIer MOOI , is IIJlpl"OXimKtely 0.3 milli"mperes. Filllli matching is
accomplished by adju~t ing {J. and 0., t he probe which couples the sig-
nal inJlllL from t he Hntenna inlo the mixer cuit y. {J, is set so th at
maximum .''Cho siglllli is injed ed into the Cll\' it y.
(6) TI,e if signa l generatt.'d in t he crystKI is brought out by a lead
from the base of the cnvi ty. The h igh - fr~uency l-omponent$ lire
bYJlPSged by melUl!! of filler capacitor
whic h i~ built into the base
of the t'll\'ity. T he circuit d" I II CII ! S 1.301 , C3().I , ROO t , C:W5. 1.:\0'2,
1<302, and C3OO, which form II tlwl'i'.stage. I.-type fi lt er. iiCf\'IlI O filt er
Ihe intel'llIed inle fl'equcncy out of the ci rcu it of the crystal current
0,.
m~t er.
d.
HI_ge,..
TO !,UJ"[R
CIRCUITS
TL-flZI
a,
...
Or'gir I"""'
UNfIIlRSlTY Of MICHIGAN
C334.
.. (;a""" n_..-er.
....
o,'gir I"""'
UNfIIlRSlTY Of MICHIGAN
the receiver circuits. In addition, the leading etreet on the video amplifier is negligible, sinre tbe input impedance of the eathode follower
is high because no grid current ftows. The etrective input capacitance
between grid and ground is much smaller than that of the sa.me tube
used as an ordinary amplifier.
Ia.
ppl,... ( 1) The required power supplies f or the
reeeiver cir(!uits (fig. 94) are rontained within the main receiver
chassis with the e:r~ption of the filament voltages for tubes V301,
._.er ..
+90V- - -
e. OF
V3'0 TO GNO
0--
-2$ ==::if:;=il---
e. OF VJlO TO
I(
-20V--
,-
i,
.02'1- - __I
e. OF
V3tO TO GNO
+20V--
i
0--1--+1-PI/I"..e '8.
n.-.no
V802, and V303, for which filament transformer nO} is located near
the preamplifier stages. AU plate and screen voltages are regub.ted
ex~pt the 2<JO-volt supply furnished. to the plates of V301, V809,
and V3W.
(2) A regulated source of negative potential is required for the
cathode and repeller voltages of the local oscillfltor VSOl. Transfonner T302 supplies plate and filament voltages for rectifer tubes
VSIl and V312 connected in a volage-doubling circuit. The output
of 'he rectifier is regulated by the two-stage inverse feedba ck circuit
composed. of V313 and V814, which eliminates output voltage flue-
...
o..gir I"""'
UNfIIlRSlTY Of MICHIGAN
t .. INItICATeL
.. Geaeral. (1) The indicator for thill radar
system
it of the
Or>c.>i . 11"""
uNrvnsm Of MICHIGAN
.,
i!
'1
13
.-
iH
I !
~I
,I
j i
_ ~-_=.c-_=..c=J
--,
!,
II ,
.! IL _____ l!
i ,-
II~
-.~
I
1
-.--
__ -.J
(2) T he ti mt! 1~l l1in'(1 for the radar pulse tu u"IH'e l out. 100,000
y,uds, be re He<:ted. fln d Inn"e] bllck the SlIlIIe dish nce to the rl'CCi\'l"r
i.s tt ppl'ul1irmuely {HO micn.$'CQllds. The t ime requiretl for the pulse
In t rlive! ou t 20.000 y!U"d ~ ami u:u:k is 12'2 1I1ic .. ust'\.~,nd~. These l illll'!;
mlly he ca lcul ated rcn d i Iy r rulL] I h" l"()IlStft li t s gi \,ell in sect ion l. S ince
...
0.'9' .I/rom
UNrYERSITY Of MKHKiAN
the radar indic(\tor mmt show the distance from the radar equipment
to the target, the current in the deflection coils must have a waveform
that defl.eett the beam k om the oen ter of the tube to the outer edge ,
in 610 mienl8!OOnds for the long range , and in 122 micre SEconds for the .
short range.
r -- ~
Ii Ii
I
I
I
I
I
I
...
~, ...I""
UllrvUISITY Of MKHI'.>AN
j ...,
.",
.-..- -
FfgM~.
.--
n. ScMmlillc e(f"CiIlI
--- .... -
.-
dicr~
01
.~
1II-.I'W'MIlOf'
across resistor RtIOS of 160 volts. The eifeetive plate voltag& of VISOI
thus is +90 volts. The grid voluge for tube VMl2 also is +90 volts,
because of the diroot ooupliy.g between the tubes. Resi8lor RM4 i9 in
series with the grid of the second tube to limit grid current to a safe
value in the event of a positive signal with respect to cathode. The
cathode of V602 is oonnected to a voltage divider, reenstof'll R606 and
R507, which plaoea the cathode at approximately 125 volts above
ground. The effective grid.to-cathode voltage when V561 is con
ducting is therefore - 31\ volta. This voltage is more than sufficient to
cut off tube VMl2, which ig thus normany nonconducting. The circuit
remaills inactive until an eJ:ternalsignal is applied to it..
(6) The negative trigger pulse from the timer is cOuploo into the
grid of V601 through capacikor ' CWI. As a re!lult the plate current
of VOOI is dccn!ased, and the grid of VIS02 rises toward +250 volta.
The cathode of V602 is beld at a relatively constant potential by capacitor CMl4, so that the increased grid voltage causes the tube to
...
o,'gir I"""'
UNfIIlRSlTY Of MICHIGAN
conduct. Th(l currl'nt flow through resistor ROO5 reduues the plate
voltage acrO!<S th~ tube lind .I!IO the charging potl'ntiRi for capacitor
C502 (or C5(3). C502 begins w discharge, setting up lll'gativl'
voltage across n'si~tors R50! nnd RM2 in the grid ci rcuit of tube
VISOt. The effect is cUlUulat ive and prncticaUy imtllntnneous in cutting off tube VOOI lind ill drivillg V502 to IIlnximum pillte curn>nt.
(7) Tube V~l n>mniliS cut off until cm hRS discharged sufficiently to let the grid voltage of Vlffil n>turn tv a less negative value
than cut-oft'. The voltage rises esponentiaUy tvward cut-oft', as
shown in figure 96Q). When Vlffil begins tv oonduct, its iJiRhl voltage
dE'CNaees. This docreaSl' in turn IO\1"I'rs thl' plate Cllrnmt tbtough
. ~ 'rl--'~Ir--~--~I----;i
,
,,
,,
,
. ,,
-..--
.--.-
,,
,,
,
V-
,,,-...,...,.
~ft
.
.
,
,
.....
"',_ ...
u.
- ..
......
,......,,'
VMl2. The platl' VOltllge of V502 rises and swing!:< the grid of VOOI
positive, returning buth tubes to their norlllill operat ing conditiun.
The time between the turning -off and turning on of V501 is COIItrolled directly by the time constnllt of the circuit which includl'S the
plate circuit. of vr.oo, capucitor 0 '.00 (or C5(3), and I"f'si!<tol'li RliIII
and R602. Switch SWIA seh.,t~ C502, a 400-micromicrofurad cllpaci.
tor, for the 2O,OOO-ynrd range, nnet CMla, a cllplIcitor five times l1.l:I
la rge, fur the U10,OOO-Yllrd rau"e,
(8 ) The wlI,'eform of th e a i~nlll III the plate of V.Mll is a good
"'I.uare wave the start of which is controlled by the input trigger IlUI"'l'.
The duration 01 the positive hllif of the square wave is accurately
set tv either of two ,'alncs by the select or switch 8 501A, and can be
corrected for minor changtlS by resistor RW2. This square Wll\'~ is
no
Or>c.>i .11"""
uNrvnsm Of MICHIGAN
~I
'.
51
~I
II
>
-, ,
; r;;
i
e
".
(
>I
..
"--I
'OIf"
up towaro It IIIuimulll valu~ !Llong nn ~xl><m .. tltial curve. The maximum is determined by th .. applied voltage Mild the constant s of the
circuit. Th~ first part of the eIponeut ia l eUITe, wh ich is very nearly
Iinell.t, is to be used as the SWel'p. Since two SWt'('P spet'ds a~ nf'!!it't'd,
the induct,or LOO2 is used to lim it the tise of curren! to that wl,ich i~
just sufficie nt to d ..flt'ct the beam linearly from the cenwr of the ljel'l'(! U
to the out.e.r edge in 610 m ietv>;l.,<:oml s. The cnrrent through the deBt'<:tion ooil must build up to the same magnitude for the short rllllge , ill
...
o,,~,
.11, om
UNrVR5ITYOf MKH~N
order that the beam will be deflected to the edge of the 8C1'oon, hut tho
rate of ri!M'l of CIllT1!nt must be five times gNnter since tho current must
rise to this value in 1S!2 microeeronds instead of 610. The rate of rise i.
made faster by switch $li01B, which sho~in:uits USOO. The effective
inductance and resistnnce in the cireuit are reduced and the current can
build up more quickly.
(2) Tube V603 is normany cut off by the - 76-volt bias applied to
the grid. This tube acts 11.8 a switch. It is turned on by the leading
edge of the positive pulse from the multivihTator, and it is turned olf
by the trailing edge. Tube VMS must oller about the same resistance
to the flow of electrons at all times during the condueting period if
the sweep is to be linear. The grid v~ltage theNfore must not change
tluring thie time. The time constant of the input circuit., CW~ and
R509, is made long relative to the duration of the positive pulse by
adding f'IlIlistor RM8 to limit grid current., so that the charge on C506
does not change greatly during the condueting period.
<D
CUIIMNT IN OEFUCTION
CZ>
~ROftA INDIcaTION
1'19_ 98. Effecl 0>1 PPI IN4lcGlor 01 roll"~e 01 C1II,"",' I.. d~clw.. DOli. '0 IoU
(8) A beam-power tube, VM3, is used lUI tbe switch tube ~au!le
a large current is required for the sweep. The tube eRn be cut olf
by eathode bias., but the resistance between cuthode and ground should
be less than 1,<XXl ohms, 80 that the build-up of eurrent in the deflection
coil may be just as linear as possible during the conducting period.
The cut-off bias is therefore supplied by applying a negative voltage
to the grid.
(4) The current in the deflecting coil must be reduced to :uro at
the end of each sweep 80 that the spot may return to the eenter of th$
screen. If the current does not fall to ;wro, thl! electron beam never
quite returns to the eentl!f of the SCNen, and a smllll eircle appean;
there (fig. 98).
'
(~) When V!103 is cut off, the conduction in both the tube and in
the deflection coil must stop suddenly. The I!nergy in the magnetic
fieJd of tbe deflection eoil is dissi pated in the dSIllPing filsiator R~ll.
Some OIiCillationa in the deftection coil may be cil used by the shock
of in terrupting the eurrent., but these do not affect the appearance of
...
Dn9,""~
UNrYOOTY Of ~{HiGII~
the screen bect.uae the inumsity of the trace is reduced at the end
of theeweep
.. Gate "verCer.
Or'gir I"""'
UNfIIlRSlTY Of MICHIGAN
Each pulse Cliuses a spot of light to appear on the screen, 110 that
the range and relative bearing of the target is indicated by the position of the bright spot on the cathode-ray tube. Any signals which
come between the end of one swet'p and the beginning of the following
8,,;eep do not appear on the screen, since the tube is bia.sed well beyond
cut-off in the absence of the gate pulse.
.. P ....er pply. (1) The power supply for the indicator is
conventional. Because an el~tromagnetic tathode-ray tube is used
in the indicator & ~latively large current is required for the focusing
...
-
--
o,'gir I"""'
UNfIIlRSlTY Of MICHIGAN
SectioD V
Time....
27. GENERAL
n.
0.'9'
~11n>m
UNIVERSITY Of "'J{HlGAN
to a value which does not dama~ the crystal mixer, but it may not
prevent blocking of the receiver circuits. When blocki ng oeeUI"II,
the receiver remai ns inoperative for an interval immediately following
t he t ra nsmission of the pulse. This interval il required for recovery
of t he receiver to a state of normal l!ensitivity. If the plate and acreen
'oltap of the first two or three i-f stages are removed during the
transmitting time, receiver blocking i. prevented and the minimum
range It which targets can be detected beeometj simply a function 0.1
the pulse width. The timing cireuits are made to apply ' heee &creen
lind plate potentials in the form of a positive rectangular gate voltage
It-F Pl.LSE
---
----1
we>
I
I
I
M;DI"
I
I
I
.....
PVUII!
SW!:EP TRlGGf..
I
I
I
I
I
_-1
INDICATOR
TL 87811t
ESTABLISHES T1-tE TIME REf'"EM':rCE FOR THE SYSTEM
during the time interval beginni ng just after the end of t he iran&mitted pulse and ending afte r eehoetl are received from the most distant targets in the operating range. I mprovements in radar-receiver
and T-R switch design have shortened recovery time to such an extent
that, in many recent seta, it il unnecessary to gate the receiver.
(4) The timer st.rt.8 the range sweep in the indicator circuits.
The timing pulse may he in the form of a trigger, a.s shown in
figure 1()(1(!), where it ocell I"ll simultaneously with the transmitter
trigger, 80 that the beginning of the Iweep and the beginning of
the transmitte r pulse coincide. If II ny appreciable delay oecun iII
starting the sweep in a cathode-ray tube which uses mll.gnetic deDection, t he sweep tri~r may be made to precede the transmitte r
...
Or>c.>i . 11"""
uNrvnsm Of MICHIGAN
,I
TflA.NSIMfTER
- - -+ -t
..."
II
TR IGGER
0""::'
...,
"L
,I
I
l'I/llUe 100.
I I
b~
TL. - e1l5
1I11.'~
99.
visible, so thnt signnls appearing on the screen from tIl rgets outside
the desire range will CR Use confus ion in interpreta t ion of e<lhOOll.
To avoid this, the circuits of Ihe cathode-ray tube permit its operation to be controlled by a rectungulRr vOltRge. ur g1Ite. I n figure
10lX!) t his gnte pulse ill shown to be poaitive during the sweep time
...
,.,
Dn9.
II"""
UNrI'R'i.ITY Of MICHIGAN
-and i6 applied to the grid of the cathode-ray tube to reduce the bin
6ufficiently tp make it- operative. At the end of the sweep time the
grid i8 returned to .. high bias oonditioD and signal8 returning during the remnining portion of the pulse period cannot appear on the
oscilloscope. The same result. are obtained by applying a negative
gate to the cathode of the indiutor tube during the sweep time..
(6) The most commonly used metliod of estimating range directly
on the indicator screen involves the production of rtLllge-mar!ter pips
in the indicator cireuits and superimPOSi.ng them on the video output of the receiVei'. The OIlCillatory circuit 'it'hich generates the
marker Signals is gated by. rectanguJar pulse-furnished by tbe timer,
89 shown in figure lOO(!). The m.rker gde en.bles the marker
circuit,s to operate during the lI'Weep time only and may be either
positive or negative, depending on the input. requirement of the
marker generator.
(7) to provide the required timing pulses the timer must indude
tbe following:
(a) A circuit capable of establishing the pulse repetition frequency_ This may be simply tbe grid- circuit of 'an r-' blocking 08eillator (diseu88ed in 1If<:. ID), a rotary spark-gap type of modulator,
a sine-wave oecillator, a multivibrator, or a singi&-I'Wing blocking
oscillator.
(b) Heans of forming tbe dl!6ired signals with the proper time
relations.. These may include such circuits II limiters, clampets,
peake"" amplifiel1l, controlled multivibrators, Ind delay networks.
(c) Circuits designed to protect one component from the loading
effect of another and to deliver pulses to the loads without distortioD.
Such circuits include the bu1l'er amplifiers and cathode followers.
...
cease, grid cu~nt does not flow and the capacitor discharges through
the grid-Ink mistor. The value of this l'efiistor establishes the pulserepetition frequeny.
It. S,..e.. _aIUltl for ...... IIIly. (1) Any 6IIIlllJ changes
in circuit constanta or operating oonditiollll dect the stability of the
pulse rate. Where its becomes desirable to maintain a pulserepetition
frequency at a value more nearly constant than that which is posaible
by grid.blocking action aJone, a synchronizing signal is applied to ilie
grid of the oscilllltor. The grid constants an! adjusted to produce the
Ilppro:timate n!petition rllt~ , lind the e:tact operating frequency is
established by the synchronizing voltage.
"
nNING P\JI.S(
IHor;ATOII
o,,~,
.11,
1m
UNrVR5ITYOf MKH~N
that small chlnges in' operating conditions may cause relatively large
changes in the repetition fnquency. If the synchronizing voltage it
too high, the pulaa width is reduced becal18e of pewive grid-currfllllt
....
eSYN;.O
(j)
e,
I
I
n.
a.
SEC
Self...
,ae._a.ae...,..,e .
(1) Radarsyst8msutilizing
II. rotary spark gap modulator may be considered to be of the self.
synchronized type, in that the timing function originates within the
transmitter circuits. The block diagram of figure 103 illustrates this
fact. The analysis of the operation of spark gap modulaoon is d&veloped in paragraph 36 and only the manner of establishing the
timing of the Syst(lffi i8 to be considered at this point.
(2) In contraSt to the systems which are rigidly controlled by-a
>
o
...
Q,i.v, .1 """"
UNIVERSITY Of MlCHKJo.H
~ ~ SEC ,-uLK
TO JlULSI
TR"'NSro!l"~R
~"
T''''*' JlUU~
TO 'NOICATOR
11"'_.
_"''1' "",I,.,
.
(2) In the example illustrated in fiA"ure 104, the driving mooor
has a speed of 3,450 revolutions per minute and the spark wheel haa
H electrode6. Thus a pulse-repetit ion frequency of aplJl"O:r.imately
800 eycles per second is produced. The pulse width is determined
by the pulse shaping line, Z,. During the resting time, this pulse
shaping line is charged through the resonant charging cireuit compend of L. aud Z, t() appl"O:r.imau-ly 8,000 volts. As the gap breaks
do .... n, the line discharges through its characteristic impedance, producing a +4-,OOO-volt pulse of I 1h-microsecond duration. This pulse
is applied to a p~ tn.n8l0rmer and stepped up t() a -18,OOO-volt
level to overate the magnetron. A +4-O-volt pulse is taken off across
R, and is used as a timing pume 00 synchronize t.he indicaoor sweep
and gate voltages. This pulse may also be uHed to t.rigger stich components as range-marker circuits and ~iver-gate circuits.
..
o,.'gir I"""'
UNfIIlRSlTY Of MICHIGAN
se..
SINB-WAVB eSDJ.4.T8a.
.. All
fer neUIa'er. (1) The timing circuit" are designed to produce syncbronizing signals which In! specifically adapted
10 " given system. Th1lJl it is unlikely that any two radar equipmenta are .ble to utilise. common design in their timing cireuits.
After the specific system requirements for timing functions are established, the proper circuits can be ehOl!'!Il to produce the desired re8uit.ll. The mister oscillator employed in the uternlll, synehI'{)niud
type of ...dar equipment largely detenninee the variety of shaping
eircuita used.
(2) A sine-wave osciUator in which good frequency IJtability cln
be maintained i8 sometimes used as the master 06CiII.tor in utemaUy
aynchronized radar systelDl:!. This i8 especially true of early firecontrol equipments in which the r.n~ unit UIiIl6 phase-shifting networks for l<:<lunte range measurements. The primary disadvantage
of sine WAVe timing eystel1llllie6 in thlliarge number of wave-shaping
circuits required, since th_ contribute prohibitive weight and bulk
in IIOIDe application&.
(8) The !line-wave timer repreaented here is designed around a
2,OOO-cyde per second Wien-bridge oscillator and employs circuits
whieh supply timing qignala for A-, B-t,}nd C-sean indicarore in addition to the transmitter-triggu and receiver-glte voltages. It is
designed for use in aircraft with short tinge AI equipment. The
block diagnm of the complete timer ill shown in figure 106_
It. Cb nit ._Iy.... (1) The Wien-bridge oscillator suppliea
a 2,OOO-cycle-per-second sine wave through the buffer amplifier to the
diode rectifier and to a test jack_ The output of the diode is a half
sine wave whieh ia applied ro the overdriven amplifier. A good
square wave of 250-volt amplitude and 260-microsecond duration appears in the plate circuit. This equare wave is u!led to produce the
A-lICan sweep_ I~ is also applied to a differentialor-amplifler circuit
to produce the A- and B-llCIn indicaror gatell. The output of the differentiator-amplifier is again dilJerentiated to obtain a short"trigger
pulse f~r the B-SI':lIn sweep circuit6, and for the N'mainder of the timing circuits. The first of these circuits is that which generates the
~iver gate. The trigger pulse is delayed by an artificial li ne and
applied to a multi-vibutor, the output of which is fisoo length gate..
The time of occurrence of the gsle is varied by changing the delay introduced by the artificial line. The second group of circuits which
WJe the output of the dilJerentiator-amplifier, V6, is that which generales the C-lICan gate and the B8CII.n marker pip. The gate is produced directly by the variable multi vibrator, and has a trailing edge
which can be varied in time. This gate eliminates targets on the
pilot's indicator which lie beyond the target in which he is interested.
107
o,'gir I"""'
UNfIIlRSlTY Of MICHIGAN
80 that the operator will know what targets appear on the C ICOpe,
the trailing ~ of the C-ecan pte i8 difenmtiated to obtain a Bscan marker pip. 'fP,e transmitter trigger is produoed by diferentiating the trigger pulse from Va.
.
(2) In figure 106 the U8lIal Wien-bridge circuit employing a TNT
double triode is shown. Ql i.!J sufficiently I.rge not to .feet the pha"
-0!
!}
I
I l
i
tt
I .,
I
,
_L.!...
of the regenerative voltage palllling from the plate of Vl.2 to the grid
of VI.l. The lamp filament, R4., acting as vari.ble resistance, controls the degenerative voltage 80 that the oscillating freqUl'ficy remains
st.ble .t 2,000 eyelet! per tlIlCOnd. The buller amplifier V2 providee
constant load for the Wien-bridge o&eillator.
s.
Or>c.>i . 11"""
uNrvnsm Of MICHIGAN
<
--
~
+
!!
,. i
-J
-!
.I
~
I
"
I v
~
- "...
-
1
t
I
-
I+
."
-,
_. , !~
\. ~
/ '" =
-,
UNriERSITY~'"
Of MKHIGAN
~ia
>
a~
<
-.-
,~
~ e
'"''''
~
~
I,
IL
<
~+
I
i
,.
"
is
"i
.
I
i
t
,I
I
-.-i'
!
~
~
-,
l
(3) III figure 107 diode re<.'tifier V3 is CQnneeted to pag the negative
half of the buffer-amplifier output . The negative half-sine wave i8
applied direetly to the grid of V4.1, driving it beyond cut-off. Plate
current limiting results are shown in figure 108. The leading edge of
the negative-going !!!J.uare wave which appean across the load of V4.2
,, /
,,
,/ " ,
,,
\L..--I \
0--------------------__
._L___
0 -- - - - -_
TL-I113
I.'
o,,~,
.11, om
UNrVR5ITYOf MKH~N
:/'------r:~_~-,---
0--I - -
" /
,
,'
....
- ,,
---7..f-'==--(c.o)
",'"
SHORT RNM:
,I ~~'~/.::.~....... 'r-c"
:,,
I '
,,
,,
:,
+- r"--ir ----1'
,\
,I \\
I \
"
0--------------------TL-e794
~~f 1/11.
_lie''''''''
of
v.s.
Q,i.v, .1 """"
UNIVERSITY Of MlCHKJo.H
...
(
T
~
>
~!;( w
,~ ~
u_
1,(v ....
~r
!
J
~
~
~
~ it
1;-
~
<
~
~
J
i>
1;-
~.
>
<
~'i
>,
g
-'
,.
'Z
~.
'N
I
!
""--1
...... --------t---L.n----Ir'---"'"'"
,
I
~
" '.
."
"
,,-.,
.....
..,.,.
'--,
4.=='------'====='---':=
I
.....
=1=
y___
l-.,~_
___________
.------------------
.....,
lower VIS, and is fed t() the transmitter where the steep leading edge
geTVeIl to trigger the driver circuits into operation.
(9) The negative t rigger produced by the differentiator-ampli6er
V6 (6g. 110) is fed directly to the delay network in the plate circuit,
where it is delayed suffic-ielltly t() ilJ""-Ire its Ilppearanoe at point D
immediately following the end of the trllllsmitur pui9l'l. . From point
D the delayed negative trigger pulse is fed to the grid of V16 (6g. 116)
where it serves to 6Yllchrolli~e the operation of the asymmetrical
multiviurator composed of VB and V16_ The circuit constants of
...
t.,
o,'gir I"""'
JJ~f\I[RSlTY Of
MICHIGAN
this electron.co ur1c<1 lIl uit ivibrlll o r a re Buch that th e Iluq m l Ili keu
from the plate of Vl l'> is It j)()oj it iwl re<.:tun~rulll.r pulse ,..ith /I lending
e<lge determ ined by the IXlSi t iuli of t he 111 1) 0 on fh e dela)' lille II ml II
r----
"
'"
,.
ITNT
..,
~o "'''
C"THDO( 'OLLOWEII----j
. :UOy
...
i'"TNT
0
0
100 1\
0
0
0
OW
'"
...
T ItANS,," T[R
TIII' (; 11
I . ~ It
T~
--
...,
..
..,
.. - ...
"..
.~
..~
"
t railing edge occur r ing I I Il fixed Inter time. This 1>00;;l i"e gllie ill
rou pled by e1le Ctl thode fo llow er VU; In the carly i -r Ilmpi ili*!f ~tllb~
in lhe fO!C1!ive r to provide sc ree n .. nd plate voltages d ur i,,!; the lime
t hat it is J et! ired to rece ive return ing echoes.
1:17
Or>9",.11f<>rn
UNIVERSITY Of MKHK>l.N
,
,.
- ,"
",
.,
!!
,
~
,
!
i I-
't,
".
.:.t
,.
.'II
,..-",,
suits from tl,e eliminution of the ....... ,lh I111ping cin:: uitll t hat are
requi~I IU 1J!"<~ln c .. a ""I,WI ... Wll'" from II sine ....... ve.
(2) T he block d i:'gl"lllll (lig. 116) 1~IJI't!Sents the use of II blocki ng
O!:ICillulor in the timer I"",,"iu nsly d i<>cnssOO. The simil "l"ity is spIJllre nt oot,,een the timing signllis produced here lind those produced
in figure 105. The w"vern.ms produced in the blocking oscillato r
tim'll" a re shown in figure 117.
...
,I I...
It.. . .~
(1) The blocking OIICiliator is employed
as the maater OIICillator in some ~t designs in whi(lh Illiti(l8.1 timing
and simplicity are important factors. Simplification of the timer is
pos9ible principally 00caU8e only one type of indit:ator is u8lld, Ij()
that the variety of timing signals is reduced. The block diagram (fig.
!
!
,
ri
,, '' I,
--~
'>. II .. ..,.... . 'TaIII
-.&
T~lGGllI_
,,I
l,
, ,,
.~ ,,~ .
,
,
,,, ,,
I ,, ,,,
,
I
,",'I)' _
II'OCAlI'O(,
"-~
, ,,
I
,, ,, .
i '
i ~f :
:
\ !,' Ii~:=t'\,=----~:F~
-I \.
- l,bJ
IICe(MII GllTI:
....ut:
~- .ao~
118) illustrates SU(lh II timer in which th p bl"cking oscilllltor establishes IJ\e frequen cy and indiroctly contl'(lls the l"equin~d t.iming liignals
which synchronize the various c(l mponente of the equipment. The
trsnl:llllitter is triggered into opeTlllion by the ml,"ter (lscillawr and a
portion of the modultl.tion pulse is coupled to the timing cin:uita to
control their operation.
~30 '-"U
10
o,,~,
.11, om
UNrVR5ITYOf MKH~N
IP
...
.....
_.- ..
:=
--
Li'
... ,
"' .. ,.=
--_.........
'"""" 118.
e.
24'
B~ #91 .....
0--
or
t::IretIU._I,....
Qoi.v, .1 """"
_ ... _ JJUlVtRSITY Of MlCHKJo.H
-~----''--'
. .- .. --
system and to insure that any returning IFF signal appean on the
indicator at the proper ran~.
(2) The modulation pulse is fOlmed in thl" driver and amplified
in the modulator, lh" which it is applied w tht' magnetron. A
pick-up pllte in the modulator which is capacitively coupled to the
,,
o,,~,
.11, om
UNrVR5ITYOf MKH~N
,
!
~
~I
....
t-,
I
~;j
-1
-J
li
-j
I__
,I ~
,
I
i
i,
-,
-
!
I
lit .
i-,
--,
..
main cut-oir for the proper time duration a8 determ4J.ed by the /letting
of the range-selector switch_ Thua, coincident with the transmitter
pulse, the plate of V8 delivers a positive pulse to the lJWetlp-generating network, and the plate of V4 deliven a negative gate of equal
width which esbblishee the operating time of the rwge-marker
generator, the indicator tube, and the receiver.
(3 ) The negative gate pul8e, at point E (fig. 121). i~ applied diredly to the range-marker generator in the indicator unit, which i~
of the shock-excited oecillator type dllllCl'ibed in aection IX. It is
applied aI80 through the cathode follower, VG, to the cathode of the
~~:ERTER
I~--
+200V
D'
.,.
."
'OK
+3OOV
...
RECEIVER GATE
TO SCREENS ANO
PLATES OF 1ST.
'OK ANO 20 U:
AMPLifiERS
+.oov
indicator tubto, reducing the biaa to a value which will pawit the
video signals to modulate the intensity of the cathode-ray tube. '!'be
cathode follower is cut oir &8 the leading edge of the negative gate
pulse i8 applied to the grid. The voltage on the cathode of the
cathode-ray tube drops to approJ:iwately + 87 volts beca1l98 of the
voltage-divider action of RU and Rl~. This reduces the big on the
cathode-ray tube to a value just beyond cut-oft' and anablM any poai. tiTe video signals to produce HUOf! 3 JIilnce. As the trailing edge of
the negative gate puise is applied to the grid of Vii it is returned to ita
nonnal potential of + 1011 volte and the cathode ri8&8 toward this
value, increMing the bias on the cathode-ray tube to a point weD
beyond cut-oft'.
...
o,,~,
.11, om
UNrVR5ITYOf MKH~N
.
32. MlJLTIVIII....TO. .
....... pater .,III_lter.
o,,~,
.11, om
UNrVR5ITYOf MKH~N
!-,
-,
ti
double triode and the ne(E'suy circuit constants to produce an OI'ICillating frequency of approximately 65(J cycles per I!eCOnd for radar
operation. Provision is made for switching to bellcon operation by
reducing the OIICiIlating frequency to approximately 325 cycles per
second. The multivibratoJ:' is free running and is unconventional only
...
Or>c.>i . 11"""
uNrvnsm Of MICHIGAN
in the manner of switching to dift'erent n.nges. 8y meana of balaDOed grouping of resistors in each grid circuit the range liWitch controls the time constanu in tM grid circuita without changing the
repetition frequency of the circuit.
, ;
".
,i
'!
-
I 1-
-i-
I
,~
..
1
~I ~
."
.~'"
.<
"I'
ii u
2'
(2) F our rangt'S, 6, 20,.50, lind 90 miles. are ..,.ailable. One section
of the range-sell'ctor switch establi~hes the proper ratio of grid resistances to produoe pul!:il:'S at t.h e plates of VI.I nnd Vl.2 which are ~lightly
wider tban the operating range requires. The time during which VI.I
is conducting and Vl,2 is cut oft' is utilized in producing the timing
..
,
0.'9'
~11n>m
UNIVERSITY Of "'J{HlGAN
signala for the ay~tem components. Tlllls the leading edges of the
pulsea which occur simultaneously at points A and E establish the
zero-time referenoe of the system.
(3) The plate aDd grid waveforms of VI.I and V1.2 for the four
8ettinga of the f'\lnge switch are shown in figure 120.
(4) The positive gate voltage produced at point A is fed to the peak.
ing circuit in the PPI sweep network and to the input of the delay tube
~
us t" UC.
_a'as t" SEC......
~ SEc..
330
ocr ....
20MI.
i,
,
,
- - , ,.- .. ... ...-- ,
", .....
-18V
r-
SM'.
"
,
'.'
..(.,.;.'
.',' '
e.VLt
--
---
.-
_llSV
+240
o,w
.0 M"
o MI.
r-r-.....,..----~-----_,
:
:
I
,,
+',.
+105
I----i~
,,
,'
,
'.---J
--,,----.-----,,
,,
,,
I
,,
,
,,,
,,
,,,
,
,,r
_IIV
....'
_135V
,,,
+240V
.....
+156V
,,
,,
,,
,
f,,
__ _ " - _ _ _ ...L _ _ _ _ _ ,
,,
,
,
,
.1 __ J
+105V
TL '8.0
,."...1U.
V2. The delay cireuit is shown in figure 126. The cathode is tied to
a positive potential of 100 volta and the grid is directly connected to
the plate of VI.I. During the time VI.I is conducting, the voltage
at the grid is not sufficient to bold the grid above cut-oll. A delay of
IIppro:zimately 10 microseoonds ill produced by using an integrator
input circuit consisting of RIO and ca. As Vl.l is cut 01, the rillll
in plate voltage is applied aCtU68 RIO and ca. The capacitor eharp
...
"t
"00
,"
---
-
"
"
0
,,
,,
-.
<
0
I,
0
0
-t
- ..
-,
1,
.~
I0
;;-
0 -
,
-.
>.
.N
-
0
"~
>
,,<
-
:!
-ii
-..
o N
0
0
.'
.:
-.o.
"
.0
.'
o.
0
0
-",
- 0
' 0
.'
.:
u0
.".-,.
.0
".
,;
~o
I0
~
.~
u o
LllNOOTY Of M(H.".,W
...
0.'9'
~11n>m
UNIVERSITY Of "'J{HlGAN
proximately 20 volts acl"OllS Rl8 .... ith no signal on the grid of the
cathode follower. This places the cathode of the PPI tube at + 20
volts. The grid potential may be adjusted to a potential sufficiently
negative to hold the tube ....ell be)'ond cut-olf. AiJ the negative pulse
from the dela)' tube is applied to the grid of V5, the clthode of the
OIIClilloecope tube drops to zero voltage, thua reducing the negative
grid bias on the clthode-rl)' t ube sufficiently to permit In)' poRitive
video signals on the grid to prodUCEI ftuol'I!8C('nce. The 4 '1'8. e, char-
r-
e~
Oll.A'I'
Va
,
e.
VI
+ laay
+12 Y
...1..J
TL Ills
1(.:tI;!ristic of the catlwde ' rR), IU~ is emplo)'M ill figuN' 180 to iIlustrite the grid- and cathode-voltage relationships.
(1) The piau of V1.2 produces a negativl"-going pulse (@' fig.
J..2.4), coincident ....iththe positive pulse produ~tlat poiul@. This
pulse tim es the operat.ion of both A -scope and PPI swee p generaton;
and provides a synchronizing voltage for the PPI sweep -c1ampin~
circuits. It also is fed to t he paraphase amplifier shown in figure
131. The voltage across cathode resistor R20 is approximat~ly 30
volll> with no signal on t.he grid. The negative pulse on Ihe grid
drives the tube to CUI-off, ea using a 30- volt pul"", to be devl'l"lX'd arross
H2O. Thla negative pulse is applied to the cathode of the A-stupp 10
,.,
Dn9,""~
UNrYOOTY Of ~{HIGII~
,- - ----
TL-A
~'"
,s.
:I~.
",..u,.,emklf''' w.
:
I
I
I
.fr-'-~
.....
I
I
I
I
,,
~--
"""... 1~.
", t il'"
of ooatroll"" Nu
remove tbe bi voltllge and to intensify the tube for the' duration of
the sweep.
(8) A poe:itin rectangular pulse is produCfll. Ul'08S the plate load
B21 of ve aimultaneously with the pulll6 Icroee RSlO. This puh~ i
I
o,'gir '''''"'
UNfIIlRSlTY Of MICHIGAN
ca,
"I
n o 1'-1'-
yo
s wu ~
yo
0,.
~ ~, S"U~
yo A-.eOH
s"lC ~
COU.
."
".
.,oow
'----1--'
'''O'C A TO"
...
TO
O.
.-.
.oo ~
~ Hl
c"",oo t
~. , sco~.
'"
.n
"
l .IK
Fil1"'rfl Ill.
..
,,,
i os
.. ....
OI,.,MiI dil.,....", of A ...,,... /IfItc ..,," 11'1' fri,l o.:r ..,.,flo" O( ... MII'-
(9) The nmhivibTlllor ti mer IH"O,-i,leol the mehllS of ~ta rtillg t he indicKtor-~weep voltages .. head of the trtt n~milte r pulse. T his, h"w eve r , does not affl'Ct the o'-etall I"ange ttccuta ey. s i n~ the PPI ind icalor gttte circuit and the tttnge-mHl"ker ,,~n e nlt"l" Hl"e OI" ~I'lIled uy the
same de layed IJUlse thll' produ~s the IrllllSlllilter trigger .
,n
0.19' .1 from
UNrY ERSITY Of MlCHK>l.N
Seed VI
Ir. . . .ltten
33. GBNBaAL
.. Seleed_ ...... ,e.e_ter. (1) The selection of the r-f
generator is governed chiefly by the carrier frequency at which the
syR.em is to openUl. The carrier freqUfllcy depends on IJevenJ factors, among which are t.he de6ired directivity of the antenna, the d fect of frequency un propagation, and the tactical application of the
B)'atem_
.....
..
o,,~,
.11, om
UNrVR5ITYOf MKH~N
34. ....
~"N."'TOs
0&0180"-11
11
I ..
Dn9,""~
UNrYOOTY Of ~{HiGII~
-,..
...
o,'gir I"""'
UNfIIlRSlTY Of MICHIGAN
...
Dn9,""~
UNrYOOTY Of ~{HiGII~
duCf'd by interelettrode c.pacitan~ 119 negative mn:imum, in ordert.o reinforce the plate current. Cont.inuing around the ring in this
manner, the grid of Vf ill at negative maximum to e108& properly
with the grid VI,. half-wavelength a ...ay. Plate relationa are main
tained by always adding tubes in pairs, if a larger number ill needed:
(f) The physical COlllItruction of the ring oscillator normally is
arranged w have the tubes pl.~ in an approzimate circle wilh the
tank circuits OD the inside of the circle. Thill arrangement permits
...
-*-
:::: est
t
='"
! ~
===-;=C', "
--_..
c,< -;-
,!
j .,~,..:::j;
11-11-"
~
~
L.....
",,*
... ....,.;.
.. .
,.
,.
symmetrical oonnection8 between rircuit elements, and allom the output coupling to the transmission line to be of relatively simple oem
struction. Figure 134 shows one method for obtaining energy from
the tank circuits. The plate linee are supported vertically between the
tubes, with the morting bars at tbe lower ends. The pollrity of voltage
at the plltes is II indica~ and this caUgeB the currents in the shortillB
bars to haYe the relltive direction of 8011' shown by the arroW8. A
transmission line wit.h I loop in the end is lowered between Ute pllte
lines 110 all to place the loop nelr the shorting bin, to provide inductive
I ..
Dn9,""~
UNrYOOTY Of ~{HiGII~
coupling. The magnetic 6eJds produced by the CUlTfllW in the shortiqg bars reinforce each other in inducing the r-f voltage in the loop.
-nt.line and loop can be made resonant by using a ahorting bar a balfwavelength from the loop to insure muimum transfer of energy. The
fd line is tapped acn'lBB the the re.onant eeetion in this ca&Il.
(G) Any of the push-pull oscillaton shown in figure 1 may be coonected in a ring cm:uit to produoe a -high-peak power output. Since
the ring connection reduCCIII the dect. of the interelectrode capacitance,
tubes of fairly large physical me may be used to produce high-peak
output power at frequencill8 up W fOO ut<gacycl-. In order to prodUOl
co.
......u
LINU -
"-F CUII"Dn'
TL-."
JPigIIn 1.!~.
even gteater peak output power than is possible with the four-tube
ring OIICiliator, additional tube.! may be added in pair, to the cireuit.
(6) The ring oscillator has the disadvantage of having many tuning
adj\l8tmenw in il.8 circuit. If the lM!V8ral adjustments are not made
properly, inefticiency will result. BecRU6e the ring circuit penni!1I
mecbanical symmetry in construction, the tuning adjustments may be
ganged w few controls, and the oscillator is relat ively simple to
' po"'"
eo Mal
Or>c.>i . 11"""
uNrvnsm Of MICHIGAN
nquired
...
o,'gir I"""'
UNfIIlRSlTY Of MICHIGAN
tw
"
_.
_.! --
..
U ..
....
n_
f~a .. "
.. "ricH<
one-half the voltage to which the line was cbargro, or 300 volt8, since
half the availllble voltage ill lost atf'Ollll. the 2,6OO-ohm internal im
pedIlnoe, Z.. If the net""ork consisted only of capacitors, the di s_
charge ""ould follow an u:ponential curve, and the voltage aCl'OII8 R2
""ould not be constant. Ho""ever, the inductance and capllcitance of
the line are 80 designated that the diach.~ rate is practically
constant.
(3) The dillChftrge of the .rtificialline can Ite uplained best. as fol low8: A.t the insllmt that the ,",itch (fig. 136) is dosed, the voltsge at
point A falls to aoo volt&. This can be looked. upon as a traveling
wave of -300 volts applied at point A. to reduce the volt.ge there im.
mediately from 600 to 300 volta. As the w. ve moves from A to B the
voltage acf'08ll the line is MUCed from 600 to 300 volts. On re.ching
point B, ths wave Hee8 .n open circuit, sinee resistor R1 is very IUgi!.
The ""ave is reflected ""ithout chftnge in sign, and immediately reduce6
the voltage at point B from 800 volte to zero u the wave travels back
.e.'
Dn9.
II"""
UNrI'R'i.ITY Of MICHIGAN
to point Ai and the ~maining 800 volts act'088 the line is canceled
out. On reaching point A, the wave haa reduced the voltage acro88 all
sections to zero, the wave itself disappearing because it is absorbed
by a load which matehes the characteristic impedance of the line..
The pulse formed across R2 by the line dillCbarged 1ast8 for the tim~
required for the traveling wave to mo-ve froID the switch end of thl'
line to the open end Ilnd bAek.
(4) The complete circuit diagram of the tratulmitter with a b0ot,strap driver is shown in figure 187. A thyratron, V2, is used instead
of the mechanical switch shown in figure 1811, to diacharge the artificial transmi88ion line.. The line is connected between the - MlO-volt
and - l ,l00-volt taps on the power supply, 80 that it i.e charpl. to a
voltage of 600 volts through resistor R.')_
(5) A positive-going timing pube with a steep leading edge is applied to the driver throu~ coupling capncitor 01 and illOiDtiug diode -
I
I.
T :
1 -=::
-~
L. _. _ . _ ._ ._. _ ....;.J
188.
n. lIa2,
iUfc""'~.
VI. The positive t rigger pUI5e cau_ the thyratron V2 to ionize. The
current which Oow, through Vi must. coml' from the di.!Jcharge of the
artificial line because R5 is too large to allow the Bow of current aufficient to maintain ionization. The dillCharge of the artificial line
through V2 and R6 prodUceB a -300-volt pulse across R6 during the
discharge.
(6) Tube V8 i, a double beam-power tube "ut for convenience it is
shown in figure 137 lIS a single tube.. The tube normally is cut off,
since itt! cathode is connected to the - l,I00-volt tap and its grid is
connected to the - l,.211O-volt tap on the power supply. The net bi~
on t.he t.ube is therefore -1110 volts, which is amp le to prevent conduction. Wben the artificial line discharges, the - SOO-volt pulse developed acl'08S R6 is coupled to the grid of V8 through 010, causing
the tube to conduct strongly. The cathode of Va ri_ from 1,100 volta
below ground to positive potential with respect to ground because
of the voltage drop across lUI
Oti-v' .1 """"
UNIVERSITY Of MlCHKJo.H
,I
...
Dn9,""~
UNrYOOTY Of ~{HiGII~
(7) The life of thyratron Vi is shortened by positive ion bOmbardment of the cathode if the grid is driven suliciently negative to caU86
acceleration of the ions to .... rd. the cathode. This condition is avoided
by using diode VI .nd capacitor ca. The trigrr pulse is coupled to
the grid of Vi through c'pacitorOI and diode VI. The positive swing
of the pulse caU8e8 diode VI to condud and produce a signal voltage
acl'08ll R2 and RS. The drop aef'OlB R2 is Ipplied directJy bet",een
grid .nd et.thode of Vi through ca. When the pu," is removed
capacitor 01 dillCharges, but, since the diode cannot conduct, the negative voltage reaulting does not appear at the grid of Vi. The pulse
developed in the cathode of V2 is coupled blck into the grid through
ca, causing the grid to rilll! ...ith the cathode, and thus preventa a
negative voltagt on the grid from this IIOUI"OO. Resistor R4 is U8~d
to limit grid current through Vi. Since rin is es8I!ntiai in the o~
tion of this driver, a bootstrap ampli6er is used. The bootstrap
eireuit indudes elements ... bich cause the voltagt on the grid of the
amplifier tube to riM with the cathode voltage. maintaining. constant
l<ignal voltage from grid to cathode. Theee elements include a lOuree
of pllte voltage for tbe preceding tube which is not tied directly to
ground, .nd I muna of coupling the rise in potential of the cathode
to this plate supply.
V2
(8) The arti6cia) line is the source of plate voltage for
during the pulse, and is isol.ted from ground by resistor HIS. Tbe
only other p.th to ground is through Mstor R9 in the cathode of
tube va. Therefo~ 18 the cathode of V3 rises during the pulse., the
entire circuit of Vi is raised the same amount above ground The
drop acroes R6 is mlintained by the discharge of the line, and is
applied directly between the grid and cathode of V3. This is the bootstrtlP action, so-called because the amplifier rli_ ita grid-cireuit
voltage in order to maintain a constant grid signal. When the artificial line i8 completely discharged, the voltage dijfe~noe aeroee Be
disappears, and the potential of the grid of va .t once becomes - 160
volts with respect to the catbode, and the tube is made nonconductina:.
The modulator tubes nonnany are cut 01 by the -1,100 volts applied
to their grids through RD. The positive pul8e produced &croes R9
driVf16 V4, and V5 into heavy conduction, 80 that CIt. is pennitted to
dillChnrge through the magnetron to ground .nd through V4 .nd Vli
in parallel. Since these tubes are in plrallel, the r88istors RIO, RU,
Rl2, and RIS .rt nl!lmnry to prevent paruitic OIICillations. The
charge that is lost from OIG,during the generation of the r-f pube
is rffltored to the capacitor during the restinj;l' time by ch'rging
cur~nt ... hich flo ... a from ground through diode V6, capacitor 016,.
and resistor RU to t,he -13,ooo-volt supply. Tbe diode i8 ulllld IS I
one-way "'vi ....or which permits current to flow to charge OUl, but
tu_
I ..
Q,i.v, .1 """"
UNIVERSITY Of MlCHK'JIH
wh ich pre ,'ent>! 100;\1 of ,"u,"rgy du r iug Ih" pu lse. sin"e nO ll e of tile d is"har!,re cur rent can JIow in the d iode. 'n le lise of lite diode perltl i l ~
mOn) eftident use of the en!!rgy s tored in Ihe "upllci to r .1x'l':lI use :\
n'tiistor used liS It charging el"Il11'llt , liS R207 in figure 80, mlly d iSlliPll te
us milch liS 20 pert.'t'nt of the 1t'lIi h.bl e energy <luri ng t he dischllrg".
e. UBe e .rolled .. I_kin. o.elll or tlrher. ( I ) A
mod ificati on of t he circuit of th e sing le-swing bloc ki ng oscilllllOr
runJ be used to pn xluce II pulse of Hct'u rll tcly COlli rolled d urat ion f IJI'
the operation of II. mod ulator tu be (lig_ 138). An nl'l ifid ll. l lrnnsm it;-
,----
" UL' t - r o ~ ..
".c; L. N t
II
_____ __ ~
---
o-".
"",.. r~
IllI.
l,j"~"'roiled.
. ~so
Mock;", ,,!WiII" 'fI.: "c_,..,,,ti,, ei,,,,,jf d.jQ,r~ ....
'0
...
0.'9' .1 from
UNrY ERSITY Of MlCHK>l.N
r,
'.,"
' . ..J
,I
L . _.J
-,,+
,
I,
L.
-I
r~
EOIIlvalENT CIRCUIT
OFSI OURlfrtO PULSE
I, ,
,,
.> """
~>,
"
,,,
()II"
,,.,
Since the voltage induced in 81 is relatively consta.nt during t.he pulse,
it mlly be repreeent.ed &8 a 600-volt battery with polarity as indicated
in figure 139.
(") The artificial transmission line normally is ehafged to -150
volta through nt, 81, and R2 ffom the bias ~upply fOf VI. In the
equivalent cireuit, the line is shown &8 a resistor in lleries with a 150volt battery_ Since the two battefies oppose, only 350 volta ie uai!able to drive a current through t.he circuit,. The sum of the grid-tocathode reaillumC(\ of VI and the output l1lSislimee of the cathode
followcf is made equill \(I the cha racteristic impedllnce of the aniJiciailrnnsmi88ion lin&. Therefor$, II CUfrent i flowing in the circuit
prodU08S approJ:imlltely 175 volt.s across the line and across the
combination Of Rt+R.- with polarity &8 indicated in figure 189. -All
...
Q,i.v, .1 """"
UNIVERSITY Of MlCHKJlH
.07
Dn9m.t/fl;n>
UNrYOOTY Of ~{HiGII~
is chsrged from the 14,ooo...volt supply through va, R7, and lA.
When the positive pulse is applied to the modulstor tube, Cti discharges through the magnetroD and V2, generating an r-f puifle.
(9) Wheo the driver output pulse falls, V2 is sharply cut ofl'.
OsciliatiolllJ are 86t up in L6 and the distributOO Upacital}C6 between
the magnetron filament and ground by this sudden cha n~ The in
ductance is put in the circuit pUrpollSly to cause oecillations, so that
the pulse at the magnetron filament mlly have a steep trailing edge.
For uample, figure 142(i) shows the eifoot of the distributed capacitance in prolonging t he decay of voltage at the magnetron Blanmlt.
QscillatiolllJ set up in the filament cireut by the addition of inductor
LIS produce ~ voltage of the type shown in @. Since the negative
alternations of the oscil lation, as at A and B, could cause the mal'netron
to oecillate, the negative portions must be removed. Damping II
~
- -'---J:::'~'=
"-I-- -j--.!-7'--
e __ ...... " ..
usually provided by a diode,so that a waveform of the type shown at
is produced. The diode acts 811 a very low resistance aCI"{)SS the reso
nant circuit during the po9itive alternation, and quickly damps out
the oeciUations by absorbing the energy in the oscillatory circuit.
Therefore, no negative alternations oocur to cause the magnetron to
operate.
(10) Because there is always a slight delay in starting the pulse in
a blocking-osc_il1ator driver, it. is not desirable ro Uge the trigger pulse
fol' timing the rest of the radar system where short minimum ranges
are iml)Ortant. In order to avoid the complexity that would be
involved in attempting to match this de lay by some form of delay
circuit, a timing pulse is coupled out of the t,ransmitter from the c~
of 05. Since the caBe of ell is oonnected to one plate of t he capacitor,
it chnnges potential abruptly when the modulator is driven into cou
duction. Therelore, whenever the magnetron is pu1sed, a negativl5
...
( { l~I"'__ ""'''ii"""'~'''T",.".t.!!"c''II&,","1---
"
>
'I~
!
J
~
-
1
-,
I-
I
1.,
,
-
,,
--!
.,
.,
I
-,
~
<
J'
JNNEIt!.lIY Of MCHIbAN
ttming pulse is ooupled out to the rest of the circuit at exactly the same
instant.
WI.eII . . .
(1) Instead of &mplifying a modulating pulse in a series of vacuum t.ub6s, a pulae may be
rIl.... ...........
.
T R" !l!"'G EOG[ PROI.()t,IG[O
ev OISCHA RGE OF OISTA!BuTlI)
c"''''.CIt,t,!<IC[ .
TAA!t.!"'(; (~STUPENtO
ev OSC!llKno",s.
n.
Oti-v' .1 """"
UNIVERSITY Of MlCHKJo.H
other devices. The obvioug advanta!.,'!! of this system is that modnlaOOr tubea, with their heavy filament-power drain, are not required_
The spark itaelf di ssi pates very little energJ lind the power oonsumoo
by the au:tilikry controls is sm&ll, 90 that theoreticalefficiencillfl of SO
or 90 pel"Oent are pofI>ible.
(2 ) One diBlldvanta~ of the higb-Ievel pulse-modulation system is
the h.ct that there is no chance 10 improve Ihe shape of tOO plllge fllter
il. is generated_ In the vac uum -lube pul8l' modulator the pulse is gen_
erated Ilt low voltage Rnd thereafter is amplified in nonlinenr amplifiers
which BIItunt!! at the peak of the pulee. In this ease, the art.ificial
tnosmi.asi on line u9l!d to fonn the puh:ll! may be a poor approximlltion
of a real line beclI.Ul:II! irregularities in the flat top of the pulee thus
int.roduced. may be clipped in succeeding amplifiel"8. In t.he high-level
puL'lt' modulator, 00 the other hand, no such opportunity for share
oorTt'CIion exists. The line employed mUBt ~ a cloae approximat.ion
to" ('ontinuCMUI tl'1ll\llffiill!ion line.
- ---
fL-'"
1"_
~ao-_4 _ 12
Dn9,""~
UNrYOOTY Of ~{HiGII~
age across the line t4:nds to oscillate. At the peak of the positive swing
the line is chuged to a voltage conlliderably higber tban the d-e supply. At this instant the trigger pulae is applied to the auxiliary electrode, and the spark gap conduct.. The characteristic impedance
of the pulse-forming line is made equal to the impedance of the magnetron 80 tbat one half of the voltage. on the line is impre Ed across
the magnetron for the duration of the pulse.
(6) The spark gap (fig. If&) consis~ of two epberical ele<:trodee,
one of which is hollow. lnserted in this hollow sphere, and insulated
WlfZUION
POWUI
UP
""',..
"'"*'. of
n.c~ Apart""'"
TL-"'"
","_'-'Of".
.......",.
t1.CTROOE
fL- 8...0
from it, is a third electrode. The main gap A.B is made large enough
90 that the voltage between A and B will not blUk it down. 11 the
gap between trigger wire a and electrode A is broken down by a trig.
gtlr pulse, the resulting potiitive ions will be attracted toward the electrode B and will therefore cause break-down in the space between A
and 8. The instant of discharge can be controlled accurately in this
way. Experience shows that the control of the timing of the discharge is more accurate when the hollow electrode serves as the anode,
or plate, for the discharge.. The 6~rk stops when the network is
u.
o,'gir I"""'
UNfIIlRSlTY Of MICHIGAN
rk_... .....
o,'gir I"""'
UNfIIlRSlTY Of MICHIGAN
Cut:
Voac""'11
.w
---
n-Int
CIIIOUIT
...
Dn9,""~
UNrYOOTY Of ~{HiGII~
,
vary between 0 and twice the applied voltage, curve 0 Howev8Z',
with resistance in the J:ircuit, the voltage at point A ia .. damped
eine-wave cu", , "hicb will ultimately die out, leaving the capacitQr ch&rged to the supply potential of - 1,600 volta.
(Il) The damping caueed by the ftSilltanoe in the circuit limite the
first swing of voltage.t point A to about - 8,000 volta. The inductance
ill .djWlted to mIke the frequency of the oecillation equal to one-half
lhe pU!IIe-Nlpetition frequency, 80 that the volta~ _t point A will be-..
muimum.t time ~,. If the switch is cloeed at this inst.&nt, the voltage.
t point.do falls to uro (eurve@),and the pulse-forming network discharges through R. Since R is equal to the characteristic impedance
of the network,.. pulse of 4,000-volt amplitude is produced r.ero88 it
by the discharge.
,
to / "
,
----, ,
'r
Co)
'-;--- -
WITHOUT
O I!A
IF aLiiCII RU,'N' OPEN
[,0. WlT11
"\1
S."CM ; "'IS ~
\/'
'.
.,.,,....,. ,,.
'~
JW
'-
n-""
....
Or>c.>i . 11"""
uNrvnsm Of MICHIGAN
"~
1
I.
-- 1
0
-
I ~~
i i! ,
I:0'
t. '
I'
It
"%
-- --
-,t
!
1
0
-,
...
I
,
IIIN(J!SIIY OJ ""JILIN
,,~~~ . J
fDlSCHAII.
..r'-<.
---
+
I
I
--
""""we, !!u
I
L ._ . _ . _ _
. ~
n_
'~!V
lSI .
rlt"cwu.
second place, thll tranBformer may be. uSed 118 a polarity revening
device, a8 in the blocking oscillator discuseed in paragraph b above.
In the third place, the transformer may ee"e to isolate d-e 8OUrcfl6.
(10) The most common use of the pulae transformer is illustrated by
figure 161. The pui8ll is formed by a rotary gap discharging an ani.
Sei ..1 line through the primary of the transformer. The turns ratio
is such &II to step up the primary voltage to II much higher value to be
applied to the magnetron. Since the magnetron im~nce 118 ssen
OTT
Dn9,""~
UNrYOOTY Of ~{HiGII~
by the line is stepped down as well, the polge forming network need
not be built to withstand the high voltage of the pulfle reaching the
m.gnetron, and an h.ve a lower ch.r.cteristi<: imped.nce. The volt..p of the power SOUfCe for charging the pulee.forming line is COil e!.
pondingly smaller.
(11) In m.ny ...d.r install.tions, particul.rly thOll8 in .ireraft, it
i8 de8irable to sep.rate the antenna .nd the bulky power unite of the
t ... nsmitter by. oonsiderable distanc:e. This CAn be ueompli"ed by
running. long oo.J:i.lline or w.veguide hom the magnetron to the
antenn.. However, long r f linl'll tend to make the operation of the
magnetron ufllltable and 6I.1<:h long HnM should be .voided if poeaible.
An alternative to long rf lines is to aep....te the m'gnetron from the
modul.tor .nd power supplies, .nd to oonne<:t them by a long cable
(fig. 162). It ill neeeB8lry to terminate the pul8t uble in ita eharact.e,..
.-
.~
Pi,..~~
l'"
c'"",''''
"""rial cat'" CHI" pIIIN Ir ....f _ .....
...u.v
$~
...
--
On9 .. oil"""
. .
~
UNfIIERSITY Of '-'KHJ(,AN
cin::uit instead of the I>pecial transformer, itlBulated for the full pulse
voltage, that was required in the transmit.ter di.scund in section IV.
(13) In figure IU is shown the circuit diagram of a complete rotary
8parlr:. gap modulator and transmitter. The puJa&.forming net"ork
is charged to 8,000 volt8 from a volt.ge doubltr through a resonantcharging cinluit oonsiBti'ng of LI, VI, Zl, 1.2, H2, Ra, and the primary
winding of TI. Although most of the discharge current fio"s through
the primary of the pulse transformer, lOme of the curnmt fio"s
through Rj .nd R3 and through L2. The output of the modulaoor i,
a positive--going {.()()().vo!t pulse. Therefore, a positive pulse of -.p.
pro:dmately J..2IS..l'olt amplitude is develop&d actUB R3 to be "sed M
the timing pulse for the rest of the system.
.
(101,) The t,OOO-volt positive pulse in the primary of the pulse tratlBfol'mtlr induces a negative 18,OOO-voit pulse in the secondary "indings.
Should the load be removed by diliCOnnecting the magnetron, a voltage
much Inger than 18,000 volta would bedeveloped acl'Olll theeeoondaries
h - UIIII 01 the poor regul.tion of the transformer. To prevent dunf.g6
to the tranaformer from the poesible high voltage, a protective spark
gap, adjuated to fiN at 25,000 volta, is oo~n&Cted acl"068 one of the
secondaries. Should the gap fire , the tralUlfonner "ould be heavily
lo.ded. and the voltage could rise no bigher.
(lIS) The pulse voltage induced. in the t"o IIIIOOndary windingl! of
the transfonner ie pquaJi'Pd by byp... capacioora Cl. C2, and Ct.
Since it ia d~ired to keep the Jo"er ends of .t118 two windings nearly
at ground potential, capacioora Cl and C2 are oonn&cted to ground.
The magnetron plate current p'MI'lII.t.hrough the magnetron to ground,
throagh IW and C3 in parallel, and the pulse transformer 8lIOOndaries.
The voltage developed acl"068 R4 is proportional to the average curmit Bowing in the magnetron .nd the damping diode because C3
JDtel'l out the surgee. If it is desired to have an .pproximate indicll.tioo. of the magnetron-plate current, a meter m.y be connected &Cl'08!I
lW. If no meter is desired, the circuit may be eimplified by the elimination of the bypaaa capacitors, and the tenter tape of the heater
Uanslormera may be grounded to provide a c1(JB~d circuit for the plate
""""
.. 8 ....e
" 11'.1'
......_.
(1) Instead of producing a low-po"er pul9l' and amplifying it, or ~nerating a highPOWel" pulse from an art ificial line, a .turable inductor can be uaed
as a pitch to oootrol the charge and dillCharge of a network: to produce
an appros:imately equare modulating pulse. The block diagram of
auoo r. By.stem ill shown in figure 1M.
(i) The timing input to the current oontrol tube is a square wavt.
During the positive portion of this square WIVe, VI is conducting, and
energy is etored in the Iield &:round inductor Ll. When the tube is
.TO
Or>c.>i . 11"""
uNrvnsm Of MICHIGAN
-
i
~
:j
f!
i
t-
_.i
"j
I'
-j
~
!
,,,
...
li
b
g"
>
"
i
Or>c.>i . 11"""
uNrvnsm Of MICHIGAN
cut off, this field colb.p81!8, charging capacitor ~ through the charging
diode. At the instant that the voltage acre : 3 the e.pacitof is a mui r
mum., the saturable inductor switch, L2., is closed and the capacitor
voltage is applied across the magnetron through ca.
(8) A 8atumble inductor can be used as a switch since it. can be
either a very high impedance or a very low impedance, depeoding on
the condition, under which it operatell. This wide change of im.
pedance is possible because the OOte of the saturable induetor, or non
line.r coil us it is sometimes CIllled, i, satumted by a relatively low
current in the coil. A graph, called a magnetiution curve, in which
the fiuz density in the core i, plotted against the current in the ooil,
i9 shown in figure 1M. The boriwntal portions of the curve are called
the saturated region because a current more positive than A or more
negative than B Ctlnnot cause an increase in the fluz density in the
core. In the region betW6ell A and B the Ouz density in the core iR
n.. _
Dn9,""~
UNrYOOTY Of ~{HiG/r,~
-i
i1
-,
!-i
i
:;
---+ ,
...
Dn9,""~
UNrYOOTY Of ~{HiGII~
ca,
ca.
...
Oti-v' .1 """"
UNIVERSITY Of MlCHKJo.H
...
o,,~,
.11, ""
UNrVR5ITYOf MKH~N
Seet VI.
S""te_
H. lNTaOD1JaION.
.. GI! _ _ I. Previous sections of this manual have indicated
that the electrical characteristi('8 and physical .p~r.nCEI of n.dar
antenna &ySWn9 may vary widely. The approximate size of the!
antenna is detennined by the selection of the carrier frequency and
the type of installation. The actual design for I given equipment is
based on several considerations which control the over-aU elIiciency
and the angular accuracy of the data to be obtained.
...
~e,.
tbe antenna system demands that each link in the ptoth from traMmitter to antenna, and from antenna to receiver, waste as little Of
the r-f energy as poIIIIible. The transmi.ion line need should there.
fore hIve the smallest poasible loses, consiStent with the phpical
typ es, which can be used for a reasonable size of unit.
(9) In addition to protecting the receiver circuits from burnout and
blocking, the T-R switch incl'ell8e!i the energy transfer by guiding the
signals to their proper destination_ During the transm itted pulse the
receiver path iq dosed, Ind during the rest.i ng time the transmitter path
is closed. Thus, in each case, the energy is used to produce the deeired
I'f!IIult, without wasting power in inactive circuit!!.
(3) Finally, the over-all eBiciency can he raised if the particular
application for which the system is to he used will permit concentration
of the energy into a narrow beam.
e. h ....r .ee....ey. (1) The ability of a radar unit to
locate targets in azimuth or eleVltion depends on how well the antenna can 8611)1'$ the direction of the return signal. It has been shown
in section I that. narrow beam is better able to find the maximum
return-BignaJ direction than a wide one_ Double lobe system" still
further increase the accuracy of angular measurement.
.
(2) Back radiation and sille lobes tend to ('(Infuse the opentor,and
tbet'flfore to decrease hiB ibility to locate tar~t8. Antenna construction which wiD reduoe un1l'anted Jobes in antenna pattefll8 is usu.u.,
employed to aid in this respect.
...
Q,i.v, .1 """"
UNIVERSITY Of MlCHKJo.H
~IIC
Q\lAlln,,
..~V'f STulJ
actually heat and crllck the cernmic. Placing Ihe insulators at voltage
nodes, and making USi! of a better matnilll, such &8 polystyrene, will
sometimes redu ce losses to II reasonable point.
(8) A much more salisfllctOI'y fmm nf insulator is the stub sup port. This is simply 1\ qUlll'lf r-wave tra nsmission line shor t-circui ted
at one end. The other end presents a "ery high impedance 10 any
outside circuit. Stub supports call be applied in many v.ays. F igure
1;)7 illustrate; the use of two solid rods fa stened to t he side of II tOWH
to support a transmission line running up to the antenna. The stub
lengths are It./ 4 and the tower form s the shorting tmr. For purpose!!
of mechanical st.rengt h. t he feed line may be con nected to the support
at some dista nce f rom the open end. This is possible with 10w10!SS
HOTIIO " __U
..,
ta
DIi<l' .1 """"
UNIVERSITY Of MlCHKJo.H
.
stubs since tJleir impedance is very high at the open end, decreasing
to zero at the tower. The connection point is selected to give I sulIi.
dendy higli impedance to avoid changing the much lower imf""'.... ee
of the feed line.
.
(4) Figura 1M! showe. method of support within the operating
building consisting of two tubes of the IIIlmll size &8 the main transmi&-
1'110 LINE
sion line which are stretched from ceiling to Boor. Shorting bani Ire
placed a qUlrter-wave above and below the feed line to present a high
impedallCfl acl'08II it. Additional shorting ban are placed. quarterwave apart to prevent the supporting line from absorbing power from
the main feed line.
(5) Open wire linea areeas-y to construct and maintain, and in addition are relatively ineJ:pensive. The proctm of matching to both the
...
On9 .. oil"""
UNfIIERSITY Of '-'KHJ(,AN
Or>c.>i . 11"""
uNrvnsm Of MICHIGAN
in ..... hich t hey Illll)' be excited. The methods for cou pling energy in to
alld ou t of wln 'eguides aro also discussed. Both the rectangulil r and
roun d wanguides lue nsed exten_~j"ely. Generall y speuking. t he me
(j)
langnl ur type hlll'(' leS!! losses tha n the round, bnt the round WIl\'e
guide is "CI'Y u!lefnl in the construction of II l'Otllling joint of si mple
d,~sign. T he mode of elicit lit ion h'ls considerable effect on the I ~
which tX-"Cur, Ilnd 8.'1 Il retiult there Il re three modes whkh 1l1'!l most
..
--
0.'9' .I/rom
UNrYER~TY Of MKHKiAN
commonly used. Figure Hi9 Iihowe these modes. Of the two chculnr
modI'S, the TJJl 0" hD.s the grt'llter losses, bUi it will maintllin the pollrjUlion of the wive in plssing through I rotating joint, lind is therefore used quite often.
(3) The use of waveguides in the antenna system involves the pl'oblems of coupling energy from the r-f generator into the guide, allowing
for eIpanlion of the system u the re6ult of temperature changes, rotating of the antenna for searciling, and supplying of the power to the
Intenna proper. In the discUS8ion that follows, several possible waveguide sySWna will be uplained in order to bring out specific problems
and their solution. The illustrations al'll applications of the material
described in 8eCtion Xl, TM 11 466 and Nlvshipa 900,016.
(4.) Figure 160 shows a complete antenna system using both circular
and rectangular waveguide&. The magnetron supplies its output to a
coaliai line through a amall oonpling loop fol'llll by the inner ronductar of the line. The line is then oonneeted to the waveguide 80
that the inner conductor pa E2 through, and perpendicular to, the
wide face. The line is e:rtended to end in a short-circuiting plunger,
which is adjusted to cause a voltage maximum in the waveguide, ap
prorim.tely a quarter-wavelength away. Muimum output of tbe
magnebVn is produced by means of the mltching stub.
(6) The waveguide is ucited in a TE." mode, the guide plun~r
III!rvlng to oontrol the actual coupling by adjusting the standing waves
in the guide. A 2%- by %-inch guido is used near the magnetron for
OODlpaetne., but to incre'se e!iciency of transmission this is e::a:panded
to I 8- by I1h-iDch guide above the tn.namitter. Near the rotlting
joint, the rectangullr guide is changed to I 8-incb circullr guide,
which is e::a:cited in the TE, .. mode. .An upansion joint is fonned
.bove this point by tm-Iking the circular guide. A choke, conaillting
of a Bange on either aide of the hreak, prevents radiltion and 1088 of
energy. The side slota of the choke IJ:'e I quarttt-wave in depth, and
lees 't han AlI0 in width, 80 that they form resonant circuits which will
pl"\!8ent an open circuit It the OUUlt edges of the fllnges. The open
circuit ill re1Iected to the guide a quarter-wive away 18 a short circuit,
bridging the gap electdcaUy. The short circuit is mlintained by the ,
side slots 18 the e::a:pansion joint is opened or cloeed.
(e) The rotating joint is simillr in p6nciple to the e:a::pansion joint
ucept that the glp between sections is Bud, and one !!!'Ction tum,; with
respect to the other. Since the gap is fbed, the choke is si mpler than
for the expansion joi nt. Two flnt flanges are nttached on either side
of the brelk, with I fixed spicing of less thin .\flO. The fllnges form
the two sides of I qnarter-wave line which is open-circuited at the outer
end. The tnergy in the guide sees this high impedlnce reflected 19 I
.bort circuit which confines th e energy within the guide.
,.,
o,,~,
.11, om
UNrVR5ITYOf MKH~N
"'-p". -....
LL
....... ,
---
lOX'1It" ....
0'---
'--SllfT~
t IK'.
...
rv-re
1IUI0l-.
IH .
, I
...
,.,
Dn9.
II"""
UNrI'R'i.ITY Of MICHIGAN
lII'lCure muimum energy transfer. The coanu line has ill; inner
oonduetor extended. into the reetagular guide as a voltage probe, fdld
into the ein:ular guide as one-half of dipole. The outer conduetor
is eItended about a qu.rter-wave into the end of the circular guide,
and has the other half of the dipole futened to it. The rotating
joint is formed by breaking the OUW oonduetor and using a ehoke to
b~ the gap. The choke slot. is bent bad on itself fdld has a total
2H cuu;u"-......
C",VITY
'0'""
I
t
M... CNlTItON / _ ,
"ItOll
",N 0 "-001"
1'''-- .....
JI'i",n
lin.
rut.
.. .
,.,
Dn9. II"""
UNrI'R'i.ITY Of MICHIGAN
3L T 8,.,lIcaM.
.. G.,a.,_I . . (1) Whenever a aingle antenna is used for both
tran8lllitting and receiving, the problem Irill8!l of inauring that muimum 1ll\If! ia made of the available energy. The trimpleet 1I01ution ia to
U8D a awitch to transfer the antenna connection from the receiver to
the t.ranamitter for tbe duration of the tran8lllitted pulse. As baa
be m pointed out in 8ection II, there are no practical mechanical
switc:bM available whicb can open and close in I few micl'Oseconde,
or tbat can repeat the procftl8 at a rate comparahle to the system.
PRF Electronic 8witcbea, or T-R awikhM, must therefore he used.
(2) In selecting a switch for this taslr:, it mllllt be remembered that
_protection of the receiver input circuit ia equally 18 important as the
power considerations. At frequencies where r f amplifien may be
used, the amplifier tubes can be WOllen to witbstand large input powers
without damage. At microwave frequencies the input circuit is the
mi][er, which is easily damaged by Ilrge applied signals, Ind 110 must
be more carefully protected. This is particularly true of crystal
mi'lel'B.
...
(,( Q.I
o,'gir I"""'
UNfIIlRSlTYOfMlCHIGAN
, I
VOt. T4Co
TL U.7
R(CElvtR
the running voltage acr088 the gap is very low, and the resistance of
the gap llpproacheB a short eitcuit. The ionized gap voltage is inde
pendent of the applied power, 60 that ~ re8iatan06 varies with applied power. Air at atmospberic pressure requires about 80,000 volu
per inch of gap to start the arc, while the running voltage is about GO
volta. The breakdown and running voltages for inclosed gaps depend on the pressure and the gas or vapor uged.
(2) For purp0!!e8 of illustration it win be &ssumed that the char
IIcteriatic impedance of the uansmission line, the feedpoint resistance
of the antenna, the input impedance of the reeeiver, and the output
impedance of the transmitter when generating r' power, are aU !UiO
ohms. The transmitter output impedance rises between pulgeS to
~,ooo ohms. The resistance of the conducting gap is ro ohms
...
0.'9'
~11n>m
UNIVERSITY Of "'J{HlGAN
(3) The pulse from the transmitter reach~ the T -junct.ion where
it finds two patha to follow. Part of the pwse power goes down the
receiver branch, and causes the spark gap to broak: down. As a result,
a resistance of 110 ohms is placed acroes the 2M-ohm line a quarterwavelength from the T -junction_ As seen from the T. junction the
quuter-wave line terminated in ~ obms appears &8 a much higher im
pedance of;
Z input_ 250'
60 _ 1,250 ohma.
The pulse therefore bas a choice of a l,2ro-ohm path to tbe spark gap
and a 260-ohm path to the antenna, since the antenna terminates tbe
transmission line in its characteristic impedance. The pulse energy
divides 60 that most of the energy take!J tbe lower reaistanoe path to
the antenna, wbile the rest is used to keep the gap diecharging. Because the receiver branch is a resonant line, there will be a voltage distribution across it &8 shown in figure 163. The voltage acros the gap
is lower than that across the T.junction, and ia the voltage of the pulse
reaching the receiver, mnoe the rest. of the receiver line ia pNperly
terminated by the receiver. If the gap nl8illtance can be made lower,
the magnitude of the pulse reaching the receiver will be reduced, and
the TR action improved. The lower gap resistance will a180 require
1l'SS power from theT .junction.
(4) At the end of the transmitti pulse the gap ia deionized, and
tbe antenna reach the T. junction.
signala whicb are picked up
Again there is a choice of two pat.hs, one to the transmitur and the
other to the rece1ver. The receiver path has an inpat impedance of
250 obma since the spark gap ia an open circuit and doee not aft'eet
t.he receiver branch. The path to the transmitter is made a half
wavelength, and is terminated in 15,000 ohms. The halfYoave 8eCtion
acta &8 a 1; 1 transformer 90 that the T .junction se6II 6,000 ohms.
The received signal8 are divided, practically all of their energy taking
the lower resistance path to the receiver. Note that if the output
impedance of the transmitter deere-ns below 260-ohms inatead of
increasing wbile in the non08CilIating condition, the line from the
transmitter to the Tjunction is made aD odd number of quarter
wavelengths to reflect a high resistance which eft'ectively blocks the
transmitter bnnch at the T.junction.
eo btJ-T-B .wI,e". ( I ) The output impedance of the trans
mitter does not always change sufficiently to permit the US8 of a
resonant line in blocking ret-ei ved signalll from the transmitter. In
such ca.ses a second spark gap is used &8 an antitransmit-receive
switch to block the transmitter branch at the Tjunction. Figure 164
shows the TR system of figure 8 with an antiTR switch added.
The T R switch worka in the same way as in the system just dellCribed.
.y
'.7
o,'gir I"""'
UNfIIlRSlTY Of MICHIGAN
(2) The t['8.nsmitted pulse PU'M down the line to the foIltiT B
spark gap and caUgee it to II"C over. The resulting short circuit iI
redect.ed Inek to the mlin feed line &8 I high impetifollee by the qUitter.
waYe line. If the same vlluea Ire used &8 in the previous ezample,
the reflected impedanee of the antiTR gap will be l,2r1O ohms in
pa['8.Uel with the 26O-ohm antenna li ne. During the transmitted
pulse, then, the antiT-R switch simply uees a small amount of the
transmitted. power.
(8) The antiT R gap is eft'ectively an open circuit during the
r ssting period. The shorting bar which iB a quarterwaYe below
,I
RCCtlVtR
TL
.....
...
,.,
Dn9,
II"""
UNrI'R'i.ITY Of MICHIGAN
''+____,-__________________
TRANSMITTE
C
TO T-JUNCTICH
2~0.n
TL 8&48
,.,.
z-
Ii -12,500 ohml.
...
o,,~,
.11, om
UNrvR5lTYOf MKH~N
The. stub can bI!o considered as two sections of transmission line. (6g.
166(!), one. of wbich is terminated in a ahort circuit, -.nd the other
in an open circuit. The shorted line is less than a quarter-wave long,
which gives it an input impedance thai is inductive. The open line,
also less than a quarter-wavelength, is a capacitance. The two are in
parallel, and since their total length is a qunrter-wave, their reactan~
are equal, thus forming a parallel resonant circuit of very high impedance (fig. 166Q). During the resting time, with the gap 11.1:tinguished, the stub high impedance has very little effect in bridging
the anti-ToR line.
(7) When energy is applied to the stub, a atanding wave of vol~
that is mn:imum acl'Oll8 the gap is set up along its length. The received
signals are normally not Jargtl enough to break down the gap. The
tnn8lllitted pulse is large enough, however, and places a low resistance
ANT .... T-R
LW'
~'N
r
.... 1
sru8
l
, /'
,,
,,
\,
Tr
\~I
l._
~,
n
UU
0
0
T~
usa
acI'Olll the open end of the stub by causing the gap to conduct. The
stub now consists of two lines in parallel acI'OS/l the anti-ToR line, each
of wh ich is inductive (fig. 166@). The result is w place a very low
indudtlnce acI'Q8S the anti_ToR line a qunner-wavelengtb from the
feed line, re8ecting the low impedance as a very high impedanoo to
the feed line w limit the energy necessary to operate the gap.
CoasJal T~R ..... te... (1) The effectiveness of a T -R
switch is dependent on the resistance of the spark gap as compared
to the characteristic impedance of the transmission line system used.
It was pointed out in the preceding d iscussion that l'I!oSOnant !inee acting
as transformers can bI!o used to decrelll!e the apparent gap resistance.
When coaxial lines are used the resonant transformers must bI!o used,
since the impedance of a conial lins is about 60 ohms aa compared
to the gap resistance of 80 to 50 ohms
...
Or>c.oi . 1/"""
uNrvnsm Of MICHIGAN
__'_"_n"":':.-__
R(('''ER
TL
e.~,
...
Dn9.
II"""
UNrI'R'i.ITY Of MICHIGAN
which bnlalts down the gap. The gap resistance effectively short-circuits the center of the half-wave line, 80 th.t the input terminal of the
half-wave transformer is connected to two short-circuited lines., eacb
less than a quarter-wave long. The reflulting impedaDOIl6 are inductive and in parallel, which prEantIJ a very Jaw impedance to the
receiver branch. The receiver feed line branch is adjusted in length
to present the low impedance of the half-wave line as a high impedance
at the T-junction. The voltage across the gap is stepped down by
the half-wave line to a low value befon being applied to the n:lCeiver.
The use of the half-wave line therefonl reduOll6 the effective gap resistance, thereby lowering the power necesSlry to operate the T-R
swiwh and reducing the traDBlDitted signal applied to the receiver.
Tl
~re
NU
...
Or>c.>i . 11"""
uNrvnsm Of MICHIGAN
(2) The simple gap formed in air has a resistance during conduction of from 80 to GO ohms. This is usually too high for WIEI with any
Itut an open wire transmission lins. The time requin:Jd for ths air aur
rolillding the gap to be completely deionized after the pulae voltage
has been removed is about 10 microaeoond3.. During this time the
gap acta as an inCralling resistance &CroIJIj the transmi88i~n line to
which it is connected. HoweVBr, in a T _R system using an air gap
the received signals reaching the receiver through the gap have half
their proper magnitude after 3 miCluH'ODds. This is known &8 re
covery time.
(8) The value of voltage to break ,down a gap, and the running
voltage during the arc, can be lowered by reducing tbe pressure of
the gas surrounding the electrodes.. T -R tubes are therefore lIsd in
which the spark gap is inclC8'ld in a gl&118 envelope and the tube is
. -----
",-'VI
~
TL
""'Nll(l9,
Hila
...
,.,
Dn9.
II"""
UNrI'R'i.ITY Of MICHIGAN
..
r- 'MIIElo!'r
T\.- 54
...
Dn9.
II"""
UNrI'R'i.ITY Of MICHIGAN
T_R
11),
TL . .16
Signals for the receiver are remo"ed from the cavity by a similar loop
pl.ced on the opposite aide of the gap from the input loop. This is
the coupling method used by the T -R boz of section IV.
(2) A second method of feed ing the cavity from a cou:ialline is
to U86 slots which couple the field of the line to th.t of the cavity (fig.
111 ). The output of the magnetron is matched into a coazialline
which feeds the transmitted pulse to the .ntenna. Ne.r t he magnetron
the outer conductor of the coui.l line is mude into a sliding section
h.ving a side aperture or slot in the center. The slot opens into the
resonant cavity of the T -R box on the periphery. Another alot 0 1\
the oppo!Iite side of the cavity is cut through into the receiver cOIll:ial
line, which is shorted. at the edge of the sloL
(3) During the transmitted pulse, eller~ is coupled into the cavity
Ind produces. large voltlg~ across the ga p. The gap breaks down,
formi ng lin .rc wh ich abort-circuita the CIl!lter of the cavity. The
field huilt up within th.e ('Ivity is very wllIlk becau!NI of the detuning
of the cavity during the arc, and baa the ellect of a abort circuit acro5ll
...
0.'9'
~11n>m
UNIVERSITY Of "'J{HlGAN
the transmitler feeu -line slot. Becau9l! the field is weak, very little
energy ia coupled into the receiver feed line.
(4) At the end of the transmitted pulse the magnetron imped~nce
changes, &0 that J"eived signals see a miamatch at the magnetron and
fire reAected. The position of the slot into the Cf\vity is adjusted by
means of the slidi ng joint to be pl~effi at a cu rrent maximum of the
coaxial line (fig. 172). The large current prodUee6 a strong magnetic
fie ld which leaks through the slot into the cavity to l"1!infort'e the field
of the cavity. The reeei\ed signals are not strong enough to break
down tbe gap, and the field within the cavity is not IIffl'Cl.ed by the
presence of the gap. The slot into the receiver feed line permits BOrne
of the field of the cavity to link the inner conductor of the line at a
point whi ch is a current maximum. By selecting the proper size and
shape of the slot&, the ~ived signals are passed with very little 10!l6
to the receiver. The position of the .ntenna feed -line slot can be
'"
--
adjusted to absorb all of the received line energy from the antenna
feed line, and thel"1!fore to pl"1!vent standing waves between the T R
Bwitch and the antenn .
W.ve....tII" T-R IIWltelt. (1) Resonant cavity T -R
switches are applied to waveguide!! both dirootly or indirectly w obtllin
switching action. TIle indire.;t method uses a ooaxilll line TR system, and then c<Hlplell the OOIU:i lll line in to the waveguide whicb feeds
the antenna. When large losses might be incurred by the use of
coaxial line, the resonant cavity can be ooupled directly to the waveguide. Figure 173 shows. direct method of cavity T-R switrbing in
a waveguide feed ~ystem. The w.\eguide terminates in the IIntenna
on one end and a shorting plate at the other. The magnetron usea a
voltage probe to e:zcite tbe waveguide. Tbe transmitted pulse trav els up the guide, spilling into the cavity through a slot. The cavity
builds up. strong electric field across the gnP. breaking it down, and
detuning the cavity. The impednnC1l seen at the slot by the guide is
...
o,'gir I"""'
UNfIIlRSlTY Of MICHIGAN
GUIDE
T-R 8 0 " / _ ,
~,
eOUPLING
, ,"
" .
,
",
SLOTS
I ,
,,
:, .At] '"
~
"
R~e[IVER
L1N~
-'
,
,
,
,,
,,
,
,,
,,
,,
,
...--1--
--
,,
~ --
IroI"GNETRON
PROBE
MAGNETRON
Tl.
aau
....
0.'9'
~11n>m
UNIVERSITY Of "'J{HlGAN
cavity field is undisturbed by the gap, and couples into the l'eC6ivtr
OOIIxial line to give muimum energy transfer.
(3) The cavity T -R switch can also 1M! applied to branch linee of
the waveguide (fig. 174). The magnetron is coupled to the guide
by a 'l'oltage probe to produce proper excitation. In order to ilmm!
muimum U!Ie of the received signals an anti_ToR switch haa been
included. The transmitted pulse tra'l'ijla from the magnetron to the
anti-TR branch where part of the energy tums in to the gap. A
slot it placed &croa the waveguide a half-wuelength hom the main
III_liNT
c.wITy-/-1
T-II SWITCH
'TL
.a.
llEeEllllE1I
fiqtl.ff:
17~ .
Caw,,, T-R
guide, ami passes the r-f energy through into the Clvity. The cavit,.
builds up the electric field, breab down the gaP. and 18 a l'eliult
produces a short circuit across the coupling alot. The short circuit of
the alot is rellected back to the msin guide a half-wave away to doee
the mouth of the anti-T oR branch.
(4) Most of the energy is therefore directed down the guide to thf
IIntenna. 0,-, reaching the r:eivfl:' bunch the same effect is produced
by the T-R 8Witch a half-wavelength from the main guide. Since both
openings art! e.ffootively closed by the gaps, maximum energy it transferred between the magnetron :md the antenna..
a.
o,'gir I"""'
UNfl/lRSlTY Of MICHIGAN
(6) During tlie resting time, tlie anti-ToR spark gap is not broken
down by the received signals, so that the in put to the cavity is practically an open circuit. This is reflected to the main guids as an open
circuit. The received signals are in effect turned back by the apparent
open circuit at the mouth of the anti-T-R branch setting up reflection~
which a quar1.6r-wave away at the T-R brunch produce a short or doe
ing of the main guide. The signals II.re d irected into the T -R branch
where they pass through the resonant ClI.vity to the receiver.
(6) Instead of using resonant c&vieies and T-R tubes, the branch
waveguides can use resonant slots wliich also act as spark gaps (fig.
176) . The resonant slol is a partition across the gnide .... ith an II.per
-------------'-HTIt~
--t-o.FlltCTU)H 01 It FII:UI
- +-
F~
175.
RESON .. NT
Sl.OT
...
Or'gir I"""'
UNfIIlRSlTY Of MICHIGAN
the IllS percent maximum signll point. The advantage which is obtained is that of comparing two signals whOBll changes in mlgnitude
a~ great per degreechlnge in azimuth, and whOlie directions of change
a~ opposite. The operator is better able to select the COllect ontarget
position of the IIntenna since he sets to a position which makes tlNl two
signals equal for the target being tricked.
(2) An antenna system whi ch UIIes the double-lobe principle must
include provisions for obtaining the two patterns displaced from each
other, and some metbod for comparing the ~ived. signals from
both lobes on the indicaW. The simplest system is to use separate
anfennas, ~eivers, and. common indicat or. It is more economical,
however, to use single reciliver which can be awitched between the
lobes. Figure 176 shows thltoomponents of an elementary lobe-llwitching system.
(8) Separlte antennaa are mounted 80 that their patteI"llll overlap,
intersecting It approximately the hllf_power points. The feed line
from the two afltt>nnaa are brought t.o a double-pole double-throw
switch. The switch alternately selects the signals from Intenna I
and then from antenna 2 to be ampli6ed by the i'8C\'Iiver. The output
of the ~iver is therefore a combination of the two group! of signals
from the two antennas. These signllls are separated by a single-pole
double-throw switch 80 that they may be comparEd on the indicator.
The two switches Ire thrown in synchronism by I switch motor.
(4:) The aequenc:e of events in the 10be-8"Witching operation is
shown in figure 177. The echo signal from the target (fig. 176) indueet
a 8IIlaller voltage in antennl 1 than antenna. 2. It is lI8SILDled that
system PRF is four times the pitching frequency, 80 that two pulses
lire received wbile the receiver is connected to antenna 1, and t.wo
while the receiver is connected to antenna 2. Starting from the
instant. that the switch moves to the antenna I position, the receiver
ampliSflII two eyclflll of echo signals from antennl I, and then 61ritches
1.0 antenna 2 for two cycles. Thus the output of the receiver is a
series of pulses that are alternlltely proportional to signals received
by antenna 1 and then to signals received. by antenna 2. The indicator output switch separates the pul9llll by placing thOll8 from antenna
1 on the left deOecting plate, and thOli6 from antenna 2 on the right
deflecting plate.
(.5) During the time that signals from antennl 1 are being applied
to the indicator, the right deflecting plate is d!'ectiveiy grounded,
and the trace produoed is shown by 6gure 178Q). When the switch
is moved to Intenna 2, the left deflecting plate is grounded, and the
indica ti on is liS in . The indicat()r cathode-ray -tube IICreen hIlS
sufticient persistence 80 that wben the pitch mot or runs .1. normal
speed, the two traces appelr aimultaneously 18 in @. 'l'he operator
o,'gir I"""'
UNfIIlRSlTY Of MICHIGAN
TO T"'RGt.T
Loall
Loal a
ANTEN II ...
r----- -
_00
SWITCH
RICIIY!!I
L ______
--
r t-:;::=::::-tJIHDICATOIt
n ... o
...
Dn9.
II"""
UNrI'R'i.ITY Of MICHIGAN
.11"..
........ 1----------------------
...
-
djusts the poIiition of his IIntenn. in azi muth until the pulliell repre
senting the target to ~ tr.cked caW!e equal deflection to right and
left (fig. 179).
~. SI_,le _te. . . . eJlte_.Uy p .....,..
(1) The two
antenna method of obtaining double lobe!! is simple and trouble
free, but is inefficient because only half of th~ available .ntenna
:z.
..,,' .. I'ULK
TL UU
NORMAL
"I,~r..
/79.
scope
PICTURE:
NomJl.."",e pMt_
TARGET TO LEFT
ANTENNA ON TARGET
TARGET TO RIGHT
c:--- . . . .
IN PULSI:
TLun
space is used to receive echo signala at a time. The complete antennll
can be used for receiving all signals by phnsing one half of the
antenna against the other half to produce a pattern whOl!e uis is
shifted first to the right and then to the left.
(2) In figure lBO, an antenna four dipoles wide is used to re o
ceive echo signals from targets, and to measure their azimuth. The
antenna is divided into a left half A, and a right half, B, connected
by an external phasing section and feed line. A signal ""fleeted
".
o,,~,
.11, ""
UNrVR5ITYOf MKH~N
(0
PHASING SECTION
TO
RECEIVER
still in phase and add directly to produce the voltage .w hich reaches
the rt'Ceiver.
(3) If the target moves to (!), tbe ecbo signal reaches B first, and
then travels on to A. The alternating voltages induced at A therefore
lag behind those induced at 8 , and the instant of muimum voltage
at A oceUnI after the muimum voltage at B. This is due to the
greater distance between@andAasoomparedtothatbetween@and
B. The induced voltages travel over equal-length paths to reach the
rtl't"iver feetlline, SO that their phase relRtionship remllins the SlIme 1.8
at the dipoles. The eirective voltage which reaches the receiver from
...
Q,i.v, . 1""""
UNIVERSITY Of MlCHKJo.H
the target at@ is 1_ than that from the target at <D because of thia
phase difference (fig. 181).
(4) If the target. is moved to@ (fig. 180) the voltage induced at
A leads that induced at B, and tM voltage reachi~ tbe f'l'Ceiver is
1_ than that produced by the target at <D. With the receiver feed
'.,
,
'.,
RtCEIYEA
~,~
'.
TARGT AT
CD
TARGEl AT
TL
F~~
181.
p~
.UllloII 01
eee~
ll,....".
-,:.--.~
SECTION
TL
eeee
line connected to the center of the phaeing section the target returns
muimum lIignal only from <D.
(6) The ditf8l'eJlce in phllse between the voltages from A and B
can be controlled by varying the distance that each voltage tnvels in
reaching the receiver :feed line. In figure 182, the target is located at
@ (fig. 180) and the receiver feed line is connected to the left of the
center of the phasing l)ection, 90 tbat the voltage from B travels
further over the phl8wg aectiOD than the vol~ from A. The addi-
...
Dn9.
II"""
UNrI'R'i.ITY Of MICHIGAN
tional path of travel for the voltage from B is made electrically equal
to the additional path traveled in spaoe by the echo signal in uuh.
ing A. The two voltas- at the receiver feed line are therefore
in pbase, and add directly.
(6) If tbe feed-line connection is fiJ:ed, and tbe target ill moved
to CD, the voltagaa induced in the dipoles are in phue. When tb_
voltages reach the receiver 'feed line, however, that from B lap that
from A, and the signal whicb reaches the receiver is not muimum.
Muimum reoeiver input voltage is produced onJy wben the target
is at when the receiver feed line ill connected as shown,
,,
_.
,
\
~K'
,,
,,
,,
I
I
.
. .
J
'no
,,
,
FIOINTIJ
!
I"VMre IU. " " - . 1 ,lI4tll.,
U.
"
Dn9,
II"""
UNrI'R'i.ITY Of MICHIGAN
half-wllvelength, the lobes are bent toward the feed point, rather than
away, as in the example given.
(9) The problem of Bhifting the feed -point connection from one side
of the antenna w the other is a diltkult one W solve mechauically.
The phase delay can be introduced electrically by placing a reactan~
acI'Oll8 one of the branch feed Jines. Figure 184 shows an antenna fed
by a coaxial line which branches symmetrically w each half of the
uray. A half-wsve line is placed across IIII.ch brunch line to act as a
1: 1 transformer. The inner conductor of each line is terminated by
- - - ---1
,I
,r"
-.
I
+ ,oov
"'
".
telA,lOt< TA~
DU ~ [(:"HG
~"
0.'9' ~'In>m
UNIVERSITY Of "'J{HlGAN
IIlld left bronches, and tberdore causes the pattern of the antenna to
shift from right to left.
(11) The signals Ill'(! III'lpan.ted on the indicator screen by means
01 a va rillble position voltllge oontl'olled by a cam-operated lJWitch.
The cam is rotllted by the lobe switch motor at the same rate as the
capacitor disk O. The cam is ehape!l to c10116 switch D during the time
the lobe is bent to the Idt, lind to lenve the switch open while the lobe
is bent to the right. Switch D shorts resistor R, when closed 80 that
the positioning voltllge to the indicator is zero. Resistor R. determines
the voltnge to the indicator when D is open.
IItClIV [ 1I
II...UL..JI
.
,wrtP
INPUT
<
L.
'WITCH INPU
--L
T~
....
(12) The output of the ~iver consists of pulses from both lobes
of the antenna array. 10_ pul8l\6 are applied direetJy to the
vertical deflecting plates of the indicator. The hori%Ontal deftecting
plates receive a saw-tooth sweep voltage synchronized to the PRF
of the system, and the positioning voltage from switch D (fig. l~).
With disk 0 near plate B (fig. 184) , the lobe is bent to the right,
and switch D is open. The positioning voltage is positive and cauaes
the sweep trace to appear to the right of the ~nter of the indicator
to the left, Ilnd switch D is closed, shorting resistor R,. The posi.
tioning'voltage is zero, and the sweep Ince nppears to the left of
the ~nter line (fig. 186Q). As the lobe switch motor rotates, the
lobe and sweep Inee are mo\'\"d instantly from right to left, and left
to right, building up a nonnal BCOpe picture (fig. 186(!. The
am ount of separation, or sprud, between echo pip!! i, oontrolled by
resistor R., which "an be adjusted to from 0 to +60 volts &II the posi.
tioning voltage when switch D is open.
...
Q,i.v, . 1""""
UNIVERSITY Of MlCHKJo.H
_'eo, ..
eo S".le
te.....Uy ph ..,d. (1) The antenna
system just described provides either the left or the r ight lobe for
receiving echo signals, depending on the position of the lobe-switching
motor. Another choice of antenna system is available which produces
both lobes simultaneously, and which nses electronic switching. The
m.in advantage is to eliminate the swireh contacts, and the noise
resulting from dirt .Jld incorrect adjustment of the contacts. The
phasing is accomplished by an adjustable length line which OOIlBect.s
the inner dipoles (fig. 187). A separate feed line is connected to each
SlGHALS '"OW
<DU'T
Loar
R>aIGHAL.,IIIOW
<el1I'GIlT LO.' .
t':\IIIIUCATOII .Clltell
I.!iW'TH rCHO sr'A"ATIOH
FitlMre 186.
half of the antenna. Each feed line runs to a sep.rate input to the
receiver.
(2) Echo signals arriving at the antenna array induce voltages
which appear at A .nd B. The tot.l volt.ge which reaches the receiver over feed line A is a combination of.the voltage induced-on A
and that induced on B which travels over the phasing seetion to A_
The phase of the voltage from 8 with rl'Spect to that at A depends
on the path length from B to A, including the phasing sect.ion. The
relative phase can therefore be controlled by v.rying the length of
the phasing section.
(8) An echo signl1l received from a direction perpendiculsr to the
faee of the antenna induces inphase voltaget! at A and B. This
means that the induced voltage (JI1 the right feed (lQint at A and the
left feed point at B should be 1800 ouf. of phase. If the phasing
I'JOOtion is of uro length the induced voltage .t B travels one wave-
Oti-v' .1 """"
UNIVERSITY Of MlCHKJo.H
+ 1-1
- -:~---I+1_ .
.
PHASING~
Sl:C l ION
'E[O lIN[
-'
F[ ElII.ltC ..
rt-t-
RECEIV E R
.
II
eaT!
...
-'"I~
TARC/:l
.
'""
MA~IMUM
".
I
I
I
I
I
I
I.
V", ,
\
,I
\
lARc.(l
'""
.,.
MA"'''''''
/\-+.,
II
,,
,,
"
..n
dyne receiver (fig. 189) . The electronic swit.eh producee two l ,(J(IO..
cycleper.llecond square-wave signals that are inverted with respect
to each other. The signals an! applied to the grids of the r t amplifiel"6
a8 blocking voltages. . Since they au out of phase, r f amplifier A
conducts and amplifies while B is nonoonducting. Every hRii cycle
of the swit.ehing voltage this condition is reverged. Thus the signal .
.
~m
~
~
H_
LJl
ru
It. FI U ,.
c.m , I'lDIIi C
"",..
.
Itlc.(1VtII
mOlC,t,r Oll
..J
f l.- . .n
app lied to the single channel amplifier which comprises the rest of the
receiver ia alter nately II signal from food line A and than a signal from
feed line B.
(7) Figure 190 sho".. the ci~uit diagram of II typical electronic
switch ing system. Tubes VIOl and VI02 Rre dupMcate r- f amplifiers
for the signals appearing on feed lines A and B of figuN 187. Trans
...
On9 .. 011,,,",
UNfIIERSITY Of '-'KHJ(,AN
".,
,.
,~
l;
r:.o
;: ;:-
.'
.'. '
,
oo '
II'
."'.
:~
'
,"
!,
.,.,
H"
"
.e
~I
,."...'
.,
.'
,,
"
,.
,.
"
,.,
"
--..
....'.. ,.
.'
'
'1' .,
-
it
_ _QQQlIQ,
,.
II '
..
"
'
'- ,
,.
.,,.
rl~~-:I
,.
,! 0
.
L._~ ,
'';
"
'"
resistHrs RI01 and R 102, t he plale iOlld of \'103. th" firO>t swi tch am
plifier. Similudy, th e g r id of VI02 is rotU t'ILOO to ground through
r('lliator HIOf "n,1 pt.' te loud "f t h ~ second switch alllplifier.
(8) T he output of tlo .. 1.000 (.l"cle.p.. r .9CCQnd lIl ulti" iura.t or is all
approxim"te S(luare,wln'e of ~uHidellt ,uuplitude to O'o'c.rdrh 'c LUix>
n.
same
no
On9 .. oil"""
UNfIIERSITY Of '-'KHJ(Jo.N
(Jig. 191). The lobe axis describes a cone in apace around the u::i.a of
the rellector.
(2) The echo signal received from a target which lies on the uis
of the reflector has the elUDe IUDplitude for all position8 of the lobe.
If the target moves away from the n!8ecwr ui8 the signal 1"eOeiTed
varies approJ:imately sinUll(lidaUy with the rotation of the lobe. AI
the &.:lis of tbe lobe nean the target the aignal intrealJes, and as the
ariB of the lobe moves away the signal decreases. The relative pbue
of the signal variation therefore indicates the direction of the target
from the rellect.or uis. The magnitude of the signal variation indi
cates the distance away from the re8ector &Xi, to the target.
LOIIE IN -
~~''7
.N
Dn9.
II"""
UNrI'R'i.ITY Of MICHIGAN
reepe.."t to the ftflect.or, the 109& produced will be off center. As the
~nter 01 the dipole rotates around the am of the reflector, the lobe
IS rotated ,,1"0.
(8) The cli.ief disadvantage 01 the method illustrated above iB that
the dipole IlS&IIIIlMy is not billanced mechanically about the nis of
rotation. A eecond method has been used in which the dipole aasem_
bly eiOlJely ft8embles t.hat 01 the system delll':ribed in section IV. The
cou:iallin~ is at the center of the Nflecwr, and is perfectly straight
TL-ee7e
n.
Dn9,
II"""
UNrI'R'i.ITY Of MICHIGAN
a circle around the centel' of the reftector and the reradiated energy
des.",ibea .. cone giring the desired oonieaJ. _n, The liTWOIta or
qUuUr-wave b.lancing lemon mounted on the outer conductor of
the QOIIxiailine also prevent. standing wavea on the transrniaeion line.
.. W.ve....e u-1eaJ US-- (1) It is poaeible to produoe
a relatively simple system of oonical !!C&IlJ\ing with a round w"vegWde
I
/
f
/
'-PATll Of'ENEAC;Y
FROM INSIDE OF
OUTER CONDUCTOR
/
n.
eeT1
IlCtUCTO/I
".0
IlOUND
1I0TATIN"
WAyr"U'OI.
_ - WAy["u'or
. . OTOII
COA~LA~
f[lO
~, ..
Dn9.
II"""
UNrI'R'i.ITY Of MICHIGAN
(2) The inner end of the polystyrene is of tbe proper sill.' to match
the impedance of the fixed waveguide to tbat of the rotating waveguide. The rotating waveguide is bent off tbe center line of the lUed
guide in onier to produce a be'm shift by supplying energy off center
to the paraboloidal rellector_ The oonicalscan is produced by driving
the offset rotating waveguide through a plu:.iglass Bhaft coupled
to the scan motor. A smnll bole in tbe outer end of the polyst.yrene
filling helps to match the rotating ..... aveguide to the paraboloid and
to free space.
(8) The Bystem can be balanced by properly distributing the weight
of the metal plug in which the hole i, bored to form the roUting
waveguide. Radiation through the rotating joint between the fi:zed
waveguide and the meta.! plug is prevented by a groove a quarterwave1ength deep, which acts aa an r-f choke.
41. NONitIBEcrlONAL .... NTL~AS..
.. Ge_er.l. There sre a few application! of radar .nd ita associated equipment that require the use of nondirection.l antennasThis j,y pe of antenna is used ..... here a bearing indication is not neces-
sary or i! undesira.le. Nondirectional an tennae an! used in navigation aids such 89 beacons (Baoon), some forms of IFF equipment,
and in "presence" indicators, such as radar aeta for 8ubmarinea which
indicate only the range of nearby aircraft.
It. Vertle.1 lllpole. (I) One of the simplest forms'a nondirectional antenna can take i8 a single vertical rsdiator. It gives M
unifonn radiation pattern in the horizontal plane and a wide lobe
in the vertical plane. Figure 1911 shows one form of vertical dipole
antenna fed by a COA:ziai line. The characteristic impedance of the
line i8 designed to match the feed impedance of the antenna.
...
o,,~,
.11, om
UNrVR5ITYOf MKH~N
_'8-,
Tl'UO
...
Q,i.v, .1 """"
UNIVERSITY Of MlCHKJo.H
mjssion line. In effect the two branches of trnnsmi88ion lines are fed in
parallel at the tapped point T.- The transrniB8ion line feeding this
point must have one.half theeharacteriatic impedance of the othe r lines
or the impedanee must be transformed by a matching gection to pI"&vent standing waveB on the feed line.
(8) Since the length of the coneentrie line between pointe T and S
i8 >./4, the energy at point S is 00 out of phase with that at T. The
distance from point S to dipole BD is the same l8 the distance from
point T to dipole AC. Tbe~fore element B lags element A by 90.
~i-
\
I
,
,,
,- . -- ' - 1
,,
1 71)
,,
,', 1-.,.
,,
,
1 ,.70 ,
,.
-- .~
t~
'
o
1'tt1to~
n. ......
lin.
TI....flU"
""'t""a.
Dn9,""~
UNrYOOTY Of ~{HIGII~
...
'---''--
1'fgtt,.. J~.
B~1oI
""'...,.IIa "",--
.":~;::::::'"!.~:::':::::;." ~
,
(8) Figure 199 shows an antenna with three dipoles bent to form ..
dIXIe. All dipoles are u:cited in phase and the radiation is reasombl,
uniform in In direction&. There is .. littl& more intel'action of the
...
On9 .. oil"""
UNfIIERSITY Of '-'KHJ(,AN
fields in this type than in the turnstile antenna. However, the inter
action is uniform and does Dot detract from the ellectiveness of this
system as a non-directionaI antenna. The dipoles are center fed to
match the impedance of the oouialline. A hazooka is included in the
system to prevent unbalance in the feeding of the dipole elements.
..... BBO BOXEs.
I IL-~
ECMO_ 5IOIIAL
OM TYPt: ...., IIOCATOII
n.-alM
JI'(f1InI JOIl.
'&ppea.--"" 01
indication of the transmitter output relative to some arbitrary standard, and if accurately calibrated, it may be used to meaSUfi! frequency.
b. Th_ry ., .pt!!p_d... (1) Energy from the radar antenna is fed into the resonnnt cavity to make it oscillate. Since the Q
is very high, the cavity oscillates or rings for se"eral microseconds
after ths end of the tnlIlsmitted pulse. During the time that the (>eho
boll: ia ringing, it feeds energy back into the mdar antennll, _hich produces an echo pulse on the indicator &creen. The length of time that the
echo boll: oscillates ia dependent. on the tuning and losses in the cavity,
the pulse shape and peak power of the Iransmitter, lind the tuning of
the reci!iver. Since the echo boll: may be tuned to the transmitter
under a given set of operating conditions, all vsriables e:zcept the ret-eiver tuning may be eliminated. The receiver is then tuned by
watching for mSIimum width of the pulse that appean; on the indicator screen (fig. 2(0). False operation is prevented by designing the
&eho boll: so that it Ciln oscillate in only (lne mode with~ the desi red
..,
o,'gir I"""'
UNfIIlRSlTY Of MICHIGAN
oil
\---- 'TO",
n!T
r--'rTTlI'IC
CONNl:CTINCl CA8.LI
_
_________~.:'~SONAHT
_~
CAVITT
ADJUSTW!HT
gCr.IVER
~vve MI .
II'r~ I~"
"".11_""
INOlCATQfI.
TI.
"""'..,~. I,. 11/...,...,1.
...
On9 .. 01'"""
.JJNfIIERSITY Of '-'KHJ(,AN
echo bo.z ill al80 useful with an A-ecope because it gives nfe.rtn~
echo that does not change with location or othtr oonditiolll. Fig.
ure 200 shows the retume.d aigna) on an A-800pe. and PPI-800pe.
In 80me plane and ahip installationA wben there iii the possibility
that no permanent echoes will be available., echo boses are an integral
. part of the installation, as shown for an aircraft in figure. 201. The
echo bos or pickup antenna ill mounted at a point where pickup rnay
be obtained from the radar antenna. During the normll.l operation
of the flet the echo boll; ill either detuned or disconnected from the
pickup antenna.
.
(2) An echo boll; may be uee.d for other purposu by adding a second p ickup loop and coupling a crystal detector and microammete.r
to it. W ith these additional compontnUl it it JlOIiSible to calibrate the
echo-oos dial for usa as a wavemeter. An instrument of this type
i. U*lful in transmitter adjustment because receiver tuning doee not
eDur the pictun.
...
"
"'"
Seedo. VIII
Reeelve...
43. GENBIlAL
eta...
.. lah
...
(3) The noises which are generated 11\ an amplifier stage include
three types. These are thermal agitation, shot effect, and induced
noises. All of these include frequency components throughout the
entire frequency spectrum, and the amonnt of noise therefore is affected by the choice of bandwidth for the receiver. (See Bee. IV.) In
general, a reduction in bandwidth of the receiver reduces the noise
voltage, but does so at the ell:pense of pulse shape. The amount of
distortion of the pulse shape which can be tolerated is the limiting
factor in increasing signalto. no ise ratio by reduction in bandwidth.
(4) Thermal agitation noises are caused by random motion of free
electrons in a conductor. At any instant theN! are likely to be more
electrons moving in one direction than in the other, causing a voltage
to develop aCr0!i6 the conductor. If the temJX'rature of the conductor
risea., the agitation of the electroll!! incr6AsEli in both directions so that
the instantaneous current is greater. Since the noise voltage generated in a conductor is the IR drop from this current, the amplitude
of the noise voltage inCl'eaaea with an increase of either temperature
or conductor resistance.
(Ii) Shot effect is caused. by irregular emission h:om the cathode of
(I tube.
The electron flow in the plate circuit varies slightly in the
number of electrons reaching the plate from one instant to snother,
and in the velocitill8 of the individual electrons. This very sman
current variation produce!! a small voltage variation IlCrOll9 the load
impedance of the tube which is known as noise, since the irregularities
are entirely random. When a positive grid iB pllced in the electron
Pith to divide the electron flow with the pllte, the shot elfect is magnified because the division of the electrons is abo irregular. For this
reason multigrid tubell are noisier than triodes. Shot elJect can be
minimized by using a high mutusi-oonductance tube, since the signll'l
control. of the electron stream is greater than in a low mutual-oon _
ductanee tube for the same relative noise level. An increase in the
space char~ by higher Blament temperatures is IIOmetimes helpful in
smoothing out emission variations.
(6) StTay electrostatic and electromagnetic fields may induce volt_
1lge8 and currents in resistors, leads, and even within the tubes them!!elves. III addition to the shot elfect in the plate circuit, the irregular
electron stream causes currents to flow in the grid circuit. ~ electrons moving past the grid induce chatgl!!l on it which are dependent
on the positions of the electrons. If the dow is constant in velocity
and number of electrons, the net result of all electrons will be constant.
Actually this is not true, so that a Mlndom variation in chRr~ on the
grid occurs, with a resUlting movement of e1~trons to and from the
grid circuit. This takes place without electrons from the cathode
reaching the grid, bUI by merely passing by. The movement of elec.
680130_1
...
18
o,,~,
.11, ""
UNrVR5ITYOf MKH~N
trona in the grid circuit produCtil a noille voltage acr088 the grid circuit
which is amplified by the tube. The magnitude of the noille voltage
on the grid resulting from the electron st.n.m inen!!' IS with hequency, eo that noisa from this source depends both on buldwidth and
the carrier frequency. Any other stray fields uternal to the tuba may
produce similar elects, in addition to voltages produced. by i"Bnl!\cienl
flltering of the plate voltage supply. Long feed lines are particularly
8WlCeptibie to stray fields. Induced noilll'! voltages are minimized by
low impedance cireuits, shielding, filtering, and short leads.
.. a-, .....
(1) The difticulty of obtaining useful
ampJjRntions becomes gl . ater u the earrier frequency bec(HlIl!lI
higher. BecaU98 of noille oonsiderations, acreen grid tubes, which ani
in common U8e at broadcast. and lower radar frequencies, are 18II!I _
ful at the higher radar frequencie&. The inductive reaet&noe of the
cathode leads at theea frequencies causes appreciable degeneration.
Tb.e mgna! voltage and part of the noille voltage Ire alected equally
by this degeneration. The noise resulting from random divimon of
current between the pllte Ind IICreeD grid, however, is not Ilecud.
because both of the currents flow in the cathode. The result is an
over-all reduction of signal. to-noise ratio.
(9) At extremely high freqUfllCiM, the eapacitive reaetance between
tuba elements becomel important. In triodel tbe grid-pate eap.citanee tends to causa instability which m&f,18t up oecillationa. 'The
grid-to-eathoda capacitance tenda also to abunt the signal voltage.
Tb, rtWUIt it to limit the poasible gain of the tuba. The facton affecting the Ibility to produce amplification have been diacul!l8ed in
l!eCtion Ill.
(8) It wu pointed out in b(6) above that the irregular amiflllioo
of the cathode e&uaee In apparent flow of current in the grid circuit without electrons reaching the grid from the cathode. Thi.
produces In input resistance to the tube which loads the grid circ:uit.
'The higher the carrier frequency, the lower is this input wist.nee.
The electron stream ia varied by the applied signal voltage u well,
aJl.d this lowers the apparent input resistance. ThUB the physieal
grid cireuit constructed from induwnoe and eapacitance ia paralleled
by the Ipparent input resistanee and capacitance of the tuba.
(4:) For the above reaaona, r f I~plifiers hIVe not baen u8ed extensively in the microwave region. At the lower radar fl1lqueneiee,
more or less 8Iltiafactory gain bas been obtained lIoy using tubes of
small pbysical size to reduce interelectrode e&pacitanoe and the eleetron transit time. Multiple abort leads to the cathode have baen u*
in In attempt to reduce the inductance. A cireuit with the grid
grounded and the siWJal applied to the clI.thode i5 al90 ul!8ful in eztemting the bigh frequency limit of r f amplifiers since tbs plate-to-grid
e.
...
,.,
Dn9.
II"""
UNrI'R'i.ITY Of MICHIGAN
capacitance then acts only as a load on the plate circuit., rather than
as a feedback path aa in a conventional circuit.
(5) A tubs which lends itself well to the grounded-grid type of
eirouit, or to circuits using tuned concentric linll!l, is the lighthouse
triode. The heater ~nd cathode connections aI'('! made to pins in a
standard octal tube base. The plate connection is made to the cap,
and the grid connection is made to a ring encirding the tube. about
halfway between the cap and the ahell. nis construction allows the
tube to be made rugged with Jess interelectrode capacitance for the
small spacing than in conventional triodes. A circuit UlIing this tubs
aa an r-f amplifier is shown in figul"8 202. The couial cable carrying
the signal is connected directly to the cathode shell. The signll voltage which appears across the tuned cathode circuit CI, LI, is coupled
to the cathode 8y the capacitance between the cathode and Bhell.
Sinoe the grid is grounded, the application of a sigtlal to the cstbode
controls the plate curI'('!nt of the tube. Bias is developed ~I"OB!I 1"8sisoor RI. The plate coil L2 is tuned to I"I!I:IOnanoe by' capacitor OJ.
A filter network LS, c., ~ bypmes to ground any r-f in the plate
voltage lead. The resiston R2 and R3 permit the adjustment of the
operating voltage to the proper valus of from 200 to 2tiO volta.
(6) Another r-f amplifier using a lighthouse triode and tuned by
CODC4lntric lines ill ahown in figure 200. The r-f input is tapped. directly
on the grid line. The cathode is coupled to the outer conductor of
the grid cathode line by the cs.paciton C7 and CS which are built into
the tube, and bypass radio frequency from the metal shell that forma
the ba!16 of the tube to the cathode. Grid bias is furnished by the
potentiometer Rl which is IMlt to give the correct plate current. Plate
voltage ia supplied through the filter made up of C4, C5, and R3
located inside the plate line. Coupling to the next stage is made by
meaRS of a picliup coil positioned between the grid and plate linll!l.
BecaulMl of the grid plate line some regenerative amplification may be
realiud. Oscillation is prevented by proper loading and location of
the grid input tap_
aD. leeovery" p. ( I ) The rectlh'el", though
partially protected by a T-R devi, roceives a strong signlli direetly
from the transmitter. This signlli may overdrive and block the
receiver and render it in!lllnsitive to signals which follow shortly afte rward. ThUll the minimum range may be seriously impaired by the
rectliver's inability to deted signals from nearby targets_ The blocking remtlts from excessive bias developed on one of the tubes by the
signal, usually in a video stage which is resistanoe coupled. The blocking bias may be developed by grid current, or by excessive current
through a cathode biasing ~istor if it is bypassed by a capacitor.
The stages preceding the'S2wnd detector are 1I0t U9ually subject to
. aJ_Id_.
"7
o.'g;, I"""'
UNfIIlRSlTY Of MICHIGAN
<!
"
0
-0
>~
0
...
I
:;
,
.0
'~"-"MlCHJo.>AN
UNt'i~SlTY Of
bloc:kiug because the signal has not been amplified sufficiently to overdrive the tubes, since inducWre rather thin reeiBtora &1'6 uaed in the
grid lead., aud 00caU98 any cathode ~iasing repjstnrs are unbypa ": 2 d.
(2) Blocking in the video stages c&n be prevented, or ita e8"eet
minimized, in several ways. A gate pulse applied to one or more of
the i-f stages may either bias the tubes to cut-oft or remove the supply
voltage fortbeduratioo of the transmitted pulse. When it is ner "oiHy
to receive weak signals at the earliest poiI8ible moment after the tnLnJI mitted pulse., as in AI equipment, gating is uaed. If the 8600nd detec
tor produces negative pul9l)lj1 the jbm video stap may be nxd as a
limiter. Any signal of too great amplitude merely drives this tube
to cut-ofl' and ita output is limited to a predetermined mn:imum amplitude. If the bias is supplied from the power supply through a voltage
divider which draws a large current, any esc conduction by the tube
produces only a negligible voltage chanp in the biasing resistor"
When blocking dOO8 occur, ita duration is determined by the time constanta involved. The eBect can be made 1688 objectionable by making
the time conetants, and oonsequently the recovery time, as short as ill
practicable. By leaving the cathode resistor unbypused, ita time
constant is made practically zero.
T
...
Or'gir ilrnm
UNfIIlRSlTY Of MICHIGAN
"
...
l
-'
",':..,----+.
"
" 1
I,. __ ____':..J,:,
..
------;..,,
. ,'"
. ,
.' .' ,,
..
.{
,,',,
. .
,/
,,
------_.\.'
...
(p ."".......... . . - .......-
that across Ute lower half of the seoondary, 0 t o B plus the primary
voltage. B to D.
(8) When the jf signal is at its proper frequeney, the voltage acl'(: 3
the geCondary,.A to 0 is 00 out of phase with the voltage aCfOll8 the
primary, R to D (fig. 205@). 'nlua EOB leads EBD by 00, while
EAR lags EBD by 00, Since the secondary ia center. tapped to malm
E.AB equal to E OB, tbe vector gUms are equal in magnitude: Equal
signals on the two diode plates produce equal currents in the.cathodes,
which in turn produce d oC voltage droptl acl'Oll8 R6 and Be which &re
equal but. of opposite polarity. The output to the doC amplifier 18
therefo", aero,
u.
o,'gir I"""'
UNfIIlRSlTY Of MICHIGAN
(4) Il the i-f signal changes in frequency , the secondary cireuit ill
no lon~r tuned to resonance, and voltage A to 0 no longer dillers by
00". Il the frequency d~rease!l, a lag of more than 90" is produced;
if the frequency increaaes, a lag of 1_ than 90" OCCUI'S. In the fonner
case the voltage applied to the lower diode plate is greater (3), and the
output to tbe d-c unplifier is negative. In the latter case conditions
are reversed (4), and a pollitive output is produced. After being
amplified, the doC voltage is used to cor~ Ihe klystron, or local oscilInlor frequency.
.
4S. SUPERBIBGIKNERATIVIK RlKCIKIVIKRS.
.. Ge _ _ l. SUperregeneration takes place in an oscillator
when oscillations are started and stopped at a radio frequency rate
that is low in comparison with the frequency of the ~nerated oscillations. Thill etr~t can be aCi.!omplished by applying a quench voltage
in the lower radio-frequency range (26 to 300 kilocycles) to the grid
or plate circuit ot an oscillator in such a way that the tube oscillates
only during a portion of the poaitive half cycle of the quench voltaga
TIll:! oecillations build up duling the positive half cycle only to be
~uppresnd or quenched as the low frequency voltage drops to value
.t which oeciUations ("ann ot. be sustained. When a !uperregenerative
oscillator is used in a receiver the incoming signal is impa ' sed on the
grid of the superregenerative stage. Since the tube is in an enremely
high .erative condit~on during the periods of oscillation the
~mplification nbtained is very great. Superregenerativll receivers are
very simple in design when compared with superheterodyne receivers
and they are utili:M!d in some instances where weight is an important
futor .
.... s.~r_._f!r_dve eeeiver eire_it. ( 1) A simplified diagrun of '" supe rregene rati \"e receh'er using I triode oscillator
and a diode rectifier or detector is shown in figure 206. Regeneration
or feedback from the piaU! to the grid takes place through the
oscillator tank circuit. Capaciwrs Cl and C2 couple the grid and
plate of thll tube to the tank circuit. Plate voltage is supplied through
L2 and the power supply is bypai9lld by capacitor
Grid biM
and the quench voltage are applied to the grid of tube VI through
lA, which oft'en' a high iml)("da nce to the high I"IlIIOnant frequency of
tbe O!JCillator, but is low enough to pass the quench frequency. Resistor Rl is a .sensitivity control that varies the d -1J bias on the oscil
lator VI. R2 .serves to give the oscillawt some self bias and limits
the8peed at wliich oscillations build up.
(2) The output. of the oscillator is taken from the tank circuit and
coupled to the rectifier or d(lt eetor lube V2 by means of ca pacit-or C4.
Ui and R3 fonn the load of the detector and the output appears
across RB.
ca.
...
o,,~,
.1I'!In
UNrVR5ITYOf MKH~N
I
" ,"
"
0'
,I,
'I
i.!
l~
!,
!P , ,2
,
"
" I
I
!
"0
"
.'
I,
J
!
,
"
noise. voltage IIIUed with a quench voltage applied to the grid. The
amplitude of the noise voltage as ahov.-n is utn'lIIely ezaggerated for
illustrative purpose! The doC bias applied 10 the auperregenerative
oe;cillator is high enough to prevent it from oec:illating until the quellClh
voltage is applied. The IlIIount of this bils determines the pointa
on the quench cycle between which the tube O$CilIates. Curve
...
Q,i.v, .1 """"
UNIVERSITY Of MlCHKJo.H
shows bow the oscillations lltarted by II noise voltage build up, and
curve @ illustral.ell the rectified omput from the detector stage. It
can be seen that though no signal is being received there is II small
output from the detectur stage. It can be seen that though no signal
is being received there ill II small output from the detector made up
. . - : IE DUE 101OOISf:
100 I ~5 " -.IED
GRIO Of
RECTIFlEO
ClITPUT
It.-Ie91
FIq1<~
tn7.
Dn9.
II"""
UNrI'R'i.ITY Of MICHIGAN
1'.,
...
On9 .. oil"""
..ljNfIIERSITY Of '-'KHJ(,AN
tracking, all automatic gain control may be used to giVII greater gain
when tho signal ill weak than when it is strong. Thus the amplitude
at the output is maintained relatively constant.
(2) A common type of automatic gain contrel, which is in use in
commercial receivenl, U8e8 the signal voltage to control th'e biM on oni!
or more tubes. A doc voltage obtained by rectifying the signal is
used for this purpose. If the signal is too strong the grid of the
amplifier tube is made more negative to reduce tbe gain, A remote
cut-olf tube is used to prevent act ' ive dis&.ortioll.
(3) The voltage developed from the sigl1al may be used to control
the gain by letting it 'regulate the ~upply voltage for the plates and
screen grids of amplifier tubes. When this method is used, several
stages of d-c amplification art! needed to furnish the AGe voltage,
the last stage being a power amplifier.
(4) In radar !lilts where automutic gain control is uged, the voltage
is developed from a particular target under observation, since the
signals from all targeta vary independently of each other. For this
reason, .. signal selector circuit chooses the interval of time which inc1udllll the echo from the de!!ired'target. Only the signal received durjug this brief time interval influences the receiver gain, Thus echoes
from targets at ranges apprecillbly dilferent from that of the selected
target have no effect on the gain,
.. TypI_I ....Ge (:Ire"t. (1) A circuit which provides automatic gain control hllsed on the signal returned from a single target
j~ shown in figure 208, The operator places Il range gate or Ilotch
under the echo pulse of the target 10 he tracked on the indicator, He
adjusta continulllly the position of thie gate to the movement of tbe
target. An AGe gate, which occurs simultaneously with the range
gate, is applied to tube VI to ~lect the proper echo pulse from the noeive!' output. The outpul of VI is amplified and inverted, rectified,
amplified by a three stage doc amplifier, and applied to the Teceiver as
scroon and plate voltage.
(2) Tube VI is II ~ntagrid converter tube to which is applied. the
AGe gate pulse, and the output of the receiver. In the absence of
gate and ~iver output, VI is bia!!ed beyond cut'olf. The gate pulse
is adjusted in amplitude to make VI barely conductive. The receiver
output ill Dot large enough to cause the lube to conduct. When an echo
signal and the gate occur sjmultllneously, the echo signal is Ilmplified.
All other echo signals are lost because VI is nonconducting except
during the gate,
'
(3) The selected. signal is IImplified Ilnd inverted by tube V2 to '
produce positive pulses. va is a diode detl'Ctor which red ifies the
pulses to produce an approximately steady positive doc voltage across
..,
Dn9,
II"""
UNrI'R'i.ITY Of MICHIGAN
!
I
I
!
i:
I'
II
,!
-
!
-
,
-I
I,
I
I
,
-_.,
., ,
~~
0 '
...
Dn9. II"""
UNrI'R'i.ITY Of MICHIGAN
the filter RIO and 06. The magnitude of this ,oltoge is proportionlll
to the strength of the r-f signals returnffi by the target being tracked.
(') The output 01 the diode is applied direct.J.y to the grid of V4
which in tum is directly ooupled to the grid of Vii. In order to obtain
direct coupling in these t.ubes, and to the parallel amplifier, V6 and'VT,
the required voltages for these tubes are obtained from a voltage divider, resistors H2O, R21, ROO, and R23, oonnected to - 190 volts.
Capacitors CS, CIO, and C11 remove any pulse ripple to produce II
steady d -c voltage.
(Ii) The plate voltage of V6 and VT depends on the magnitude of
the echo signals received from the chosen target. If the signals are
large, these tubes dn.w a heavy plate cu~nt, and their plate voltage is
low. If the 6igna.ls become small, the pla.te cu rrent becomes small and
the plate voltage rises. Tbe platllll and screens of the i-I amplifiers
are connected to the plates of V6 and V7, so that the gain of the i-f
amplifier is controlled directly by signal strength.
(6) The speed with whih the AGe cireuit reapond.8 to a change in
signal strength is fixed by the time oonstanta of the R-C filters used
to remove ripple. These are set 80 that successive pulses can be received with little changt' in the d-c output voltage 80 long as thei r
amplitudes are equal. If the U'erage value of the tm\ses change,
however, the result ill to produce a. change in the d-c output which
will correct the gain of the i f a.mplifier to return the selected signals
to their proper ,.Iue.
Or'gir I"""'
UNfIIlRSlTY Of MICHIGAN
stage is used. The amplifier may be either u:ternal or built moo the
indicator tube itself.
eo ClreaJt Iyala. A. diagram of an electron-ray tube rucuit is shown in figuf<' 210. The output of the detect.or is sucb that
the-voltage applied w the Amplifier grid becomes more negative 88 the
s ..... OOw
ANGl.t
TL-8893
riI1tU'fJ
ttl,.
J(1Ig1~ e
, _ o( '''''ioulor I.be.
Dn9.
II"""
UNrI'R'i.ITY Of MICHIGAN
~~
I,
~,
"
"
.0""
" -
.,
I"
.1
~l
i~
"
-!
-,
,.;
t
I'
...
Section IX
IDdleaton
--------------------~4& GENEIlAL
.. Ty.- .r __ . (1) The basic types of data presentation
were briefly de&Cl'ibed in section 11. The U8e of one or more t)'fell
of scan in a radar 86J; ill governed by the application to wbich the set
is to be put. As more and more UlIIl8 are found for radar, the inditlltOI'9 ue modified from the simple basic types of scaM to more compltz _DB which fulfill speciaJ needa by pns!t\.ting all D80ser.., data
on one oecilloscope.
(2) In aearch or early-warning seta it is desirable to view as luge
III area lUI po!!8ible and to track several targets simultaneously. For
this application the PPI-9Can i8 very useful, and it is frequently BUp-
o,,~,
.11, om
UNrVR5ITYOf MKH~N
uses marker pips are u.sed w divide the sweep into equal time inter.
vals to facilita~ estimation of the range of echoes.
(8) In applications thAt require accurate measurement of rallge,
some means is provided for introducing a varia~le delay to permit
aligning the echoes with a reference mark. The reference mark may
take the form of a hairline acI'068 the face of the ()ACiIlO8OOpe or a notch
or step in the sweep trace. In lIOme cases the precision of measurement
is improved hy observing the desired echo on an upaoded pOrtion of
the sweep.
"3
o,'gir I"""'
UNfIIlRSlTY Of MICHIGAN
,-----.-.=1 - .. ---~,I
II
"I
-+---,
II
It
"
~.:
'!
~
t
._ .-
.._ . ..
_.. _
b ~-=':=;:.=i="~''::''''...~
...
,
o,,~,
.11, om
UNrVR5ITYOf MKH~N
in serie$ with the gdd limits tbe grid current and thus I~UCe$ Rny
damping elfect on Ihe Ire ci rcuit. The cathode biaa developed across
R3 lind C8 prevents the grid from going extremely positive and thus
lIids in keeping the grid current low. A low.plate voltage ill used
to aid in the limiting action. The ou tput of V2 ill coupled to the
grid of va which acts as lin ovudriven IImplifier and produces R
good eqURI-a wave at ita plate. The peaker-amplifier tube V4 has RII
its plate load inductor J.2 shunted by resistor R9. The inductor
l-asolllites with its distributed capacitance at a frequency of the order
of 2 m(>gacycles per second. When the tube is cut off by the negativegoing eqnal'e wave Ihe l'Oil is shocked into o8!"illation. The resistance
damps the oscillation almmrt Imrletely before one cycle is completed
90 thnt a positive pulse of approJ:imately O.211-microsecond dUl'ILtion is
produced. When the grid swi ng>! positive a neA"ative pulse of smaller
amplitude appears at th e plnte. This hRII no significance since the
following tube is biased below cut-off so that only positive pulS6!l
affect ita operation. The grid of V4 is retnrned w a positive potential
rather than to ground in order to insure high conduction in the tube
just before the grid swi ngs negative. The large resistor, R8, in the
grid circu it limits the grid current to a small value. The output of
the pul!!e ~nerntor is fed to a cathode foll ower which is biased below
cut-off. By adjusting tltis bi8~ !OI) that the po!!itiv(> peaks raise the
grid above cut -off by the desired am ount, the amplitude of the marker
pulses clin be con t roll ed.
(3) If the OSCilllltiolis in the cathode circuit of Vl at1;l damped too
much to be uS<!fu l O\'er the entire ~wl'l'P, a rcgenenltive circuit (fig.
212) can be used to sust"i!) their nmplitude. The circuits are iden ti cal with those of figure 211, with V6 ami V1l1.dded. The sustaining
circuit is in the fonn of Il muliivibI'ltlor with a Illiturni frequency of
10000iliation much lower than that of the in put sign,,!. The output
uf the Ire circuit is coupled directly to the grid of V6, is amplified
in V6 and V7. nm] fed hack to th e input point in its original phll.se,
having bet-n im'erted twice. TIll> degenerat ion in the two unbypassed
cathode resistors pre'ellts exces.~ive gllin which would distort the
sin usoida l I\av~ gcllerllted in th e L C circuit. The frequency of
osoilllltion is the resonnnt frequency of Ll C2, while the Ilmplitude is
held constnut by th(> nction of tlte tnultivibrntor. Whell current
Howa in VI the oo;;cill .. li uns are uamped out and start ngain when the
current is cut off. The oa-iIlutions are used to gt'nernte po!Iitive
mll.rker pulses as discu ><Set! ill connection with figure 211.
eo M.Uhlb,..to,.. ( I ) Rs nge mnrkers may be ~Ilerated by
the type of multi,ibrnlor circuit ~hown in figure 213. 'fhe circuit is
turned off /lnl l 011 by a signal npplied through CI to the grid of VI.
A ne&alive pulse of re ln-tively short duration cuts off VI nnd renders
Q,i.v, .1 """"
.UNIVERSITY Of MlCHKJo.H
the circuit inOopentti\"e until the ~i gnlll goes pOSitIVe, tit which time
the sweep alllO stutl!. When VI I.Jegins to condut.'t, its p l ~le vul tage
droPIl, and c.u~ the grid of V2 tOo s wing in lhe neb..... t he d irect ion.
T he current through V2 lind consequently the voltage a t its calhod e
decreases. T his dllmge, which takllll plllOO a lmost instantaneously, is
t'(lupled through C3 to the cat hode of VI, drh'ing it in the nega t ive
direction_ Sinoo the ~ritl of VI i~ held li t II. ",lat i' -ely rollSlllllt ,-ullage
in respect tOo ground by the charge 011 CI, the effect Oof t he voltage OlIU -
..
.-
-_.
j~;~'-~y' :-.....
0
::':~
U:;:-
l'
0
__
0
~"
..
..
NW
..,
.... "..
.-~
~.:
. .... r--r""''''''''
"
~?:f"'O
iI
-~
iUN>C'
\-:)I~
.-
""'0......
...
.-
o 00_
..0
~.
'"
...
..
, .,.
UNIVERSITY Of MKHKiAN
-,
-"
.n
(8) As the voltage rises at the cathode of VI, ite current becomeli
1_ and its plahl voltage ri9llll, causing the voltage at the grid of Vi
to rise. When the point is reached at which ' Vi again conduct&, a
cumulative dect which ia the reverae of that previoURly dee:ribed
cute off V1. The tube rem..m. cut off only during the ti ...... of one
half OIflmation of L1 and 02. At the end of this time the voltage
ACl'OIB the tanlr: circuit has swung to its mu:imum negative value,
causing the start of a 8IICOnd cyde of the circuit action. Thus, V1
aDd V2 are made ()O(Iducting alternately at a frequency detenninl
hy the values of Ll and 02. Capacitor C8 ill un Ii principally as a
mum of causing the change from conduction to nonoonduetion to be
abrupt.' BeIri&tor R2 ia und to damp the oscillatory cireuit., that thll
flt()pping of OIICiUation may be controlled by the pte voltage applied
to the grid of VL
(4:) Since V2 ia cut on and off abruptly, sharp marker pnh:a can
readily be produced in the plate circuit. The action of the plate load
impedance is similar to that described in the pea!r:er-amplifier of
figure 211. lksiator R7 ia a potentiometer which provides a meal'll
of controlling the amplitude of the markers. The cathode follower
is bisned beyond cu.t-9ff BO that only positive pnln ap~ in the
output..
:N'e.-UYe ..... u ....
(1) ODs of
the most lltable of oecillaton used to generate marker pubs ia the
negative tranaeonductanoe oecillator, ohen called the tn:mritfooft. A
diacUf.lri.on of the theory of operation of the transition oecillator is
given in section V, TM 11 t66 and Navshipe eoo,OUI. Ite atability
campa"" favorably with that of a crystal-oontrolled oecillator with
the uoeption that allteady drift over a long period of time is caU!led
by aging of the oecillator tube.. It has the added advantage that its
operation can be ()O(Itrolled by a switch tube. A repres-ntativ8 circ.uit for a negative transc::onductanoe range-marlr:er system ia MOwn
in figuf6 iii.
(2) The plate current of switch tube V1 and the IlCreen current of
(i8(lillator tube Vi flow through the inductor in the tank circuit made
up of LI, ca, and C4. When the switch tube is cut off, the current
in Ll tends to change abruptly, caUlling the magnlltic field around Ll
to Btart to collapee. Thi8 collapsing magnlltic field inducea in the in
ductor a voltage which drives the screen grid of V2 positive. The
voltsge induced in LI getB up in the tank circuit oecillations that an!
maintained by the action of Vi. If the bias on VI is adjusted.to give
the proper current through L1, the amplitude of the first cyclll of the
oacillation in the tank cirettit can be made equal to the "dy slate
amplitude. When the switch tube 'is sgain made conducting, the
tank circuit is effectively shunted by low resistance and QllCillatioIlll
eta._ .,,111......
...
o,'gir I"""'
UNfIIlRSlTY Of MICHIGAN
----
-+~
~~--
-+-"
i,
"
.,
"
"
r.
~Ii
i'
L:
--
,~
- !
-~
,I,
'
,-,
--,
-,,
I
.J-
"
----
,
,
-""
---- i.
----+.
'1
,-
Ii
~, -
"
_ _ 1_ -
~<
"
L~Ti'
-.J"
>
..J
"
""
are quickly damped out. Thus, application of negative gate voltage to the grid of VI controL, the length of time during which o8Ilil.
lationa are generated, and inSUl"8II that the 8nt alternation is alwayw
poeitive-gohi g half sine wave which IltarbJ.t the leading edge of the
gate voltage.
(8) The output of the trarurition OfIcillawr ia fed into cathode
follower because this type of circuit provides the high impedance
nSMs-ny to avoid lo.ding the oecill.tor. Since the cathode followu
is biued. the output ia. IJI!rieli of half sine "'lvtI!I, which are uui as
range markers in some appiicatioJlll. The cathode follower in aome
caeea may feed convt!lItional Ilquaring ampli6er9 and peUen to produce sharp marker pul!le8.
H. aANGB MBASUBBMENr
. . I'J _ _ I. (1) The di1lk:u1t problem of firing gun accurately can be simplified considerably if the e n d dim.nee between gun
&lid target can be determined. Ba~&r provides a means of finding
tbis distance by mea8ut'ing the time required for rot energy to travel
out to target, be reHected, and to return. Prec:iR measurement of
range require! the accurate measurement of utremely short time intervals. These intervals are measured by lOme mealUl of introdUcing
an locurately calibrated. nriable delay between the tranmitted, pulse
and the ec:ho pul_ on the indicator screen.
(2) Boveral methods of producing a variable delay to DH*8I1re
range are in U.8e in uisting radar equiplI)6D.t. One commonly U.ged
method is to shift the phase of the sine wave, which times the indicator relative to the sine wave, which timea the trallBmitter. The
pbase shift is ulled to delay the action of 90Jlle cireuit in the indicator
by a measured number of electrical deglE N, IUId therefore to mea!IUf'I!
the time in tenns of the period of one -cycle of the -.ine wave. The
pha!le-llhifting devine usually is geared. to a dial which is calibrated in
yards or other suitable units of range . .
(8) The range of a target may also be m8lllured by the U!le of a
cireuit which measures the magnitude of the sweep voltage at the po_
sitio.n at which the echo pulse appears 011 tile sweep. This method depends on the oompariaon of the sweep voltage with a calibrated variable d-e voltage, and it ill inherently not as aneurate 18 most phaseshifting methods. However, it does find oonsiderable use in _reh
radar seu in which it ill desired to meuure range to a fair degICe of
precision.
...
0.'9'
~11n>m
UNIVERSITY Of "'J{HlGAN
U ........
..............
and Xc_ R
Then Z = ../Jti+-no= R.,f2
Therefore, the amplitude of the voltage acrollS a resistor or a cap!lcitor is
Dn9.
II"""
UNrI'R'i.ITY Of MICHIGAN
:I
J
"EI
~. @
I
I
i'"
--!
"i
i"
j
"a
...
I
,;
of phase with the transfonner volta~. The plates are shaped 90 that
the output voltage ia of constant amplitude, and that rotation through
one degl"Elfl mechanically changes the output ph'se one electrical
d......
(4) A modification of this phue shifter !l8e8voltages from the platea
and cathodes of two vacuum tubes led 00 0 out 01 phase to supply the
excitation lor the four stator plates. In sddition, a stationary output
plate which meahea equally with all staton may be used. The phase
shift is then produced by rotating a dielectric plate which varies the
capacitive coupling between the output plate and the four energized
section&.
wit.
e. ~ I.e_d 1 lis.
(1) In many applications the phase shift is used to control the starting time of the sweep, 80 that 18 the phase of the timing voltage
to the indicator is changed the trantnnitted pul9ll and echoea appear
to move along the SWl'llp. Some market" at a fUed position on the
sweep is UfIed 18 a refel'fllloo. The marker may be a hairline on the fa~
of the cathode-ray tube, or a step or notcb generated at a fixed time
after the beginning of the sweep.
(2) In figure 216(!) the timing sine wave to the transmitter and the
ph .... of the transmitWi pulse and an echo relative to this Bine wave
are shown. If the pblUle shiftet" is set to zero range., the pbase of
the indicator timing sine wave and the pbase of the sweep voltage
relative to the transmitted pulse are 11.8 shown in figure 2UXD. The
indicator is designed 80 that a hairline on tbe SCn!i!n always appean in
the middle of the sweep trace. Thus, the appearance of the indicator
ecreen at zero range is shown in figure 216@. However, if it is desired
to find the nngeol an echo, the pbll8e of Ihe indicator timing sine wave
must be changed 80 that the sweep starts before the transmitted pulBe
is sent out. Thus, if the indicator timing voltage ill made to lead the
tnnsmittet" timing voltage by the amount shown in figure 216@, the
ecbo will appear at the reference hairline as in figure 216@. Note
Ibat the transmitted pulae and echo have moved across the 8Creen
but that the sweep Btill occupies the same space on the screen.
.
(3) Some radar equipmenh use a phl8ll shift of two diBf!l"6Ilt fre
quencies to improve the accuracy of range mealJllrement.. The master
...
o,'gir I"""'
UNfIIlRSlTY Of MICHIGAN
--.
~
_. f----j L_
-~
'
1-/ :
,
..ratio 80 that the shifl Ilt the harmonic frequ~ncy is 18 times as great
lUI that at the fundamental, in order to measure the same time interval.
In tlt6 circuits following the phase sbifters the fundamental voltage ii
squared and peaked; the harmonic voltuge is limited, amplified, and
dillerentiated until only narrow pellks liPpeSI'. The peaking circuit
of the fundllnu.'Dtal ia I push-pull arnlilgement whereby two peakedvoltage wave forms, one the inverse of the other, ate obtained.
(4) A circuit, which uses tbese voltllge6 to prodU06 botb a gweep
trigger and a I'ilferenoo marker notch whose phase is always such that
it appeal'S in the center of the sweep, is shown in figure 217. The peW
...
o,'gir I"""'
UNfIIlRSlTY Of MICHIGAN
=:
T+;;'_:---~=~,_~
Ihrough the two tu bes ami therefore the vohnb'1l drop pcr<>s/j R8 lire
,, '<hlt..!d. The voltage dro p IIcross un ill rl,<lucl'<i, whi le Ihll t II cruSll
1t7 i~ inc",use.1. T he twu dr,,,,ts in lW and US nre in the SlIme ,lil'ec
lion nnd therefore H,ltl. while in RT Hnd R8 they lire upposite li nd
tend to cunet'l elleh other, T he result is II defini te positive pulse at the
plnte of V2 Iintl perhaps 1\ ~Iightly l}()Si t i\'e pulse lit the plnle uf V3.
The Tt,.,<luced cnr ren t in VI , c,mSL't1 by the negnth'e pnlse!! on its grid,
flows throu/!h US ami pl'<~hl(~ po,,;ti\'6 Jlulses 9.t the plates of both \'2
a"d V8 ;;OJ that the fundlillwlltlll IIl1d I,arm"";e \'"I tuges ure mixe,1,
When the polarity of the pulses 011 the grids of V2 and V 3 is re\'c l'l;<,,1
...
o,,~,
.11, ""
UNrVR5ITYOf MKH~N
(2) In many radar systems the timer does oot produce a sioe wa.,e.
However, advantage may be taken of the ac<:uracy of range measurement po88ible with phase-shifting method. by w;ing the circuit shown
in block form in figure !ilI9Q). The timing pulse from the transmitter
(fig. 219@A) controls the operation of a one-shot multivibrator
which prodUce8 a square-wave output, B. During the negative portion of this square wave a timing wave, C, is generated by a shock
-_ " ',__. eo
-.
......
--
,,,
,
....__..
"",
-.----"
-.
.............
.--
,
,,I / '
t ' _
' ....... "'1
.....
---
--._-
,,,
r.-. '" - . . _
>.!IIU"~ .,
'-../ :
n ....
lI
,.,
Dn9.
II"""
UNrI'R'i.ITY Of MICHIGAN
ca
...,.-
1 =~T'"
-.-
~.cu~ --------r,
~,-
::m
,
~'K
-~
?ar"P
_.
-~
'-
C"'ON"
-~
~~
-''''lR
CD
1"I/l1I1"e !/I.
" -t---,----H-
'"
"
Block dla, ....... of mtillod 01 prodllciR, ... o~ .. &lc ra""e ...... k "
a voltage ICrG1!6 R3 which is in aeriell witb the sawtooth voltage devaloped across the capacitors, 80 that the sum of these two vo.ltage'l
appears at the grid of V2. The bias on this tube is controllfld by
potentiometer RG 90 that V2 cannot conduct until the grid voltage
...
On9 .. oil"""
UNfIIERSITY Of '-'KHJ(,AN
rL.
-1i,
-
-,
!i
-
!
...
{
)l
nil In.
UNfIIlRSlTY Of MICHIGAN
ri ses aool'(> """t-otT, T luil fh-s! t iminJ!' Ilul.;e whidl dlil'e8 the grid
above cu t -oil' causes a shprp drop in I'olt uge to uk e place pt the pla!e
of V2. If only R6 is "al'il. tuoo V2 will be made to conduct at
in terl' Hb correspond ing to 2.000 yards of range OOcIlUse th e f !'('quency
of the timing "01l1lge WllS made 8Ul55 ki l{)('~'c1ets per second, How el'er, since the phase of the timing I'uhuge is I'"rial. a smooth varia t ion in the lime at whirh V2 begins to crmdw:t cun be obtained if
putcntiometer R6 is gea l'ed to the phuse shifter, while th e phase is
r hllnb'e<.l so t hat the pulse one step flirth('r up or down the slope
causes conduction, T he runge mllrker is generated lit the time thllt
V2 first conducts, Th Ull the combination of pbl' se shi fter and pote nt iomete r mea~ures the in h'rI'lIl betw~TI the ! I'ull8mi Ued pulse llnd
the mllrker. T he accu l'aey of this IIlUoSllrement is improved by taper
I
I
Jl
M_
" ,~'l\'.i.'1c
CJI
t ..,...
'.0.
"
' Iltllt
ll
l f lll
,.
,=, --'
~,
,00
"
..
..
- ".
~~. -..., . "
"
---
....".,.. ., ..
. . J:
'0""''''.....
1'00-.....
If
'
.'....
,~
,.
...
"
,.,
ing po t"H liolllcter NO10 (!OmpellSllte for the nOlilinl'uri ty of the ~aw
tooth vo li n!!\! gene rlluo'tl hy VI.
(4) T he t.ype of circuit dil'Cn!ll;ed in r nool'e ilia), he a(b pted to
the !,<enl'l"lllion of a mOl'ablO! IOllllge marker Ly thO! \I~ of the ei~lIit
!"howu in figure 2'21. T he timing sine WIl\Oe fo r the r adar ~ystem and
the fortieth harmonic of the lililing fn.'tlll lI\CY lite each fed to phnse
~hi ft " I-s which lire ~nted !!lgt'ther in II 4010\ ratio, The fuudll '
llI"nlHl is used to pn,.]u re n pede61111 ,o,,1t,,!!e "lid the hllnnonk "oh"ge
is L~'nl'erted into a ~l'ies o f 8!mq) posit ive Ilwl neglll i"e pu! oes. Thl'l'l'
,"olt"g'.'s IIr'll ~ u pn (! i t h'dy roupted to the grirl .. f a tube which is biased
so thllt ollly the pulSt! on the pede~l:lt CIIII CUllse t .. mlu r t iono CII.
1>11rilor 01 is di 'lC h:U,l.'Cd t hrough VI .turin!! the t ime tlll.1 the puiS<'
makes Ihe wbe cf)n,hld. Aftt'l" the l'ul!'(! paS!'el!. C4 dll.r~'1!S :'W.in to
+300 I'oh~ tlll"Ougli no. The WOl'e f" ,'m pmrluN'd is in the form of
II step which is "pplied to a l'O!rotical.Mte<;ling pla te as a rangr lllnrker
0.'9' .11<om
UNIVERSITY Of MKHIGAN
on
o,,~,
.11,
1m
UNrVR5ITYOf MKH~N
...
l
, I
STEP
PRODUCED ... CI~CUlt
OI'nG.UI
/I'It1Mre !!.t.
Ran". ",ark,...
l L- U "
It~pl.
--v- I
., "0'
"1'91'",
.. .
~
..
...
..
fl
o,.'gir I"""'
UNfIIlRSlTY Of MICHIGAN
n.
o,,~,
.11,,,,,
UNrVR5ITYOf MKH~N
SWE.EP GEllElUIOfI
..
.
-
..
liit l
--
c:;---'-
.'"
""
,"
'
,
n,
,.
.-
,- - .r-
- . I.... . ..
~...1.-
L
PIqM'~
flU.
Ci"",11
,'
n.
., ",
"
..
",.
_J
,. I
'"
.~
..;'
.,""
"
.~
""\.
'l
..
,..-,-
"
.,
r
____.__
lI
..'
'"
I"
~-
' or "rod~C/n~
--
~ln~" ~rp'.....I""
---;0. -
fI.-."'"
'
m" ,,,cr.
like that shown in figm-e 2'26. Note thut the sweep speed is fa.~t "n
eltch ~i de of the runge n....ker. as Illay be !;eel! from the ~Iative willths
o f the echo pulses ShOWIl , and thu the trace is wider and bright..r
where the swee p speed is norm al.
(4) The sweep mill' be eXlJUnded in tlle vicinity of H movable range
mllrker by the U~ of a cin::uit like that shown in fib'llre 227. Tube VI
ill normally at ?ocro billS 11Il d the refore holds the cI", rge on Cg at a
<XInst ant high lew\. 'Vloen VI is cut off by the negllth'e sweep g"le
m Jtage .. pplied to the gr id, C6 dischar",'es through V2 at fill essent~ all)'
0.'9' .I/rom
UNrYERSITY Of MKHKiAN
1.
py .... E
C ..... IIIIEII
NDTCH
''--'''::'::::_-/TL 91
"."
l -m J
-+r-T'
I126SN1
-'-C2
SWW GAT
'\J
,~
i+
...:...JOL_
"."
lI'lp~~
n.
U7.
"'fOg1'l
1'1..-8179
I ..
marker.
o,'gir I"""'
UNfIIlRSlTY Of MICHIGAN
which is
gated so that any small portion of the whole range is made to oco::upy
the full width of the indicator screen ill termed a precision sweep.
Such a sweep may be used with the range-measuring method shown in
tigUI1! 221. The mne wave from which the pedestlll is genented is
greatly amplified and applied to 1\ double diode limiter to produce the
wal'e form shown in figure 228(!).
8WOOP
CD
SIHE~
ro
~ +-----',--f-+,,,----~=
, !
Tt.-ee'e
f'IO~~
U8.
Prndvctl&n of pr,""""",
''''"P.
The portion of the sine wave between the limits is nearly linear, and
it is .used as the sweep. The pedestal gener.ting circuit IlDd the sine..... ve .mplifier are .phased 90 thllt tbe step Illways Ilppears at the ~nter
of the p~isiOll sweep, and 90 that the pedestal voltage occurs during
the rilling portion of the limited sine wave. The amplification of the
sine wave is such that the precisiou sweep trl.Ce cort"eolponds to approximately 2.000 yard!! of range. Thus, under contr"l of Ih(' phase
shifter, any 2,OOO-yard portion of the range can -be examined 'Ilr, fully
and the range of the tugel IIccul1ltely determined.
:51. "SCAN.
.. Ge.erat. It has been indica~ in section II that the type
B-scan oscilloscope indkates range and II-Zimuth. U~unlly 0 cllthodl'ray tube with magnetic deftee t iotl and a long p8raistence IlCreen is ueed,
and ths tube iH intensity-mndu]ated by the signal voltage to caUtiO the
po!lition of the ta"get to be indicatffi by D bright spot on the acrei'n.
The sean covers aroctllngular a~a 011 the screen, with the range shown
."
Or.gir I"""' .
UNfIIlRStTY Of MICHIGAN
TLe1eo
P/fJ.re U9.
Sw:U I'
potentiaill.t A i!< higher than that at B, current 6ow8 and the beam is
dcfkcted. The mninlum deflection to the right occur!! when A i~ at
the point of application of the positive voltage and B is at ground.
If the positions of .A and B are reversed, the current flow and the de
flection of the beam are in the revel'l!ll direction. The Slime voltage
rangellafe covered lI'hether the antenlla is pointing forward or backward. Therefore a cam-operated switch is used to prevent signals
receivt'd from the rear from appearing on the indicator.
eo . . . .., _ _po (1) A sawtooth voltage, which is generated
in II manner similar to the gellt'ration of an A-llCIn sweep, is uaed to
produce a l'lInge sweep by ''1lu~il1g t\ linell.f rise of current in the deflecting coils (lig. 230). This sawtooth voltage is coupled through C1
.n
Q,i.v, .1 """"
UNIVERSITY Of MlCHKJo.H
-..
. ffi ,
~---i
.i
"
-,
I
t
n.
Dn9,""~
UNrYOOTY Of ~{ H iGII~
va
vn,
the
liS. &.SCAN.
.. 5e_ral. The type C-acan Pn)l!l8DUI the azimuth angle hori zontally and the e1ention angle vertically. l bl chief applications are
for aircnft interception and beam landing. The grid is intensitymodulated by tbe signal. The rate of covering an area may be Iii to
20 times in azimuth for once in elevation. It is desinhle to have
a fairly large number of sweeps in one direction for one in the other
in order to gt"t gund cuvenge of the area which is being acanned. The
eireuit tor: the azimuth ~weep is e8gen tislly the same as that for the
typeB-ecan.
It. Elflvatl......M... Since the elevation swet'p is even slower
than the azimuth, a potentiometer is used for thi s sy;-et'p also. An
electrical ei rcuit identieal with that for the azimuth may be 1188d.
The potentiometer is driven by the rotRtion of the antenna in elevation_ The angular coverage in elevation may he approJ[imate1y 70
as compared to lS0 0 in azimuth, whieh makes poasible the WIQ of gun
that drive the elevati on potentiometer arm through fl8 much as 2.1i0
for every degJ:e6 of rotation of the antenna. Without ~re only
a small portion of the available vultage would be developed acl'098 the
'~JIltilct anns, becauSf' of thl' limited motion.
By the use of gears,
practically all of the voltage can be Il&ed to produce a more aocurate
t'On trol of the vel"ticlli I'0~ition of the spot on the indicator screen.
no
Dn9.
II"""
UNrI'R'i.ITY Of MICHIGAN
154. PP.-SCAN.
a. Ge.'eral. The PPI-!!Can is sinlilar to the B -sean in that it
ilillicates range and uimuth. The range ~ Wel'p starts at the center of
the screen and moves outward along a l-adius in a direction corresponding to the direction in uimuth of the radiated beam. The cathode-ray
tube is of the magnetic deflection type with a loug-persistence !!Creell_
The range sweep is made linear 110 that range is indicated by the distance from the center of the screen of the spot produ{'ed by an et:ho.
A deflecting yoke whieh is made to rotate in synehronism with the
rotation in azimuth of the antenna mlly be used to rotate the range
sweep in lltep with the antenna. Since the grid is intensity-modulated
by the received signllls, a polar map of the surrounding territory is
produced on the BCl"OOn if the beam is directed in the plane of the
horizon.
It. Sel_y.
(1) Most PPI indicators U8l\ .. pair of deflecting coils whieh an! rotated llround the cathode-ray tube to produce
II rnt.ating sweep, liS in 9IlCtion IV. However, if it is desi red to avoid
the mechanical difficultiea involved in thia system, the swoop may be
rotated by the electrieal means sho"'n in figure 231. Transformer Tl
is a special selsyn transfurmer of which the rotor, or primary, is turned
mechanically lIS t he antenna is rot "ted in azimuth. Two stator, or 1iIeCondary, windings are placed at right angles to each other. As a result
the amplit.udeS of the induced volta~s vary ainWlOidally with the rotation of the primary, snd the position of the rotor whieh eauses the
voltage in stator I to be a muimum is 90 away from the position
which induces muimum voltage in stator II. Although the alterna-
_wee.,.
...
Dn9,
II"""
UNrI'R'i.ITY Of MICHIGAN
l ions "f Ihe \'Olt ~gl'" in/III~...... 1 in th ~ ~t "t ....,. ",'e nlw"y~ in plu.ilC, the
\, " I'i llt ion~ o f Ihe nmpl il ud es a l'tl e ffect ively 00 out. of phBSQ becouoo
"f the 90 Sl! plI l'H tio ll of th*! $llItOi' wimlinb"E. Since the ou tp ut. o f
~I " tor I 001111',,111 h"rizontnl delle<:tiuu Mud the out put o f stato r II
~'Ontrols vertical deJ lection , Ii c ircul ar moti on of Ihe spot. on the ilC reen
of the c~ t h/ ... lerMY l ube iii p rod uce<l in n wily I'C I'~' si milar to that
t'xl'lll iu(>d in ~""Ii"n I X. T ~ l II - W6. IIlI fl N''''ship;! 000,016.
(2) T he l1I di ol pOSilioll of the s pol lIt nny inSlant is controlled by
the wa,'d"l'IlI of th., liiglHl.l applied lO the rotor of thl) trans former.
_..
'-,~
"."
l l~,<:" [I,",,'
..
t he ,Iefh..: t i Ill-' e"i I h"~ resist " nce 1I.w>ciHt ~.J wi th ill; i I" Io ,,:t n nee,
it i.-; IIl... '~"ry 1,,, "I'1'ly " tra pezoid,,1 \'oltllge 10 the rut u r of the ..elsyn
t nwsf"nner. T o l'n~l u ("tl " li"en r suwto"th cu r rellt i n th e de flect iug
cnil rOi' u shOl,t mllgt' sweep. the 111I1I('7.oi ,1 i ~ , l istoMI~1 by the addi t iun
"r nn .. XII'" 1H'lIk li t its leatl ill)! ", 111" 1<1 1)(>I"I" it rll~1 d ,u r,!!inl1 of t he
dist ribuh~l ':'1 "... ;llIl1l~' in the de/l('<'lil1g ooil 8<1 llmt the sweep limy
ShIrt lit thl' Im'I>tI' \"elocity Ilt Ihe tilllP of the Inlll smill~...1 pll l ~. A
!iHwt'lOth "01t"111' ("HII be lISI~1 for lu")! 1"1\11 11" ~W" "I'S l){'CulI S<' n"nl il1(>lIr
il}' of the SWl'C]I lIell l" ZI'ro I"Hllb'C is o f 110 t~)(I"'-~llh!n~. 1'1<,. $We!! p must
be gill ,.<1 I" I" " ,,' ide u I i 111" i ," "IT" Jill wh ie h t he ell ne ll! ill I he \Ielb.:t i ng
eo il eRn ret urn to it s ~1 "t1 illg \"lI ll1e.
(8) Since the sweep is ~nerated 800 times per seoond and the an_
tenna rotateeat a muimum speed of 1 Nlvolution per second, the output
of the stator ooib of the ae1syn transformer is 2 trains of trapezoidal
voltages of which the amplitudes aNI modulated by 2 aiDe waves 90" out
of phase. The output of stator I controls the current in the horiwntal
deftecting coils; the other output controls the current in the vertical
deftooting coils. The actual deftection is caused by the magnetic field
which is the resultant of the two fields controlied by the two outputa of
the selsyn transformer. Thus a ch.n~ in the angular position of the
antenna produces an equal change in tbe resultant di~tion of the
magnetic defleetillg field tbat causes the radisl deflection of tbe trace.
(I) A detailed cireuit for producing the horizontal oomponent of
the magnetic deflecting field is shown in figure 231, An identical
circuit, fed by atator n, is used to produce the vertical component.
The output of statar I is applied to the grids of VG and V6, two type
61.6 tubei operated ill pushpull. The windings on the deflecting yoke
aNI 8uch that when the tubes conduct equally the fields cancel. The
dotted ara:ows on the diagram of the yoke indicate the directions of
the magnetic Jines. As the curNlnt in one tube is caused to ri.se by a
signal on its grid, that in the other falls, and the reault ill a net magnetic
field in one CTr the other direction.
(G) Tubes VI and V2 are used to clamp the grid of VlI at a definite
potential in the time interval behoieen ~weeps, and va "and V4 clamp
tbe grid of V6 (see. VII, TM 11-466 and Navships 900,016). The
grid of V2 is connected to the cathode through the grid leak 90 that
during the time when no sweep is applied V2 has zero bias. However,
VI is biased by tbe drop &cross V2 since the grid of VI is connected
effectively to the cathode of V2. If at the end of the sweep time the
grid of VlI mums ta a polential bigher than the nonnal value established of VI, the bias on V2 i, increased. Tube VI then beoomes effectivelya higher resistance, but lhe biaa on V2 remains at zero flO that
lhe resistance of V2 is nearly constant, malting the potential at its
plate and at tbe grid of V~ decrease ta the nonnal value. Conversely,
a decrease in grid potential of V~ would reduce the bias on VI, causing
VI to become a lower resiSlance to raise the potential. ThUB any
change in the potential at the grid of Vii ia counteracted by a change in
the relative reaiatancea of VI and V2 which are estllb1i~ed initially by
the voltage divider ~ and &6. In a similar way va and V4 clamp
the potential at the gride of V6 during the no-sweep time ta a value
which i8 controlled by the setting of BT. During the sweep interval
the clamping tubes a~ beld inoperative by a negative pulse on their
grids in order that the sweep voltages can be applied to the grids of
V~ and V6.
MO'IlIO'
II
...
1\1
o,,~,
.11,
1m
UNrVR5ITYOf MKH~N
L ________ _
~
....... ....
...
On9 .. oil"""
_
_ "~NrvERSITY Of '-'KHJ(,AN
SeedOD X
f._.
Dn9.
II"""
UNrI'R'i.ITY Of MICHIGAN
TL-8748
..
",nt being supplied to it through slip rings. This allows the ~mall
d -c field current ttl he handled by ttv- slip rings Rnd hrllshe!l, while the
hen,y nlternating cnrrent is drawn from the stlltionnry wi nding. The
d-c fiel,1 supply i~ usually a small generator muunted on the alternator
shaft.. A three-phnse alternator has three "Talor ,,indings spR~.112O
electrical degroea allart. When such a system is used it is usually
208-volt, Y-conn~ted. The three windings an! connecll'ci IS shown
in figure 234, giving 208" volts between any two of the outside terminals, and 120 volts beh10een anyone of the outside termilllll .. and
the center or nentrai connection. This gives both a three-phase and a
single-phalle !j(1II ~ of POWH, the three-phase syslem being more de
~ irable for &orne mutor and I"i!Ctifier appliutions.
20BV
20BV
NEUTRAL
208V
TL-8749
(3) A control llllilel is Ul"lllltl'(l un the engille gellerator set or
loe.t~d at !;(lllle ~pot cun,enienl for operation. On this panel are
!"cated the \ultuwtpr.!, amllretl'rs, frequetwy melenr, Ihe voltllge I"~gu
",tur, amI Ihe s,,itchl'S 1le\"eSSllry for ollerul io n uf the generalm.
'Vh~re weight 11m' ~"uce lire of prime im j)(lrtance small high-speed
1lI.chille~ lire u~l'd.
Such gt'nelat"I'S InNy II(' open.ted lit a high hequency, oft en over 1,000 cyeleti per !;IleUm!. The use of a high il"l,"
fJ uency allows tnlllsf"rmel"S IlS well as the ,:;eneralor 10 be constructed
wilh much If'S!; iron !luln lI"oultl be nl!Ce><HIlry for 60 "yell'S, I"e~ultillg
in a much lij!;hter unit. Such a genl'r"'ur i.s shown in figure 235.
. R."ry eo.ve.-aloa ~alp_eat. (1) T o change 0111'
d-c voltage 10 1111<>lhel, direct CUl"I'ent to alternating current, or one
frequency flf nhprnllling Clrrr('111 If> annther, rolllry col1VenriOIl equipml'nt may be used. AIt<!fnllting current is converted to direct curn:nt
..,
o,,~,
.11, om
UNrVR5ITYOf MKH~N
th ro ugh t he use o f reel ifier><, nn ll'S!) high cnr~lI t is needed, when rotary
con version may be used .
(2) A dYIIIITI!()f()r is >l I'otll t ing' de muc h ine used to oLtn ill 1\ h igher
or lower volt ~ ~... IhlLll is obt uinnLle f rm" the source. It is diSentially
TL-87~
FjgNr~
us.
l ,l'_' ,crl/Jhf C"ViHe-d rlcc. veoocr(llor .... If"cI (I I /,200 IC(lU,. I .roo
~, . W ..,.,. .1 . " .1 ~OO ...,,'" d ln"c' "",...",t.
SUP RINGS
FIELO
WINOING, , , ,
ROTOR WlNOING
:t--"f1'"i I
"
00'''''
AC INPI./T
TL-8 7$1
mulol' IIll d b~Jjenllur Luilt in lu one unit I""'i ng two 01' more wi ndin gs
(On one 111'11111 l u l"tl and t wo 01' mort) COlli IllU lli lors. T he CQII llu u Lu tOI"!! II rc
uSlllllly locil led III "ppo;,:ilc emls of the sindt ~ IH.I the winding 1I 1 M ~'
~ u py the SHlUelltllUltlll'C ~luts. Since Loth in put Bnd output ... iud
in/-,,,, Il loe un the lW.tne nnn ll lure, the fid d is (:0111111011 10 ooth gelle r.tor
1\
...
Or'9" .11rorn
UNrYERSlTY Of MKHK>l.N
""
F~UY
and output windinJ,'ti must be used. If the d-c output is a.n extremely
high volta.ge sume provision must be made to excite the doC field from
U /jeparule winding supplied
another source. The motor action
is that of a synchronous motor.
(4) The fun ct ion of II. rotary conve rter mny be reversed, opemting
,,ith direct-current input and alternating current collected from the
slip rings. It is csl1e<J an in vuter when opemting in thill manner.
When the same IIrmlltUN' lind field are used for both a-c and doC sections
the machine is very nmtnhie. For this reason the inverters found in
rndar equipment usunlly hllve two armatutl'S fllld Iwo fields, function ing as a motor and gellerator built intf) a single unit. _ Figure 237
.y
...
Dn9.
II"""
UNrI'R'i.lTY Of MICHIGAN
,I
_=::-.==-.-:_:::'J
TL-II7!1!
fil1.re UB.
...
o,,~,
.11, om
UNrVR5ITYOf MKH~N
co.---
OUTER
CONTACT
ARWS
Tl-67!\4
I 'IIIM,"" l.J9 . ..."U...." ..'" ttil>nltor.
.... -....,n
Dn9,
I I"""
UNrI'R'i.ITY Of MICHIGAN
the tidd of the mll).!lIet be).!iil ~ to IIUrIlC!. the n.""!. T he fi eld hu ilds up
~Iowly so that t he full lltll1.ct iou i~ n", felt im med illidy.
In I.dd il ioll
the rl'e(1 is posi t iuned nellrer to con tll ct No.:: t lm n 10 No. 1 lInd the
Tl'('(l need In"'el "n ly II short. di st llnoo beyond it.!! nnrnml i)()!jit.ion to
close (:on tll ct No.2. T he s witching act.ion of the ,jlm lt o r reed CII U!!!'!;
CUI"rf'n! to How firs t in Ime hlilf of thl! t.nul sforrner in one di~ tioll
IIIl1I then TO flow in tIll' other Imlf in t hl! "Ilpo~ile d irect io n. This
prod uce!! IUlaile rnnli li g fl ux which induces lin IIl te" ullting \'oltRge in
'.10-"=='--------" .~
1'111."" ft!.
8~~r~ r""oU
'1.-'''',
Dr "''fr<'<"/i /","o
d ~rQ/""
poorer
Uppl~.
ti le !!eCoutiliry. Uy pmper d t'S iJ.[1I of ~'Oll ta ct sp r.ings: "ml the ,ibrllting reed 1\ rellSOnn hle wn\"cshape, si mil"r to that show n in fil-rlJre 2"1,
lIIuy be pmducccl.
(3) A s~' ncllron"HS or i!Clf- ''-'Ct i f~in).! \ ihl"lIlor ,.;upply is shown in
figu'1l :tH. I n Ihi ~ t.ype a n n,ldi t ;urlll] set "I OOIl ," ct~ i~ pr",ided
f",. reet i f.l'i IIg. T he ,"t'Ct i ly ing COnlllCIS II re connected to the secundll ry
tof The UlIlls fmrner. "-h~n the vib"atillJ:! reed i$ drawn to olle side
and CO_hct D is c1~ , IC I'mill al tI of the ~'CO,,(III I'~' of t he Ltans
f(}l'mer is oonnt'Ctetl to g''''11I1\. T Ile pn]H r it., of tllll trll ns ronner
IlllljUg thi s 1i..,,1 hillf cycle is such thllt terllli,,"] 11 is IIcI,,'1,ti ve. D ur
..,
0.'9' .I/rom
UNrYE~.Qf MKHKiAN
ing the lIext half cycle the vibrator reVel'Se9, chllngillg the direction
of the current through the primary, lind reversing the polanty of
the secondary, terminll! 0 now being negn.tive. Clntact E is closed,
which connecU! the negative tenninal 0 of the aecondary to ground.
The ('enter tap of the aecondary, terminal B is alwllYS poaitive with
N!Sp!!Ct to the particular secondary terminal that is wounded by the
. vibrator contacts so thllt terminal B. is the positive side of the doc
out-put and ground is the neglltive side.
(4) AU vibrator units require some filtering to prevent feeding
disturbancl!6, caused by tha sparking contacts, into the rlldllr set
through the power leads. This is done by the lIir-core choke coils
and bypass condensers shown in figures 240 Rnd 242.
I:
(1) Rectifier power supplies are used for relays
and other control-circuit applications, in field supplies for rotatinJr
machinery, and in supplying all the various vacuum tubes in the
radar eet. Their efficiency will vary from 50 percent for a small unit
to approximately 76 percent for the very large ones. From the maintenance point of view a rectifier is more nearly trouble-free thlln
rotating machinery. High-vacuum rectifier tubes bave a life of
from 1,000 to 4,000 hours' depending on type &lid application, while
the life of a mercury-vapor tube may be up to 1~,000 bours.. Vanous
typea of rectifiers fwd redifier circuits are di9Cussed in section VI,
TIt: 11-466 and NavShips 900,016. A typicd rectifier for a highpower radar set is shown in figure 243.
(2) Tha power requirements for_ rectifier supplies vary from a
few watts to about 8,000 watts for some large transmitters. Clpper
oxide lind selenium rectifiers are commonly found where low voihlge
and low powers FIre tef)uired, as in C<lntrol-cireuit and relay applications, FIne] in field supplies for some small rotating machines. High_
vacuuni rectifier tubes are used where high voltages are required.
These vary from the sDlall ~eiver power supply which produces
260 volts, to a luge trnnsJllitter power supply which provides 15,000
volts. A tube capable of supplying high voltage at high power is
shown in figure 244. Mercury vspor tubes are used where a heavy
current is needed at from 700 to I'i,QOO volts but not for extremely high
voltages, beellUse the inverse voltage may cause are-back if the pellk
inverse voltsge exceeds about 10,000 volts .
.. Re,_I __ . (1) Many types of regulatOnl '~re used in
radar sets. Mllnual regulators are usually either potentiometers,
variable resistors, or varil;.ble auto transformers such Ill! VllnaCS and
transtats. Automatic regulators for holding the output voltage of a
generator or other source of primary power at a desired value are
usually me<'hnnical in nature instelld of eie<'tronic. Regulators sre
needed because all power soun;:es have some internal resistan('e or
8,.,.,.8,,_.
so.
o,'gir I"""'
UNfIIlRSlTY Of MICHIGAN
-<
BUMP(!!
SPRING
,,
,,
,,,
, ,
"
OUTPUT
TI.-8780
IIIIE05T"T
at 120 cycles per second becllU86 of the flu:.: variations. The vibration
of the armature ill transmitted to the contact arm opening and closing
the contacts. When the a-c output voltage is caUlled to drop by an
increased lo.d, the magnetic attraction is decreased and the weight
of the armature has more effect on the vibrator linkage, causing the
contacts to stay c101:1ed for a longer period of time during each
vibration. Closing the oontacts for a lon~r period of time causes
the uciter field reaimnce to be shorted for a 10n~r time during each
cycle and the a~ output voltage ri!le;i above its previous value. The
plVc::-nn is reversed when the voltage is too high. The magnetic
attraction on the armature is greater, causing the effective weight
of the armature to decrease, 90 that the contacts stay open longer
...
o,,~,
.11, om
UNrVR5ITYOf MKH~N
REGULATOR
I/JIrOIET
,
R:ICOSTAT
AI;
ALTI!:RNATOR
ALTERNATOR rl[LO
R~[O$TAT
OUTPUT
T L-1l761
the stack depends on the pressure on the stack. The pi [ ure change
is accompliahed by an electromagnet controlled by the a.-e output voltage. A schematic diagram of such a regulator is shown in figunI
246.. If the load is increased and the ac voltage drops. the current in
the electromagnet is reduced and the pressure on the diska is incn,nd..
This reduces th(' resistance and the exciter field current incl'Uaf!6. An
increal:i6 in uciter-fie1d current increases tha es:citer output and CONequently incrn'K'S R'C output voltage to the ('Orrect value. The linkage between the electromagnet and the carbon pile must be properly
OM
Q,i.v, .1 """"
UNIVERSITY Of MlCHKJo.H
FI,Mr'C 2F.
from each othe r. These contllds lire arrnnged in II. row so that 1.8 the
pressure is increased on one end of the row the number of con tacts
dosed is increased, shorting out more of thl' \"eI!istll nce. F igure 247 js
a schematic diagram of a silverstat type voltage regu lator. If the
output load increases or decrel'lse!l the output voltage changes. The
electromagnel thell vnries t he pt"essure on the n lw of cont llcts, incre'll"
ing or decreasing the anlOunt of n'"Sistllnt"e in the exciter field that is
shorted out. This change in excit er field resistance varies the exciter
field current, bringing th e ac ou tput voh tlge to the proper value. A
rectifier is norm ally included in the.electromagnet circuit to eliminate
chatter of the regulator. I n orner to l"iimintlte vibration cllused by the
a-e variatioIllj, a cop~r oxide or selenium rretifier changes the ae
..,
Oti-v' .1 """"
UNIVERSITY Of MlCHKJo.H
OO~::::o.-
_ _-<
"
COHTACTS
" '....TURE
TL-I163
FI,,~...,
...
( { lQI
Dn9,""~
UNrYOOTY Of ~{HiGII~
...
~80;:W _ ~. _ 10
0.'9' .11<om
UNIVERSITY Of MKHIGAN
the ..:unt uI:I!; from o xidizing, T he n... n'tl ry n" rln lll1y n'~t ~ in "ne end
of the t ube, Whe n Ihe Im nat ure is 1II' llIll"'," 1. the t ube is ti lteo:l and
I he me reu ry flt)w~ 10 I he III her end of I he I ubi' , "il he r ope ni nl; or closi ng
the conlads Ill't!"nl ing I" the d t'Si bm,
(3) l<'igure 2,.0 show~ II ty pica.l c" ntflct or of t he clapper ty pe, This
L'01l111Clur hilS II liwinging ntlm.l UI'e pi" " (l'I l al o ne e nd , wi t h Ihe COIIl ~e1S lit the ot her, T he clappe r IIct ;on caui!l('S t he cUllt aclS 10 c"me
In).!elllo'r with Il slid inl; mot ion which te nds 10 m,. ke t hem self-clea n in!!,
Ot her MUll i1in ry C<1I1 \D cl S for \' 9 ('io ns ('On tm l fu nct ion~ m il y be monn! 1"11
o n L'O milct OMI of t his Iype,
(4) F ig1,rt> 25] shows another type of OOll ltlctor kno"'n II.<! tl' e
~ol enoid ro! la)', which o perat e!! wi th all uJi Illo t io n in the "erl ical
p ilUl e, W llf'n t he coi l is energized t he p lll llj!'cr o r "nnllture s nM ps
u pward, clVSing the cont acts, wh id, are 1110nn too on spri ngs to insure
FLEXIBLE
JUMPERS
TL-8165
an e,'en p res.~II Nl whe re Ill ure thu n one lid " f L~lll tu ctS ~ re used , Con,
Inet",." of th is ty pe uSll nll y hll" e sih'e r-MIl"y eOlll uets which do nol
oxid ize ellsily " ud consequen t ly requ ir<l lilt III a ttcntion,
e. Clrllllil r.onfro'
( I ) A cil'cuil ..::ontrol relny is
lI!!t,<1 whac thc cirell i!. functi ons become so rulll '<lrO Il~ thllt 01""I'u ing
slI'i tches f"r each ..-ollid I.N! COlllp l lc~ Ied nn d t ime-coIIsUlning , Pe r form in g- t Ill'S{! OIl<!"ll ti"us wi t.h l-el"ys (,li",i1l'lll'8 ol"" r"I i" " 1I 1 el'ro rs
by c"using Ih,~ "" riollS funcli"ns to tnke ]ll,,~ nlll"IIlI' llcMlly ill tl,e
IJrOll<! r !it!(IIIC Il t:<!,
(2) C ircuil control rllllll's IIllly 00 l~'U~l ruCtl'd in a wiole \'Brillly
of Eh'LJ)('S "nd ~i 7.es, T he ij ll'i tehbollrd I," PC is !!hOWII in figlll'" 2'-'2,
\\' hi l<l thi s is n simple elilllllple of Ihi s kiml of I'cluy, St','('n,1 j!' Nlll pS
of cOll lm:1 ~ p rinl,!~ lIl"y 00 used lI" d II IIIl1nOOr of di trCl"(,ll t cireu ils
nUl," 00 olX'IICtI or cI'oSi.d, A c"PIIl~r 81t~ " e gi"ing th e rei ll Y a de illyed
:It",i,," is also slwwn in Ihis fi 1!urc,
ri'."".
:1-
0.'91
.'I<om
UNIVERSITY Of MKHIGAN
II.
'*
pro\'itlO:l
II
Qne COUllllon
AU U _ _
CO IL
"
d i fl'c reJU melll Is ha \ jng rI i fferc nt ex pu Ils io ll nlt es. A hell ier is mounted
IIl"<Jnnd Of d %e 10 the eJ!)lt1ent. O)lllllCl8 lire lIlo llnt l'tl on the e lement
itself a nd , a s the clem>!lIt is CIIU~ to bend by the d ifferent txllH lISioll
rHles, Ihese CQ tll,u;U; dose to o pern{e II 1'Cllly (fig. 254). The d eja)'
tim e for bimetllllie s l ripS is n~ ulllly frum 1,6 10 11,6 min nl es lind i ~
" lIried by II sing metal s wilh ,lilJuelll eXl'ulls i"lI r" I.'S 01' by irH! I'ell~illg
or d('(!reD ~ ing the distnllt'f! IJl'I\\'~1l the fix ~'( 1 nnd nW" ing COllln cls.
(2) Molur.] !'i'eu lirne(M" y re lays IU 'C fr~..]ue"tly IISt'<.!. This ty pe
o f relny elJl pl o)' ~ 11 ;Hulll ] ~yJl.c hl'.non8 molor "".I H g"IIt 1I'lfin 10 oblnin
the ,k'll i"t.. 1 delll)' l ime. A !'<'I of mun lule c<" ,ltt ct~ is 1lI' "l llted Oil th e
11151 ge1l t of the t rni l! 1I ",l lhe circu il 18 d ,,,,...,1 when I hi s sel of conlnets
is I nrnl..1 enollj!h to IUllel, the sln t innar,V COl\t" c l ~ (fig, 2M) , 011 ... 1'
muto r,lr iven Ii medelay 1'c1I1Y~ lit i I ize /I ,~pring nel iu n 10 ciO!;!! the reillY
:102
0.'9'
.,I<om
UNrIIERSITY Of MKHIG.I.N
gin~n
time
interval.
(3) The oil da sh-pot type I'1! IIIY is used in many lime-delay appli ca_
tiona. A mObrnetic coil pulls II plunger th rough t\ dash pot filled with
Il Slllll l1
nUl
ti me
delny can be \,ll1"i~... 1 by chunging the si7.e of th~ hole ill the phlllj..'Cr.
T o make n rd"y of thi s type Inlllbh f,w, II sun!' acl.ion of S(lllJ(l kind
mu st be pl'V\, id ed fur I......,;il i "c closing uf the ~.... n! nc.:t.s.
0.'9'
.,I<om
UNIVERSITY Of MKHIGAN
.....n;!;
---r
<Zl
TlIIPPEO I'OSITIOM
n-om
th rough ths bimetallic strip itse lf to generate the heat. A typical
ci rcuit brnker i~ shown in figuNl 2.56. It consists essentially of a care
fuJly calibrated bimetallic stri p, contacts, and a means of n!"&etting.
M current Bows through this strip, heat is generated and the bimetallic
st rip bends. Under sufficient heat it bends enough to interrupt the
circuit by re leasing a trip which opens the contacts. A circuit breflker
of this type will carl"J ita rated load indefinitely, it will carl"J .. .50.
percent overlOlid for about a minute, a loo-percent overload for about
20 ~onds, and a 2O()..percent overload for about 15 seconds. The latter time usually is long enough to allow a motor to start without tripping the circuit breaker becauae of the high sta rting curnmt.. Mag-
...
Or>c.>i . 11"""
UNrvRSlTY Of MICHIGAN
netic brenkers can be obtained which open almost instantly when more
th"n ro le<! current flows through them.
(3) The most common OI'er-current ' device is n fuse, A fuse is
merely Il short length of wire or ri bt.on l1lad~ of an alloy thst has a
low melting point nnd of II size whi ch will carry a given slLlI'le ragtl
indefin itely. A larger cur rent cnu;;c.'S (l,e metlll to lIent and melt,
ope ning t he circni t to be prolll(!ted. MOIit fU;;e!l designed for other
than home usc haw" de lo y time 011 ol'erl"Il"S similllr tu thot "f circ uit
/
,
<;)
1\.-. nt
breakers. This lMo y CYU be II t"Complished I)y Illokiu/!" the fUllC liuk
of I,cal'y COllst ructio]} Cll~ pt in une or tWl'! sllO"! p"rtioll~ of its 1t~IIJ," h.
T his allow8 heat to be d rawII aWlly frolll Ihe smllll high.resi~tance POi"
lions, delaying the melting ti me, and g iving Ihe lk"l in~d delllY action.
A fuse of thi s type is shown in fib'llre 257@. Fu._ lire IIIsde in two
types : I he plug Iy pe which I'll n be obI II illed ill " "IIl(S lip 10 30 am pert'S.
alld Ihe cllrtridJ,'tl fuse which is lilsde in ~izes fr<lll1 n frllction of lin
a IIlPC'"e to 600 a'"IJ(' feli or llIure. Sizes !I b.. ,c 60 nIII p....,.,.; II 1'1' f IIrn ished
only in the kll ifc-blade cllrtridge type which pro"ides II bette r con tact
sudllce.
3.,
0.'9' .1 from
UNrYERSlTY Of MlCHK>l.N
o,,~,
.11, om
UNrVR5ITYOf MKH~N
MITTON
o
IUTTON
"ELAY
......
",
INTE"LOXK
ellteUIT
r ...
On9 .. oil"""
UNfIIERSITY Of '-'KHJ(,AN
bet1l\"l!en the high.voltage supply and ground with the coil at the
ground end. When the volta/.'e builds up 10 a value that. is too high,
an are ill formed across the spark gap, causing current to flow through
t.he relay. Thill opens the contacte and dillOOnnecls the high-voltage
primary.
II. TI
Time-delay relaya are used in cir
cuita to provide a definite time intf'rval between operations. The
most. common \lSI! of the time.delay rday in radar is to allow a
definite time to elaJ>llll after filament voltage i.1I applied before plate
voltage is turned on. A circuit of this Itind is shown in figure 260.
II .el.,. drew....
>
TL-nu
Power is applied to thl' filllment l"iro:-uit at the same time thllt power
is applied to the heater unit of the time~elay relay thn,ugh itll
dropping resistor and the lower conlacts of the time.llelllY relay, Af
ler the proper interval the bimelal strip bends sufficienUy to clO!le
contacte O. CIOIOi ng contncts 0 energiZl'!! both the holding relay and
the high.voltage control relay connecting the high-voltllge power
Inmsformer to the power source. Operution of the holding relay
disconnects the heater unit 90 that the bimetal strip may cool 10 its
nonnal position to prevent the high voillge from being removed
and su(ldenly reftpplied. The holdinJl: relay keeps the high voltage
relay energized while the contact.\l 0 are open.
...
0.'9'
~11n>m
UNIVERSITY Of "'J{HlGAN
e.
In
,....~
_:0
n~~
Fjg.rt Mil.
pam. from point A through the tillle--delay rellY oontacta, Ind then
through the door .nd panel interlock IIwitches. From here the cu rrent
goes to the tnllll!llitter Ind pa
through the oontacls of. rel.y ... hich
is c10eed by .pplying power to the transmitter lil.menu. The current
7.
then pU3M1 through the overload relay and the higbnvoltage trail&-former control rel.y coil to the other side of the line. If all s-witehes
and contacla Ire c10eacl the control rel.y .pplies power to the highnvolf...
.ge transformer.
c.........te..............,
l. Some l.rge tubes reF
quire .... ter to dissipate the heat generated .t the plate. A system of
this type requires a pump, a fan radiator, Ind an lutoinatic control
that will cut oft' the plate .nd filament voltage in case the water ceases
'0
_.t...
...
0.'9'
~11n>m
UNIVERSITY Of "'J{HlGAN
-,
I
"""
"
, ..,~
...."'"
8ELLOWS
TL-87TT
10 WATER
SYSTE IoI
button ClllI then Ilt' 1'1'1" .. "".1. ::5h"lIlo1 the p l"t:~~lIre drop becn u!'C of
!'''IllP r" ilul't'l "I' II leuk. II", hell"ws ~-':lI l1" llct~,llnd Ihe llle ~IIIT s witch
"pens, t utuil\!; o lf th , I I'U lI ~ m ill er pi" I I!~ It lu i Ii I" Inelll ~. , A ~ i lIli I," , 1111;1
<'1 111 be us<... t tn 1111'11 II ... ;..', " If in """" tl, ~ l"'''''-~'''"t! ht.'(.'U!Ul'S too high, as
woulli be thO) C"~ j f the wUler li nes wei',: bkoeked.
!l 10
0.'9'
.'I<om
UNIVERSITYOf MKHIGAN
SecdOD XI
Data TraD8_881oD and Servo SY8tem8
aa.
on
0.'9'
~11n>m
UNIVERSITY Of "'J{HlGAN
-_.
~::;l
--=
-.,
_.
_..,
-_.
.. ,........_.
For every position of the antenna the direction of the beam in azimuth
thus is given by the diall'eading. A similar arrsngement can al80 be
applied if desir-ed to an elevation indication or to any other data
transmission problem.
(2) In the servo system block 02 converts the position of the
handwheel intn an electrical indiclltion which is transmitted to CTl.
CTt is a deviC1! which compares the l'elative position of the antenna
shaft with the position of the hand wheel as conveyed electrically over
0.'9'
~11n>m
UNIVERSITY Of "'J{HlGAN
the. cable, and .... hich develops an errol' voltage proportional to the
difference betwl'i!n the positions. This error voltage is applied to
the control ampli8er which controls the power flow to the servo motor
which rotates the antenna. Whenever the error voltage is present,
the Intenna is rotated in such .. direction as to make the error voltage
lees. ThUl l\'hen the antenDa position oorresponru. to the hand wheel
position, there is no error voltage and th,' antenna comes to .. stop.
The control amplifier supplies the vari.ble power to the antenna drive
motor, and usually is IlUbstantiaUy electronic in construction.
(8) The princi~l method of providing the electro-mechanical oonvemma neceprry for opention of both the position indicator and
the Ill.U"YO II)'BUI!D8 is the use of the .ellyn.. In simple indiCl,tor systems
tl....
Or>c.>i . 11"""
uNrvnsm Of MICHIGAN
m----_
F4I.r~
265.
,-M~d a'''''''l
4dul/. of .d......
0.'9'
~Ih-m
UNIVERSITY Of Io'J{HlGAN
on the frlllIle. The daio .. is fiud in poaition lind may act as part of
the frame. It alliO ill. constructed of tliin iron sheets, and has uni formly spaced slots (fig. 26!i(!) into which are wound thnoe separate
eeila. The coils are spaced 100 apart around the stator snd distributed in severtll pail'll of slota. A corresponding end of each coil
ia connected to a common point and the other ends are connected to
terminals Sl, 82, and
on the frame.
(3) If an altemating cun-ent is supplied to t-he rotor of a selayn,
the average magnetic Beld during a particular hal'f-cyeJe ia a8 abown
in figure 266@. The total eft'eet and direo::tion of the field for this
half-cycle are rapresented for convenience as the arrow in the simpli-fied diagram of figure 266(!). If the rotor is placed within the stator
Ilt A in figure 266@aud turned at the angle shown, the three coila are
subjected to an alternating magnetic flu,; which induces voltages in
the coila by meanA of trandonner action. The v~ltag\16 induced in
roil 1 and coil 2 cause cun-enlS to flow in the direction shown by the
arrows. No voltajZl! is induced in coil 8 since it is cut by no magnetic
ftuJ:, as it is perpendicular to the i1uJ: of the rotor. Assuming that
the voltage generated in-coils 1 and 2 is 45 volta, the voltage between
the terminlls of S:r and S2 is 46 volts plus 411 volu, or 90 volta &8
indicated. Similarly the voltsge between the tl.'rminals of 82 and
is 415 volta plus 0 vol~ or 411 volta, ~d between the tenninala of
and 81 is 0 volts plu8 46 volts, or 415 volts.
(4) By applying these three line voltages to the proper terminals
of the stator of a second selayn at B, the stator coila set up magnetic
fields in the dire<:tious shown by the dotted arrows. The combination
ef the fields gives a magnetic field in the center of the stator at B which
has the same di~tion and, because of loans, IIOmewhat 1_ mllJPlitude
than thl.' original fil.'ld produced by the rotor at 14..
(II) Figul"1! 266G) shows that a shift of rotor poeition at A produces
different induced voltage6 in the coils of the stator. The ftlll: of the
rotor now indut'ell equd but opposite voltages in coila 1 and 2; henC1l
the line voltage between the terminals of 91 to S2 is zero. Howenr,
coil
has a muimum voltnge, and therefore the voltagtlll between
S2 and
and betwoon
and Sl both equal 78 volts. Again thoee
voltages tranderred to stator B prodUC1l a combined field which has
the same direction liS the rotor field in .A, as shown by the dotted
arrows. The same n'asoning Iljlpliefl to the rotor poailion in figure
2"@.
(6) The diagrams of figure 266 can be carried out for any rotur
po6ition. The n'sults show that by means of the three varying line
voltages there is a resultllnt mllgnetic field genernted in B which always
has the same direction as the origind rotor field in A. ThuB a me chanical motion of a shaft at A is transferred to a motion of a magnetic field at B. In order to transfer this atator-field motion back to
sa
sa
sa
sa
sa
sa
0.'9'
~11n>m
UNIVERSITY Of "'J{HlGAN
;31
..
..
f!
",
... 1
,.
"
..
OtO
__
up
l
"
"
---- -- --
I,
s ..
0.'9'
~11n>m
UNIVERSITY Of "'J{HlGAN
continuoualy, but
follow~ In
fI..-
"0.
may be uaed. one dietly coupled to the shaft from which position
information is desired and the other coupled through a gear ratio of,
for example, 86 to 1, 110 that the 8elsyn generator makN 36 revolution!!
to 1 of the &fIlenna shaft. The antenna position then is given on two
dials. The coarse I'\I.Mding is given by the first I16lsyn system and the
fine reading by the second. The fine-reading pointer makes one com
plete revolution for each 10'" angular movement of the antenna. The
disadvantage of such a system is that the two selsyn systeIl1ll may 1M' .
turned out of eU!p when I,he pc)'...er is 0, 90 that the 86-speed ~ystem
may synchronize at !lOme multiple of 100 out of step when power is
again applied. Certain special circuits ll.lld de"ioes have been developed to remedy this disadvantage by producing a oombinatioD
COllr'8e and fine system which is completely 8elf-llynchronizing.
It.
(I) The dilenmtial selsyn is similar to the basic !lelsyn eJ:Cept that the rotor bas, imvfod of a single
".e__tlal _1_,..__
s.s
,~ _ _
Dn9,""~
_ UNrYOOTYOf~{HiGII~
coil, a three-coil wind ing si m ilar to that Oil the stRtor. The rotor
core, therdor~, is ~lol1ed 10 a(~"ltlmod"te the dist ribll100 winding9
(fig. 268). The 1'000ition of tile rot o r field Hill[ with refipt'Ct to the
stR lOr is the n detHmi ned by twu factors: the mechauical posi tion of
the rotor shaft , ami the electr ica l pos it io n of the field flUl[ wi thi n the
rulUr it!lel f MS determined by the t hr('C Nltor in pu t \o h ages. The
d i tre ~ntial !lel~yn is dc.;ij!IlMteti aij b",ne ra tor or ""'tm , the on ly d iffer
ence being the add ition of a (hun ping d~"i<!e on the motor sh,dt. 'nl~
difl'e~n t i HI 6f'lsyn is uOied wil<!n' Ihe ~ei"ing selsy n i~ to be controlloo
by two or more tran~miHing selsynll.
(2) A control or imlicator sy~tem in which a di fferential selsyn
generator is used is shuwn in fign ~ 269. The pos it io ns of t.he rotOI"8
of the genera tor "nd of the d ilfenm t ial gene rator are co ntrolled by
the conn ech od llppllralu ~. ~nd the algebrai c s um of Ihe effects of th ese
t wo mll chine~ .leterminl'S II", p.:..;it ion of t he r"I'lr "f the moto r. The
'--._.-
_._.
I.
~tDl o r
of the difTeren t ial gene ra tor i~ ene rgizoo by the output from
th e stMtor of the sel ~yn genl' rulor, 80 th at a:ll'>! of the slH to r fields of
t hese tv.o mllchines . re IIlways in th~ ~ "lIIe dirl!<:tio ll. '[lIe vol tll!;''>!
indu<!ed in the N.tor of th.~ di fft!l'ell lia l sei~Y Il cI .~ te l'1 uin~ the di~tion
of the stator field of the mutor. nnd hen<.'e Ihe pos.i t ion of tho rotor.
(3) If the ~y . t e Ul i~ "t 1"f'~1 and HII n.tor!! ",,(, fn.-e tu turn, 1111 the
rotors will be III the 7.ero l>Ofi'i l i,," (fig, 210). I f the rotor of genen.tor
G is turn ed 60 ciol'kwiS(' while the rotor "f d ifferen t ial i;<;lsyn gen
erator bO is lil' l.1 fi l[ ~-..I, the ~1" lul' 6ehl of 0 is rotated thruugh the
SlU'le lingle (fig. 271). Clusing tl.e sill lor fie ld of 1)0 wls.. 10 be
rututed OOQ, T Ill' ,"Ih~..,~ in,lncl!<l in the rotor of DO II~ now such
as to call86 the st.lOr fi.I.1 of motor ,]I 10 be as shown. so that thl'
rotor of ,V turns 60 clockw ise. T Ill' sa nl<' efTl'Ct can be l'r(){iu('('(1
by hol ding the rolnr of 0 lix"']lIud tlll'lliu!! the rt>t"r "f DO coun ter
elockwise (fig. 272,) since this rotlotion ca u!!l'll the ~om e relllth'l! ~hj ft
Q
...
0.'9' .11<om
UNIVERSITYOf MKHIGAN
between the nit! of the rotor and the direction of stator field of DO
as was 'm ade in the first ""I'.
(') If the rotors of both 0 and DO are turned 60 0 cloekwise, thel'&
iIJ no change in the yolt.agea induced in the rotor of DO bec'W!8 there
La no relative shift between the nis of the rotor and the direction of
DG
NlIOk
STATOR 'iQJ)
1'..,.., n/l.
R I_
~
... ""dUM
Of
Ish,..
11"''''''.
the lltator fiekl. of DO (fig. 213). All a resu1t, the rotor of II reml.iaa
at zero.
(6) Thus, the effect of the dilfenmtial selsyn in the control system
is to
the motor to turn through an angle which is equal to the
cause
DG
",
iIIOTOIil
POSITION
DIII.[CTIOH OF
STATOR "ELD
TL_ 07
J/'19"T~
nI.
relative shift between the Ui8 of the rotor and the di~tion of the
stator field of t.he dilferential ~nerlltor. Two furt,her examples of the
action of the differential generator are shown in figure 2740 and @.
In Q) the rotor of the A:encrator is turned 46 0 cloekwiS6 and the rotor
of the dilferential generator is turned 30 0 countercloekwige. As a
n.
I lQ,k
-
On9 .. oil"""
UNfIIERSITY Of '-'KHI(Jo.N
"
"
'\
n-_
""Mr~
nt. 0 ""or IIdd ftl 0', DO rotor I.,.,. .... 60 ' COtI"Iert!lod,wf.
00
"
n.-,_
PI,.F'fl t13. f1 rotar 11"" DO rolor kIlL l.rMd 60 <'lock"".
On9 .. 01'"""
UNfIIERSITY Of '-'KHJ(,AN
DO
"
~-
.. IQ.D
(i)
P'OSl1'1ON
.' )0'
~L.DCII'MK
....,....
POSITION
(i) G
"_114
~V lOCI/Oft
0/ ditr""IW
Or>c.>i . 11"""
uNrvnsm Of MICHIGAN
eo
SeJ.,.. _."NI
tra. . . .r
application, a eelsyn control trandorm~r is NSeJltially the same in construction .. a sclsyn generator (fig. 276). In the co:.introl transformer
the rotor ie held fi ..ed, eithe r by being attached to a shaft or by being
clamped to the frllme of the selByn itself. Thp rotor winding, then,
1'1,..,. 175.
-_'or.
n.-8912.
n,,~,..,
IN.
li'dor~
...
0.'9'
~11n>m
UNIVERSITY Of "'J{HlGAN
.,..'I!! .
P.lelld eter
One of the simplest methods of
data traIlllJllillrion is to IllJ6 a potentiometer the resistance of which
ia varied by the'rotation of the antenna, The indication may be.
obtained by the reading of a mete.. (par, 24e(6 or the output of the
potentiometer may be used to give the azimuth or elevation 8Weep of
a type 8 - or C-sclln oscilloscope.
M. WARD LEONA-. SYSTI!:MS
.. W.I'\III.I , . . . . . . .rlve. (1) In rada .. applications it frequently i~ IIP,:e.'5ary, to drive heRvy rotary equipment at varying
CO"''--NT YOLTAG(
o-c SU~LY
,- ,
CONSTANT YOLTMI:
0- C SUPPLY
MO TOII
l,--_______-JI-~V'~'" ~~
CONSTllIT AliIUoTUIIE
YOLTlGE - YAIIIA.Lf
II MEOSTAT
r tELO n.ux
WUUff/U#///?$UffM :
,
MOTOII
...
...
SPUD
:::>
IIl .. GES
TL ,
Or>c.>i . 11"""
uNrvnsm Of MICHIGAN
and in either direc::tion of rotation, and in mOllt CIlllt8 to maintain remote control over BUch drives. Since the ordinary single-pb_
or ~phalle a-e motor is inherently a COD8tant.4wl device, the
direct CUlT8f\t motor is commonly WIed for controlled drives. The
dinlction of .rotation can be cbanged JUdily by reversing either the
armature current or tbe field current but not both.
.
(i) The *peed can be controlled by at least two methoda; either
the voltage on the armature can be varied ali in Ilgure 277(!), or the
fidd volt.ge can be varied .. in ~ 277@. The 6ret method
gives the moIlt stable oootrol and the IIlO8t delirable range of speli
(fig. 277(!), but if a variable reeilitor is used in series with the arma
ture, heavy power 10lJ8e8 will aceur, especially in tbe larger motor
sizee. The aeeond method pennita control with a physically _all~r
SIl!! is
11111 ....
rt,wn I'/B.
~.w~z-anllllrlw.
(3) One 8Olution to tbe problem is to use the ci~uit of figura 277(j)
but to nplace the resistor with a Voltage red\U:ing device which will
have comparatively low powu 10&ieS. Tbe cif'CUit shown in figun
278, commonly Imown I./iI the Ward-Leonard aystem, aecomplisbl!$
this rMUlt. The d-e motor in this circuit is fed direc::tly from a d-c.
generator which. is operated at a constant "klUiI. The d-e field
wpply to the genuator is varisbla in both magnitude and polarity
by means of a ".heo6tat and raversing switch 18 shown. Therefore,
the mol.Ol' armature is aupplied by a ~DeRt.or having amoothly
77
au
0.'9'
~11n>m
UNiVERSITY Of "'J{HlGAN
Q,i.v, .1 """"
UNIVERSITY Of MlCHKJo.H
--,,
<
"
<
"~
'~
00
,!
"
<
"
~
,t
I,
e:
~'
!o
'.
0<
,
~
2
0
"~
." g
<0
"L'+- - --
' - -_ _ __
---4_ _ ~
of RI-R8 and R2-R4, the bridge is balanced and the voltage between pointli.A and B is zero. In this condition, the output of the doc
generator is zero, so that the .ntenna driving motor is stopped. How.
ever, if the resistllm:e of RI is decruaed by ~hort-cil'(!uiting part of tbe
,
on
On9 .. oil"""
UNfIIERSITY Of '-'KHJ(,AN
resisto r , the bridge becomes unbalanced, lTlRking point A posi ti vI! with
respc(:t to point B. T he "olhb'6 aet oS!! A B ill impressed on the 6eld
Th~
th~
n n o,
"
res i"tullCtl o f R I is 11l,lut't!<l. T he "!l tt' UIl" muy I.. "",,\t' 10 ....,lHle III
the o pposi te di,~'Ct ion by rt.'<:luciul{ the resistoonre of U2.
( 4) Resistors R I !t nd U2 " I'e tap ped III sen~ I',,1 p" illls which lire C"llneeled to Il pllir of Siln-rHlIl rom n,dOl'S as ~hown. T he resis("nct'
of either H I 0 1' R2 is .-edutocd Ly 1. 11 UU lourlt , h, pcmlent on how mUIIY
0.'9' .1 from
UNrY ERSlTY Of MlCHK>l.N
occur
0.'9'
~11n>m
UNIVERSITY Of "'J{HlGAN
to reduoe the bunting of thl8 system. The gyroscope and ita dri'ring
maWr are mounted 1.8 a unit ~n trunnions on the 118ver arm. The
position of the gyroecope relative to the lever arm is fized in the static
condition by pair of balancing springs. Projec:tion A on the gyro8I!ope I.8!Mlmbly operatea the contacts of t be Silverstat in a manner
similU' to the .ct.ion of the lever itself in figure 280.
( 10) The rotor of the gylO8OOpe is turned at high t pud by the dri"e
motor. By virtue of ita great mom8lltum, the gylO rotor t.M!.dt to remain fixed in space. If the lever arm is turned about if41 piYOt, the
gyro ~nds to prec- or rotate, .bout the a:ria through the trunnions..
(ll) The overaU action of the eervo aystem is th~ same wbether
r
- ~ ~''''
n-_
the gyt08COp8 is used or not, but the gyro ~ndt to eliminate hunting
and to increase the speed of reaponae to the eontrols. For uample,
if the hand ... hee1 is turned 8Ilddenly, the rotor of DMI immedi.tely
tends to turn to a new position. The Budden motion of the l8V8l'
.rm moves A., which unbalanON the Wheatstone bridge by the ope...
tion of the Silverstat. In .ddition the gyl'0900pe pref? - ~ .bout its
trunnions, causing. further motion of A in the same direction, which
further unhalaneft the bridge. Thus any sudden change of the oontrol.!! C.U88B high acceleration of the ,m~n na-drive maWr because of
the additive tiled of tb~ precession of the gyro.
(12) As Ihp IIntennl!. rolales lind the "error n in the field poBitioflll
within DMI decreaees, the geared lever .rm turns baek toward iu,
Dn9.
II"""
UNrI'R'i.ITY Of MICHIGAN
.. E1ee._.ae ". _1
W.MI.' .......
_rvY"
Or>c.>i . 11"""
uNrvnsm Of MICHIGAN
D CC ' o()N
"tt"""
,.,
81.
A~'PUDY.NE
A_p.h.y. "
SER~'8
TL- 19"
S"STEMS.
( 1) T he "mlllillyne dri\-e is
6i ll,jb.r to the Wa n l-Leonard d ri l'l\ (par. GO ) el(c~ pt thllt a s pecial
d c generotor called 1111 umplidyfUl (I lrIule 1l81Ue) is used ill piRce
of the regul ar d-c generator. Th e prind pal dilferent<il bet ween tIle
II mpl id yn e IIll ll tile ordinary gelle rator i~ tlillt the lield of the ll111pl id y ne r('([lli l"('S '"1[, . h sma ller Millount o f l'()nlrol po wer for the same
\'" Ju ~ of output power. I n othe r words, the amplidY ll1l functions
a.
,~."r.t.r.
0.'91
.,I<om
1'_
"""'"
TO 7NO
aTE
'$T $TAO(
AWUflCATIOfII
..
""""~
""',
TL- ... .
,,~ .....
!s".
of amplification and the total power gain of the eystem is the gain
of the6rst stage multiplied by thai of the eecond. The Ward Leonard.
generator may be compared to CD and the amplidyne to 0. However, instead of having two 8eparate armatures, the amplidyne has
bern dfllligned to incorporate both ~tages of amplification into the
one umatuf'fl.
(3) Figure 284 shows the rnagnl.'tic fields in a conventional d-c
generator ~upplying a load current of 100 ampere9. The field current
required to create the necessary e:zcitation OUll: may be in the neighborbood of li amperes. .Becz,u!Je of this BUll:, labeled ~. in thfl drawings,
there is a north pole in the mRChine frame at the left and a lIOuth pole
in the framfl at the right. Since the armature I'ummt of 100 amperell
...
o,'gir I"""'
UNfIIlRSlTY Of MICHIGAN
also Row s til rougil tUl'IlS of wire on an iron con', tile nma ture itself
OOeoml!S an electromagnet. Magnet ic fluI generated in this matt er
is tenned anJIIltUnI reaction flux and is shown ill figure 284(!} by the
fluI loops lal:ll!lcd f)., If the Jirl!Ctioll " f the ('U I'ren t ill the nmature
QlM(NT,
GENERATOft
" ?DlU
FI,M", t84,
Jla,n cllc
(i)
EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT
fI~'d.;~
C<>H<r.U""",
~-c
TL_ UtO
re"""tar,
0.'9' .11<om
UNIVERSITY Of MKHIGAN
IIRO
:uw: NlD
IlLELfT
\flO"
a.
..
ampe~
Figu", 2M(!) aho"" thl" magnetic fields set ul' in a shortcircuited d-c w:nlltator. If the armatuff current ill limited to 100
amperes by reducing the cont,rol field, the magnitude and di~tion
of the armature reaction Bill[ are the same as in the iOlwed generator
of figure 284, bUI the con trol BUll is very lIDlall. The curnmtll thll
Bow in the armnture ~'Ond uet()l'S because of the IIhort. cireuit are such
that the umature reaction Bu:.: remains fbed in space, jWlt as though
...
On9 .. oil"""
UNfIIERSITY Of '-'KHJ(,AN
the aMl)atun 'll'en a' stationary coil with it.ll uis a, right angles to
the nis of the control field windings.
(6) Since the armature conductm's are unifonnly distributed about.
the armature, it is evident that some of these conductors will cut across
the reaction o.ux at the ~me rate 1.6 others cu t acl"OSli tbe excitation
o.UI. However, because of the location and dirocti on of the two mag
netic fields, the muimum voltage caused by the cutting of the rellCtion
fila appears across the annature at right angles ro the voltage devel.
oped by the excitation o.ux. Therefore by placing a second set of
brushes at right angles to the short-circuited brushes (fig. 286), suf.
ficient voltage is available ro supply another 100 amperea ro an eaternal
load, in addition ro the 100 amperes Bowing through the short-eittuited
path. Since the control field Bux hIS to build up only to .. 10'11' value
and since the resistance of the short-circuited. armatUNI is very small,
1H000T CiiiCUI'T
..........
'""
n-_
'",,"!8I.
,lIorl-elr""il~' ....,~.
0.'9'
~11n>m
UNIVERSITY Of "'J{HlGAN
complete neutrlllization, the machine has reduced power gain and acts
as a degenerative amplifier; however, the operation may ~ !JOmewhat
more stable. Overcompensation, on the other hand, ereatea the e.!feet
of re~nerative amplification, and the operation of the machine may
easily become unstable.
(7) Since any ",,"dual magnetism along the axis of the oontrol field
woald have a lar~ e!feet on the ampJidyne output, it is nrot'62'ry tQ
demagnetize the ..,ore material. This demll.gnetir.ation is accomplished
.....
...... HOL
2iL
n.._
OOii.ML
n.- ....
"'Igwre iSS.
a",pli<l,n~.
On9" oil"""
UNfIIERSITY Of ~Hj(Jo,N
337
TL:e9H
... .
On9 .. oil"""
UNfIIERSITY Of '-'KHJ(Jo.N
snting ,..inuin.,.." tll'll ~-oIl1tt:<:ted ill .~ries ".i t h the 'l1"lIID tllre lind "'""url
on thl' r"cl'!l of the field poles to IWlItrl. lize th. ,. rmature reaction nll~.
(2) F igure 291 sho"'", the b!o.s ic ty pe of oolilrol Dmplifier which is
ore! i1111 rily U!wd to slI p!, l}" 1hI' Bm p Jidyne co nI 1"(11 fie ld. Suc h In nmpli ficr is conlr... lhd by ('OHl plir ili g an II-C error 'DOII(l9 f f ...."') II I'I'lsYIi ron-
n -. ...
~"""
"""....
~~
FlEtD catS
TL-8921
n"w r~ t 9 1.
Irol Iraslo l'mCf 10 lIlI II-C ref elY! /lce lJoll(J9t fUI"I,j sh~od oy the Q-C line
supply. Actu ~lIy t.he 1l0-v ... lt, GO-cycle, a-c line s upplies both of the
tran s forme r input s, out Ihe erro r '-o llllg\! in put to '1'1 IUDy be varied
in mllgni tude ' "r re.-en;l,<i in phMSI) with I"CSllI.'(!l to tIll" rdcl"enoo ,""It~/,'1) in pnt of T-2 or 'lIc:",~ of til\" ;oebyn o"nsfolmH. The p lurity
s i~ns 'U"e ..h"WII fOI' " pal1icuiu illsla"t.. It is IlSSIlI U...od thut there is
0.'9' .1 from
UNrYERSlTY Of MlCHK>l.N
!_.
crl
3ft
Or>c.>i . 11"""
uNrvnsm Of MICHIGAN
,rt
,,
,
I
..'
L..:~-===i=-=:-
tI'Nr~ ~!'.! . . . I m l~ id~w~ .., ~r"
_,"" IN.
the trllns f"tmet wimli,,)! ill St'ries with ncgllli" e ,oltuges c" " _ 1 hy
the chluges 011 CI IIIllI (.'2. Si",e CI lo a ... a grelller chlltg., 110,,,, <::'2.
the g r id of
is more negatin) tltlln 11",1 "f V4. T he I"eo! ult is Ih .. 1 V4
conducts more Ih lll1 V3. E<lu l, 1 t;lIn-en IS in the pl"le circuil~ of V3
Rnd \'4 won ld 1'l"Ollncl' e<11I1I1 Olll>Ol5illl,: fiehl ~ in tl", " m l'lid~ ne. M
Nhown h.' the 1II"1"",,"S lind Ihe n " lIlum li ... I,1 wuuld \.M' 7.Hn. H",,"en't.
whf' n V 4 '"(>I1rh ll"l ~ mUte hi''' vi IY I h" u \ '3. I h(N! is ~ 11<>1 fit hi !lux '111(1 t he
1I.11IJ1lidYIll' fllrll isheJ< IXI"(' r 10 thi' d t i .... motor. T" 1"III tl' Ihe drive
1111>1 nt ill I he ')P I" ",i I r rl i ",,1 i .. n. \'~ "m~ t ,"lIti "(>\ nWI~' I It 1111 V 4. Th i.~
.:()1tIIi,j"n is b,,,"!-!h1 ,,\.M'III b~ " n inl'''' i" l .. '1'1 inve rted in ph~ se fwm
the input MSI! UllH'( 1 in t he fUI..,going di80.:u ss;ull.
va
."
Or>9' .1 from
UNrYERSlTY Of MlCHK>l.N
(6) As 800n IS the drive mot.or baa rotati!d the antenna &0 that the
rotor .... inding of CTt ill again at right &lIgla to the mtor &eld, the
input voltage to Tt is again
and the drive motor stope. To pre
vent o't'ershooting of this final antl'Ma position, ... ith ita conaqoent
huntinc eft'ectB, a f~back 't'oltage is taken from the amplidyne output
terminals and placed acl'06S the 't'oltage divider R12. A portion of
this voltage a applied to resiBton RI and B2 in eeries by meUlll of
capacitor 0.. RIa and C8 comprise a filter net...ork to reduee ~ner
ator ripple.
(0) If, as In exlmple, the Implidyne vOltlge begins to build up IS
.. rewlt of In input voltlge from the 8I'Jsyn rotor, C4 starts to ehargtl
through RI Ind H2. 8inC1l RI is in the gt"id-eathode circuit of VI and
in eeries with the split secondary ... inding of the t.-andormer, any
-yoltage developed acr<Mli RJ appeanl III additionll grid volta. on
VI. The SlIDe is true of H2 .... ith I"efipe<:t to V2. The pollrity of the
feed.eIi: voltage is such 18 to lid the etror voltage whicb ie Ipplied to
the grids from the secondaries of Tl. The utra amplifier unhalanet
caused by the ffledback voltage is small at the start, but the effect is
cumu1ative. The faster the amplidyoe voltage incre'qa, the greater
the unbalance becomes to caUllS even further ineftue in output. In
tha manner the i.ntenna--drive motor receives ntra po...er to accelerate
the antenna turntable.
(7) Tlle charge on C4 reaches a muimum as the amplidyne output
voltage levels oft' to a substantially constant value, and the feedback
voltage drops to rero. As the antenna approachee the. final poIIition
required by the 6eld position of 02, the row .. of CT1 supplies a dimini.bing 't'oltage to Tl. Aa soon 18 this (lCCun capacitor C4 begins to
discharge through resistors RI and H2, and volt&gel are producM
ICf'088 RI .ad R2 ... hich IN the ruelee of thoee pi eBent during tM
charging of 04. The feedback DO.... tends to oft'8flt rather than to aid
the error volt. in the secondaries of Tl. The ""vented ft@dbaek
voltage resulting from thl'. dillChlrge of 04 redUC811 the amplidynt
output still further. Since the action a again cumulative, the result
is a rapid decrease of amplidyne output.
(8) With ft@dback potentiomet4'r RI2 properly adjusted, the output of the &/llpJidyne fall s to zero ill time to compensate for the inertia
of the driving motor Ind rotating antenna part&. In such CI88 the
-.utenna stope so that no trror voltage ill induced in the rotor of CT1
to unbalance the !l.mplifil'r further. If the amount of feedback, IS
determined by R12 i8 too grelt, the Intenna stops too soon, with the
rotor of CTI out of the zero voltage position. The drive motor then
starts up rapidly Ind a condition for high frequency hUlltinc i,
estahlished. On the other haRd, iNNfficient feedback prevents the
anti-hunt circuit from eurting ellough eifect to overcome inerti.., and
zero
...
0.'9'
~11n>m
UNIVERSITY Of "'J{HlGAN
A. QOndition of violent
h unting e&D also ariee if the feedback yolt&i6 is not of the proper
polarity.
4. M.e4I
(1 ) In BOrne instances the motion of ..
target may be such that its rate of eh.uge of bearing may be constant..
The operator can follow the ta rget by cOnt,inuous adj ustment of the
band wheel. but he will be able 00 concentrate better on the task of
observing the,9Cf'een if thE' antenna is kept on target by BOme mechan
ica l means. A. system for providing thia aided tracking is sbown in
tran-...
"
'"
I
"
!
I
I
., !
I
I
. . ......
figure 293. The rest of the a mplidyne !leI'VO system is shown only
in block fonn beeauee it is identical with the flervo ayatem in figure
".
crt
...
0.'9'
~11n>m
UNIVERSITY Of "'J{HlGAN
un-
(8) The antenna shift may be performed automatically by Nplacing Beisyn generator 02 (fig. 292) with diBerential selsyn generator
DOl, as !!hown in figuN 295. In G2 (6g. 292) the position of the
lI!ator field which establishes the antenna po6ition is determined only
by the mechanical position of the single-winding rotor which ill
turned by the hand"heel. In DOl (fig. 2911) the direction of the
rotor field can be varied by two melns : mecbanically by means of
the bandwheel, and electrically by meana of the voltagl!tll impnad
on the three rotor windings.
...
On9 .. oil"""
UNfIIERSITY Of '-'KHJ(,AN
...
Q,i.v, .1 """"
UNIVERSITY Of MlCHKJo.H
.'
r
.-'j'.-
"
-,
,,-
",.
"I
-!
1/.
,
Ii'
-.,
,- ,
-j '
-",-
!,
-!
!
I.
,~
.-,-
.'
the ~hip's gyro cumpass. Thu ij the N'lld ing on the outer din l opposite
the pointer i", the Irue bellring. In fi.l!"UN} 295, MI II nrl 01 form 0111'
indicator 6.vSII' IIl tnn ~mitlillg Il"tenrm """IiI ion, ftnd ltI2 and 02 form
Ihe sy~tems giving the gyro COlllpllSll I~i ti on.
0.'9'
.,I<om
UNIVERSITY Of MKHIGAN
"
62. YW').P.ASE
A~C
SERVO SYSTEMS.
.. Tw... ph._ a.e ._.er. (1) The output d rive motor in &
$t'('VO systtm should be u sily reversible and should have variable
~peed over Il fairly wide rllnge. Ordinarily, All a-c mot or cannot ful fi ll these requ irements compll'teJy because t.he range of speed cont rol
is limited. Rowel-et , the use of all Il-C motor mlly provide a much
simpler d rive system. especially whe re an a'e power 1j01II"Ce is available
and where some Qcrifice in range of speed control can be made.
(2) An a-c motor which can be adapted for serv()-sysrem use is the
two-phase induct ion motor. This mowr con~ i st9 of two stator wind.
ings spaced 90 eledrica.lly from eReh other and ei ther II. wound rooor
or a squirrel cage rotor. The latter type of rotor is proba bly the rnOllt
common. It consists of heavy conducting bars set into the ann.ture
sl018 and shorted by con(lucting rings at the ends. The schematic
Iliagram for such a motor ia shown in figure 296. The voltagtlf! fed to
the twu stator wind ings must be 00 0 out of phase. This 90" phase
MOf30'_44_
..,
21
Or>c.>i . 11"""
uNrvnsm Of MICHIGAN
,~.
n un
than 90", while the CUrt;ent through the other ooillags by an angle
1e8S than 90" because of the reactance of the winding. If a capacitor
the proper size i8 chosen, the current in the two windings ct.n be
made to bave nearly 90" phase dile1'\!nce., ..s required for the rotating
Seld.
(4) Since the ca ptlcitora required for induction motor applications
a1'\! large ilt size, an equivalent effect may be obtained by the use of a
of
T~ - "U
f(>r
,A...... plWIIl9.
smaller, higber voltage capacitor Md a 8Dlallauto-transform~. FigU1'\! 298 showl! the circuit frequently used. The .uto-transformer can
be regarded as an impedance changing devise which reduces the high
re.ctance of sm.ll capacitor between A and D to the lower retetanee of a large capacitor between A and B. The output termin.le uf
the auto-transformer and capacitor may be connected to points A and
B in tlgu1'\! 291 instead of the ".apacitor .Ione.
(IS) In order to give wider range of speed. control .nd better torqur
characteri!ltica for radar anteDoa-drive applications, it is p!:*Iible to
...
o,'gir I"""'
.JJ~f\I[RSlTY Of
MICHIGAN
make certain other modifications of the two-phase motor. These include increasing the resililanoe of the rotor bars Ind U96 of the stator
coil connections shown in fi~ 299 10 give mol'6 starting torque and
grelta rotor ,zip over the operating speoJ 1"&lIge6. This dilgrllm
dift'en; from that of figure '"297 in that the phasesplitting capacitor
is placed in parallel with one coil, and the comhilllltion is placed in
!!!eries with the seeund coil. The curNnt through coil 1 is made up of
the current that passes tbrough coil 2 and capacitor C via. thB autotransformer. Since the current througb too eapadtor is lellding the
current through coil 2, the totai curNlnt through ooil 1 leads that
through oail 2. The capacitor is chosen to gin approJ:imately a 00
phase shift between the-current in coils 1 and 2. ThUB, tbe desired
rotating magnetic field i.a produced. A motor so connected tende to
give a more constllnt. current input over its speed range, and a much
wider range in speed. The Iffidency, however, is relatively poor.
0
~"
aPlILE
l'/vtf~
1!IS.
f"w.
11._""
l/a/or"";l ...... ~mo:o...
.,..Ie....
Tw_p"_
...
Or>c.>i . 11"""
uNrvnsm Of MICHIGAN
for I.....,i,ioll control. T he hMs ic .... ..:l ll il"\.", "~1I1 s fOT ~1I<h II system lire:
.. lIlenns of II sing nil error si!,;"uill 10 "p ry all iml'etiulloo in series \I'i,h
the mOlOr in ordt'r to conlrol the speed, IIl1d II Ul(',ms of comparing
Ihll phM!M' of the er ror sib'lllli with a ['('ference vohab"e in orde r to
c<,mrollhe di,'t'Ction of rotll t ion of the 1I:010 r.
(2) The bloc!!: diagr,ulI of a Iyp ical sc,vo system in which II IWf,
ph ll 5e a-c llIul or is u!;('d I" [l I"O"idp II", ""lpU I l'"wpr is show n ill fi,:::ute
300. A 8elsYIl control 1l"Hllsformer. C'1'1 . i~ 1ISt'<1 to [lro,.jd~ 1111 p.rror
signal which is I'Ioporli""111 1o the di tr~nmce between th e II Clll,, 1
......
'."
.
~ ~ O'''''
+==:;-1
..
...........,
~,
..
",.....
.-,
:loSe
On9 .. oil"""
UNfIIERSITY Of '-'KHJ(Jo.N
I
1
I '"
I ,
,
-.,-,
.-,
!
~
-
il
-_'-1 - _ . -
:Jno..
~.Im,,,,
UNriERSITY Of MKHIGA~
CIO, .nd the reIa, closing coil is not energized. In this condition, the relay connecte the ph&8e-aplitting capacitor in aerillfl with
stator winding 82, causing the motor to rotate counterclockwise..
(6) It is deairable that the antenna approach the deaired poeition
slow)y 10 that it may eome to rest ",ithout exC? _. ive hunting. This is
accomplished by the U8e of 0.2 and R4 in the cathOde of V2.1. Capacitor 0.2 charges through V2.1 while the error signalanowa the tube
to conduct, but the e.pacitor mUllt discharge through R4 when V2.1 is
cut off. As the antenna approaches the desired position, the ampli.
tude of the error voltage decnl!! i 80 that the output of the biall
amplifier caueea the motor to dow down. At some time helon the
desired position is reached V2.l is cUt off becauSe of tha increr sed
voltage &Cf'OI!8 0.2. ThUB, the antenna must. coast toward iu ultimate
position.
(7) The R-C circuit in the cathode of Vi.2 h ... a aimilar dect on
the direction amplifier. As the error voltage decreases, the eharge on
CIO either builds up or d_y., depending on the direction of rotatien.
At the time when the antennl!. p&1IIJe& through the desired poeition the
relay mapa to ita other poeition, causing the motor to nverse to eounterac:t the inertia of the moving antenna. In awitching from one
poeition to the other, the B contacts on the nlay an momentarily
doeed. This action reducea the time conmnt of the discharge of C2
by Hhunting R6 aerOlJil R4, 10 that the billl! on V2.1 is reduced to appro~
imately ifll normal magnitude. The overtravel of the antenna cau_
an error voltage to be produced which energiUII the motor to bring
the antenna beck to the desired poeilion.
(8) The systA!m is purposely designed to operate with lIIDall overtravel because the eritical damping condition is too hard to maintain.
The amount of oveishooting that takea place is adjusted to a .tisfactory minimum by the setting Qf the bias amplifier senHitivity eontI'Gl
and the direction amplifier sensitivity control, RIS.
a.cr068
as
ea.
BV.IU.UUC IVB.
.. 5ie."ra). (I) Hydraulic IDfl:hoda of position control were
in use before the electrieal servo syalems were developed. Because
hydraulic systems are capable of controlling large amounta of power,
they are widely used to tum the ruddel'll of ship!! and to control other
heavy mechanisms. The hydraulic system haa the advantage of low
inertia in ite moving parts which enablet\l .. very fast responf!e to be
obtained. However, it hlU! the disadvantage that the ftuid system i..
di1lkult to keep in good working order. The high pressUrl.\ll involved
tend to cause lelb at rotating joint/!' and utNme temperatures afl'ei:t
the _
with which the hydraulic ftuid can ftow.
(2) The hydraulic drive con6ists _ntially of a high-pre88Ure
variable-ftow pump uaing lIOme ftuid Illlch Ill! oil and a hydraulic motor
...
Q,i.v, .1 """"
UNIVERSITY Of MlCHK'JIH
......
__ .
-............
......."
lIlay be changed by 1111 Hngle of liS milch 'IS 30' eit he r side of the main
dr ive ~haft C1' nh, line. T his IIl1gle (-IIUoWS the sm KlI p; stOIl~, Rtt llcllNI
to Ihe dri,e plole hy lmll"ml-soc ket juinls. to lIIu"" in nml out of th ..
hlock liS it rohles. The grellter the lIngl,. of tht: block. the longer t he
piston strokll; the slII"lIer the a"l;lc, Ihe ~ho rln ,lie stl"Okt:. AI ZPTO
" "gle Iher" i~ no relalil'" 1Il0tioli ht-tWt.... 1I t he I.i ~t <ln a nd the cyJiwl('r
block lIud Ih,, '~fOl~ no pUlIlping aCl iun. As the lingle of the block
I hrough zero 10 the oppo;;;le side of the drive-shll ft cen ter lill~.
the !xos ition of Ihe pistons dlan~'l'!l wi t h re;; lx-ct to the inlet li nd ou lII,t
],or1& T he piston whidl "":o ~ on cOln l'n"",~iull str"flk. is now on sucliun stl"Oke. This position chRn~<e I~sult s in II reverslll of direct ion u!
I he l'ulIlpiug :oc t iOIl.
1"'_
"no
O- t
'"~O
sUPPu
"'~
._n,u
TO IUtflllCAl.
COfIT-' SYSTE"
T~-""
with rttipect to the dril'e shaft. Other types of pWDJlII and moton are
in Ufle, but their principles of operation are in general similar to
those just discussed
... Appll_tt. . . . . .,."_"Ie "rI",," (1) A comparison of
the hydnulic drift and a simple Ward-Leonard drive is sho~ in
figure IQ. The controlled doC field aupply for the Ward;Leonard
...
0.'9'
~11n>m
UNIVERSITY Of "'J{HlGAN
"-
CD .THYRATRON
....
-"""...
o,,~,
.11,
1m
UNrVR5ITYOf MKH~N
0.>9' ~11n>m
UNIVERSITY Of "'J{HlGAN
sa,
the thyratron to conduct. Since the grid then loeea control, the tube
conducts to time Y when the platetocathode voltage beoomll8 80 low
that ionization ..nnot, be maintained The a-e grid voltage (fig.
806CD) ill of the lI&IDe frequency Mud in ph&l'lll with the a -e aupply to
Itff'flUDIT.
WHICH TUllE I '
TL-.MI
JI'4g" .... 3M.
QlMtrol
the tube plate. If the bias is kept the same, &8 well 18 the frequency
and magnitude of ea. but tb~ phaSl' is caused to lag the plate aupply by
46, the condi tion shown in figUI"'l! 806 reswts. The time .t which
the curve of til intel""lM.lCb that of el'. ill later than in figu~ 806@ and
therefore the tube cond ucts during leIIS of the half-cycle. In figure
...
Oti-v' .1 """"
UNIVERSITY Of MlCHKJo.H
806(!) the lag is 110" 80 that the point. of intt-uectioD of tu"flII ~II and eo
illllill farthu to the r ight, and the tube conductB over a still smaller
portion of theeycle. In fa~ at a lagging phillie angle of, for eumpla,
HO" (fig. 306(i) the grid 't"oltage is never P1!1ciently positive at, the
right time to CS U!:lt! the tube to cond uct at aU, The ea.me eHeet. ean be
~
Ij,
I'I,Mrt JOO,
COHlroi "f
...
t "
(j)
"o
"
~
">o
"o>
t,..
...
0ri9,""~
UNNoo.ITYOf ~{HiGII~
808 shows a motor-eontrol cil'CUit UlIing two thyra.tron&. VI provides current for one direction of Innltore rotation,
Ind V2 provides current for the oppmite direction. It ill quite important in this type of cittuit thlt only one of the tubes be permitted
to conduct at a time. If both grids Ire su!k:iently pmitive to fire
the
on both halves of the cyele, the annature is subjected to an
Ilternating current, IIld 8I!rious dlmage to the m!?for and thyratrons
may occur. TbeJleld supply remains find in polarity Ind magnitude
in this cittuit.
(11) Any eircuit, IItK!h IS aboWD in figure 808, ueing I .~l'Ite1y
ucit.ed field Ind supplying' l fairly large d-c motor, should have a
relay interlock arrangement. ThUll, if the Jleld supply becomes open(10)
Figu~
to_
e'
_ete. ""veo
...
0.'9'
~11n>m
UNIVERSITY Of "'J{HlGAN
tho QC ,"h llge III "lIch grid is IIdjUSIl'iI SH Ihlll Ill'i lhn ti ll,)(. (t>mhlds
ill the a\:ol;.en cil of a ll.igna l.
(8) T he motor is made 10 mia le by Ihe si gl1ll1 b"e nertlled in the lIIagneto. If the IlIllg UC(O i~ llll'ned cluckwise, II doC n'lt age is b..,lI"rlu",\
wh ich I~UC~'lI th" billS "II V I, lind there lore ca u~s V I to condnct ; i f
{he magnel" is III riled t'OUIl1 \rdockwise, I he onl p ut is o f OPI)(/Sile po lK1' _
ity, COI usi IIg V2 10 t'OlI dllCt.. Siuct' th" II \'\'l"~ ge c urr{'llt 81111plied to 1Ill'
armpturtl of the motor is d"IJe ndl'nt 011 t he frll ct ioll of Ihe cycle durill).:
whi ch til(> Ihyrl.II'On comluets. II grt'lIler outpnt from the II1l1gll('I"
CIIII _ II I"rb"er cu rrell t to I.ot~ SUpplil'<l j() lhe motor lJec"nStl the t ime o f
firing is IId" .. need loy this highn V('[ tllge. T hus, the flls te r the II1Rg~
nelo is I n rned. the f allt e r the 8 nt.t'lliUI I u rnl!.
Or;gor .11< om
UNIVERSITY Of MKHKiAN
APPENDIX
u. s. Xuy
~130' -H
...
24
On9 .. oil,.,.,.
UNWERSITY Of '-'KHJ(,AN
v~1.
."0
Overshoot.
Bandwidth. The number of cycll'S per eeoond npl"lSlling the dilerence
between limiting frequeneies at which the desired fraction of the
mazimum output is obtained (usually detennined by the half
power poi-nt in the frequency spt:<:trum). Term applied to receiven
or transmiUel'$.
Bait lim (ORT). The hoiir.ontal (or vertical) line formed by the
movement of the sweep on the A-scope.
0.'9'
~11ntm
UNIVERSITY Of "'J{HlGAN
Boot,trap drilJlJ1'. A special type of vacuum-Wbe circuit used to produce n square pulse wh ich drives the modulat.or tube. The dura
tion of the ~nan! pulse is determined by the pulse-fonning line. The
circuit is called a bootstrap driver because voltllg611 on both sid611
of the pulse-forming line are raised !imultanl'lOusiy with voltages
in the output pulse, but their relative difference (on both sides of
the pulse-forming line) is not alected by the conside rable voltage
rise in the output pulse.
B-rca'fl. Type of "~Illntion in which signal nppearIJ liS II bright
spot with u:illluth angle as the horizontal coordinate lind range
as the vertical coordinate.
B-uope. Se<' B-sean.
Oalihrafio-n marker. Su Range murker.
. Out tohi"ker. A wire which touchu the crystal in a crystal detector.
(Su Whisker.)
O(l.1)ity N!~oMt()r. A hollow metallic cavity in which electromagnet,ic
oeciUationa can e1:ist wilen properly eJ:cited. These determine the
...
0.'9'
~11n>m
UNIVERSITY Of "'J{HlGAN
e.,
0.'9'
~11n>m
UNIVERSITY Of "'J{HlGAN
Cry~tallmrn' c>ut.
rf power.
Cry~tal d~ lector.
"7
0..'9'
~11n>m
UNIVERSITY Of "'J{HlGAN
...
0.'9'
~Im.m
UNIVERSITY Of "'J{HlGAN
Dn9,""~
UNrYOOTY Of ~{HiGII~
001. Ground oontrol of.interception. The technique th.t is .ccomplished by coordin.tion bet...een a land-bued radar set and fighter
airuaft equipped with their own rad.r 1IdII.
OOL. Ground control of the l.nding of .ircraft..
'OAon ';[ffUJh. SignaJa .ppearing on the 8C~ of the radar indicator,
the cause of ... hich cannot readily be determined.
OL. Gun laying. Information supplied by GL equipment (ran~.
be.ring, and elev.tion) is uBeCI to direct gune .nd to control their
firing.
GUlk patA. The rad.r beam for Dying or instrument l.nding of
ircraft.
~. Su Noise.
Grid puhing. A circuit .rrangement of the r-f oecillator in ...hich
the grid of the oeew.tor ie biuecJ IJO negatively that no oeciU.tione
take pl.ce even "'hen pl.te voltage ia applied to the tube, and pul9jng
ia .ccomplished by removing 'hi! negative biu through the .pplication of a positive pul. on the grid.
O~-grid tf"iode mit sr. The triode in ... hich the grid forms p.rt
of grounded eleet1'08t&tic !JCret!n bet"'EJIln the .node .nd cathode.
It ia UlIed III mixer for centimeter .... velength..
Orovnd cWtU1". S Ground return.
OrotWl n~ Radi.tion ... hich ia reflected from the ground .nd ia
returned 18 an echo to the radar set.
0 -1CafI. A single signal only, .ppearing 18 bright apot on which
...ings gro... 18 the distance to the target is diminished. Amnuth
.ngle .ppears 1& the horizontal coordin.te, elevation .ngle ." the
nrtical coordin.te. This hlB bun ' referred to as M.rk V1
indication.
O-.copt!. S ee G-III":an.
Ovide VHWeUmgth. The .... velength of eifdromagnetic energy conduded in a ...aveguide. The guide .... velength for .n air-filled
guides ill 1l1....ye greater than the corresponding hee-ap~ ....."ftlength.
Ouilkmin. line. The net ...ork ueed in high-level pulse modulation in
generating. nearly squ.re pulse ...ith sttep rille and fall.
OyrofCO"fH. An instrument ... hich utili_ .. rotating ma/16 to maint.in
a st.ble equilibrium.
B t lical.JCantdng. The fleanning motion in ... hich a point on the r-f
beam deecribefl a distorted helix. The antenna rot.tes continuously
about the vertical nis ... bile the elevation .ngle chan," 1I10...1y
from the horizontal to the vertical.
Bollott:J '7XJ o,cillator. Btl! Cavity reaonator.
Homing. The process of flying to.... rd a transmitting station by
means of A radio direction finder or radar. AltiO homing on ..
target in .. radar -equipped .ircraft.
n.
\....(
0.'9'
~11n>m
)~ I( _ _ --"
UNIVERSITYOf"'JCHlGAN
Born radiator.
0.'9'
~11n>m
UNIVERSITY Of "'J{HlGAN
ST.
similar to mirage elJec~ observed with visible light, cln tlLke pillce
under oertain'atmospheric conditions.
LiM-<J/-rigAt .tabil~ A method of oompensating for roll and
pitch of the veseel or aircraft by changing the elevation of the spinner in oroer to keep the radar beam pointed at the horizon.
Lobf! plJitching. DinlCting an r-f beam rapidly back and forth between
two poeitioIllJ,. Uaed for lIXurate dinlCtion finding.
LOfXJl ~()1'. Radar operator's indiClltor IS contrlUlted with nwote
indicator for pilot or navigator.
Locking. (1) Controlling the frequency of an oecillator by means of
an applied signal of constant frequency.
(2) Automatic following of larget, by I radar antenna.
Lom1\. Radio system for long-range navigation.
LOllI'!! UM. A cable having large attenuation per unit lengtb.
L-lleaA. .A modification of type A -sean for aiming a double -lobe sYIItern in azimuth (elevation). A vertiCal (horizontal) time switch
indicatee range. The signal from the left (lower) lobe Ippean as a
horizont.1 (vertical) deft~tion to tbe left (downward) ; the ~ig
nal from the right (upper) lobe as a horizontal (vertical) deflection
to tbe right (upward). The ratio of signll.! amplitudes is indicative
of the error in homing. British Mark IV.
L-/ICOpe. SUI L-scan.
iflagndrtm. .A transmitter tube which produces the mll in pulse of
ultra-high fl1lquency energy . The 80'11' of electrons is controlled by
an applied m.gnetic field.
Main, bang. See Transmitter pulse.
Jiain puUe. See Transmitter pulse.
Malter mn/tivibrator. A HIIISler oscilhltor us ing mjlltivibralor circuit.
M(JJJU r ()8Cillator. A timing oscillator which controls other ci rcuits.
Matching diaphragm. A window consisting of an aperture (slit) in a
thin piece of metal, placed transversely across the waveguide; used
IS a matching device. The orientation of the slit (whether parallel
1(1 the long or short dimension of the waveguide) deienninos whether
it is res~tively eapacitive or inductive.
Il(Nally 'ube. A local oscillator tube. A single-c&vity, velocitymodulated tube, the frequency of which may be controlled over wide
ra nges by electrical methods. (See Klystron.)
Meqocycle. One million cycles. Often used conversationally to mean
m~gaeycl6S per second.
N icroucond. One-millionth of a second.
Mkrowavu. Radio waves, the lellgth of which is less than appro:limately 1 meter.
Mizer. The stage of a micro wave amplifier circuit, into which the signal voltage and a voltllge from a local oscilllltor are fed, and from
...
Or>c.>i . 11"""
uNrvnsm Of MICHIGAN
which the i-f cornell out to the first stage of the i-f amplifier. Common miIers are crystal mixers and diade miJ:ers. They are mad~ in
such a form that they can be insened in the transmiBSion li~es which
are Uli0d for the r-f circuits.
Mock-up. (1) A dummy airplane built for study of structural and interior arrangements prior to the construction of a real model.
(2) A dummy radar set, or part of a set, built for a preliminuy
study of the arrangements of oomponent&
Nodf!. Difrerent t)'Pffi of electromagnetic waves that may be sustained
in & given resonant system. Each type of vibration is deeignatl
as & particular mode, and has itt! own particular electric and
rpagnetic field configuration.
Modulator. The part of the radar set wbich oontrols the appliClltion
of plate voltage to the tranl!lTlitter.
lIodld4tordriver. See Driver.
MQf1itor. To perform a cheek on a given system by measuring or observing voltages, or waveforms, or recurrence rate.
Moniu)ring anUonna. Used to pick up r-f output, for purposes of
checking the system.
Y-uan. A modification of type A-8C1n for accurate rangtl finding.
A horizontal time sweep is displaced slightly vertically stepwise.
The signal appears as a vertical deftection of the time 8weep. An
auxiliary device for ccmtrolJing the phase of the signal or tbe step
is used w bring them into coincidence, at which point the device
registel'S range.
Y-lCOpe. Su ]4-lI('an.
Ntdtivihrator. A form of relantion oscillation, essentially .. twostage amplifier with feedback. Will oscillate of its own accord, or
lH a l'IlIlult of the application of an eJ:wnaJ synchroni:cing voltage.
Naile. A random voltage appearing at the output terminals of the receiver with no impr@53ed signal, if the amplifier bas sufficient gain,
On the A-scone, noise appean as random spikes (grass) on the
sweep line. It is due w random motion of electrons in the grid
circuit of the fint amplifier tube , to 8nctuations in emission, shock
noise at the plate, etc.
.
North-liobilized PP[. Usffi in conjullction with a gyro compaSfi, to
keep the PPI pauern oriented to tlue north, and does not cbanga
when the direction of the ship or airc~ft siten. (See Azimuth
stabilized PPl.)
N'8can, A I'Ombination of type K and M -sean.
N-8COpe. Su N-scan.
Overllhoo!. An I'J:ce.;sj"e potelllial IlltainM by a portion of the main
body of a pulse. Compare Back swing and Tail.
...
0.'9'
'1..,(
~11n>m
OU'n dip'. Cl)Vr6~ bU6 (0. S. 0.). The able which feeds the output
of a selsyn generator controlled by the ship's gyro oomplS!! to the
radar set for producing indication of true bearing.
.
P"ntograph (radar). System for transmittipg and aut{)matirally rl'>'
cording data from CRT to a rem<lte point.
Paraboloid. A rel\ecting surface fonned by rotating a I)arabola ,bom
ita &:lis of symmetry. Paraboloidal reftector or dish.
P~aking circuit. A circuit used to sharpen .. wave of any form,
wherel.ll a differentiating circuit is duigned to sharpen a squar.e
wave.
Pencil beam. A radar bellm in which l"nergy is C(ln6ned to a narrow,
approximately conial ponion of HJlal.
P~1lCil miur. A form of crystal mixer.
PhaMtron. A precision delay circuit.
PhanWm gnaz" S ee Oh08t. signals.
p!umttnn target. Su Echo box.
POI. Expanded PPI presentation.
Piu b~ anti'lnn4, A DBrrow cylindriclll parabolic antenM. with plain
parallel ends.
Pip. A tenn used to designate a Ilignal or 8~ia l ma.-ker on the A.
scope type of p~ntntion.
PkAn rtptaler indicator. 8~e Remote indicator.
P'at~ pu/6iflg. A ci~uit arrangement of the rf oscillator in which
the plate voltage is normally reduced to sucb a low value or completely removed, so that no current flows w the plate llnd no oscillations oc=r. A pulse equMi 00 tbe full plate voltage is then introduced in series with the plllte. Oscil1l1ti01U; begin and IMt for the
duration of the pulse. This circuit requi.-'l's a modulator <'Ilpable
of supplying full plate power.
Plumbiflg. A term used to designate wa.veguides or COllrial lin e>! and
accessory equipment for the transmission of r-f energy.
Plunger_ Su Wllvegnide plunger.
Polyp/eiDer (aircraf t). A system for oombiniflg the OI>f'rlltiollS of
both duplexing and lobe switching in certain radar equipmenta.
Polyrod anten fla. An Ilnlenna in which the radia.ting element is a
rod of polystyrene. Similar to the D<,tion of \I ll'aky waveguide.
'Potted liM . A pulse-forming network immerseq in oil and inclosed
in a metal container.
PPI-nxm. Plan position ind icator. The sweep is a radius of the tube
face (from center 01 face), Ilnd moves al'Ol.lUd through 360. It
gives azimnth by dir';;t ion of the ntdial line. and range by the distance of the signal from the center of the screen.
PPJ-ICOpe. Su PPI-8ClI.u.
.n
Dn9,""~
UNrYOOTY Of ~{HiGII~
.
Pre4mpUfolr (pnI-4mp.). A. small unit containing the first. two or
three stageII of the ltdfoT rooeivu. It is located near the mixer 10
t~ tlH! jt ligna] is at high enough 16ftl to be transmitted over
appreciable dist.~ tp the remainder of the ~ver without being
al!'ected by extnneous noiae.
p~ IVJU'P. A lillian portion of norma] sweep, llIIUaUy 2,000
yards, seJected and u.:panded over the entire IICreen in order to
permit precise range measurements.
fru~ The form which the radar echo signals are made to
take on the CRT IICI'\'JIIJl, which is dependent upon the nature of
the sweep circuit utilized. Enrnpl~ : A.-acan prnntation, PPI
scan preeentation, etc.
p,.~ ~e. 8u Range.
Prururiud oomporunt. The filling of a radar component with dry
air or other pees at .. pressure greaUr than &tmospheric. Ita
purpoee is to prevent breakdown of the component It high alti
tudetl, and to protect against transmission Ie : ] 28 call8ed by materiab
in the atmosphere, such 88 dirt and water.
'
PRF. PulIl8 recurrence frequency. (&e Repet.ition rate.)
Pwibe. A projecting rod plated in the 8lotted section of an r' line
and used to piek up rt energy,
in the determination of standing.
,
wave ratio.
,
P-IICIM. Se~ PPI_ee ID
P~C(Jpe. Su PPI __ n.
Pul.e. A sudden chlnge of voltage or cnrnnt of ebort duration.
~ ampli~. Video amplifier which amplifies th~ pu..!. wlveform
withQUt miterillly I'eeling ita shape.
PvlH 01illat0f'. An oaeillitor which is mlde to operlt~ repetitively,
uflUIlly at alow-duty eycl~ (i. e., hiving the puhlee short compared
with the intervals between them).
PvlIe-/Dmlmg Une. A combination of inductors I nd capacitors used
to produce I &quare pulse of controlled dun.tioo.
PvlIe-fMdtdation 'Y,tt m. Radlr system in which ths tnnl!lllitter if:
turned off before th~ re8eeted energy Irrives back from th~ tarrt.
Pvh, rate. Se, Repetition rate.
Pulu f'e~titWn !r-tfJVlC!l. Su Repetition rate.
PTJlN trunI!omter. A specill transformer df'Signed to have I fre
queucy f'eIlponse mitable for pusing a pulse without mlterialli
altering its shape.
Pulu 1J1idth. The time duratioo of I pulse IS meleUrOO. at half
amplitude.
.T.
l lQ,k
On9 .. oil"""
UNfIIERSITY Of '-'KHJ(,AN
Range. Distanee from the radar set to the object giving an ooho.
Ro,dar ~d ~. A combination lIynchroecope and oseilloecope pro
vided with f&.!lf, sweeps, which enables the examination of waveforms
and voltages throughout the radar set..
R~. A gsneral. name for radar turrets which inc1096 antenna
aa<M!mblies.
R ange mark. A mark on the CRT aereen whidl indicates distances
from t.he radar 8Ilt of the various echoes appearing on the 8I(ll"OOn of
tReCHT.
Rapid 8C4nniflg. The U86 of narrow beama in the horisontal plane,
scanned 10 cycles per second or higher for applic.tion to gun.laying
radar.
RaU of change of Dl!aMng. Bearing rate; azimuth rate. The rate at
which bearing (true or compass) is changing with respect to time.
as a result of relative motion bet1l'een target and antenna po~ ition.
It may be stated in degloP per second, or in other units of angular
measure.
RiZU of change 01 CompMl Dearing. The rate at which compass bf.ar
ing is changing with respect to t ime, as a result of relative motion.
Ratl! of change 01 tl'm beuring. True bearing rate; uimuth rate. The
rate at .... ltich true bearing is changing with respect to time, as a
rem it of relative motion.
ROM. Radar counte r measures.
RDI'. Radio direction finding. British abbreviation for radar.
Receiver gating. Applying operating voltages to one or more stages of
intermediate frequency amplification in a receiver during that part
of a cycle of operation when reception is desired.
R!O'IJery timlh (1) Of receiver: The time required for the receiver
to recover to half llensitivity~ after the end of the transmitted pulse.
(2) Of T-R switch: Time required ~fter an r-f pulse has fired
the gap in the T-R switch, for the received signal to reach half its
muimum ampJit.ude.
R eaurNJ1ICe rate. See Repetition rate.
.
R efert1lCe voltage (servo systems) . The a-c live voltage used to deter.
mine the in. pha9ll or 180 G out-of-phRSe condition of the selsyn error
voltage in order to provide .. directional sense to the servo system.
R~fkz klY8tron. Su Klystron.
R elativll Dearing. Bearing measured relative to the heading of vil-'lSill
or aircraft. Measured clockwise from 0 0 to 3600
RIl11l()te indicator. Additional indiutor located at .. station remote
from the operator's equipment.
RepetitUm.lrequency. See Repetition rata.
RepetitUm. rate. The rnte (usunUy given in cycles per second) at which
pulses are trallBlllitted from the radar set.
0.'9'
~Ilrm
UNIVERSITY Of Mi{HIGAN
'1ItlfI,.
SN
Cavity
~nator.
B t lpD'M(YI'.
periodically.
RoWing joiN A device for permitting one lIflCtion of tunamillfrion
line to rotate continuously with rf!llpoot to the other and stillllllm
lain electrical continuity.
BTB ~ Su I -lICln
RT bOlt!. Su Anti T R switch.
RT rttJi/cA. See Anti-TR hitch.
8-. U. S. Navy prefix to de&ignate shipborne &lelreh radar. Examples: SA, Be, SJ, etc.
Sand load. An attenuator uled 18 a terminating section to dissipate
power. The aplce between the inner and outer oond uctors of I
oouililine or in I wlveguide is filled witb I ..00 Ind carbon mi..zture which lets 18 I characteristic impedence.
Satwrohd ngnal. The muimum possible signal thlt mlY be obeerved
on a 8OOp& due to ..turation limiting in the video output of the
receIver.
8a:zaplwM. A vertex-fed linear array antenna giving a ocsec'ntlICluared radiation pattern.
Scanning. The procese of directing the r f energy mt( ively over
aU pointe in. given region or spa06.
SOl. Ship-oontrolled inten'tption. Compare CCL
SOR. U. S. Army prefix for SiPlai Corps radio and radar equipment. Examples: SCR-268, SCR- 582, etc.
Sl<lrd.light control rodar (SLe). Equipment for directing . .reb
lights onto aircraft. Pe~ite making interceptions by illuminating
the aircraft. AlllO permits accurate antiaircraft lire through optical
tracking.
75F
8..
Q,i.v, .1 """"
UNIVERSITY Of MlCHKJo.H
.,.
Or'gir I"""'
UNfIIlRSlTY Of MICHIGAN
SUlnt range. The di$tance from II poaition on the ground to an aircraft
or to any other object not at its own level. Used in contrast to
ground range.
Slotted ucti.m. A slot in a transmission Jine along wbkh probe i8
moved, to meaau re standing. wave ratio.
Sparkgap. An arrangement of two electrodes between which II disruptive discharge of eleetrieity may take place, and such that. the
iru;ullltion is self-restoring after the PAssage of II dillCh.r~
Spark-gap modulat(J1'. A modu lator in which the high.current switch
takes the fonn of a spark gap. The spark gap may be either 01 the
triggered or the rotary type.
Spark-~ modulator. See Sparkgap modu1ator .
Spectrum analyur. A test instrument used to show the diStribution of
thtl energy oontained in the frequencies emitted by pulsed magnatroIlll; to measure the Q of I;1!SOnant cavities or lines; lind to mn"'lre
the cold impedance of magnetron.
Spinner. The antenna assembly, including .ntenna, nfteetor, mount
for the Ntlector, motors, etc.
Spiral 'canning. A type of antenna rotation in which a point on th&
rf beam traces out a spiral. Only a small !le<:tor in the desired direction is illuminated.
.
Spun burrtll "fl~dor. A type of Ntlector used for producing a beam
narrow in Ilzimuth, which illuminates fairly uniformly a wide strip
of terrain.
"&qwtMbu wootguilk. A waveguide used in rapid scanning, the dimensiona of which can be altered periodically.
SBl'. Ship to surface vessel. Radar to detect IlUrface vessels from
patrol llUrface craft:.
8tobil~ati(ffl. (radar) . A system for maintaining II. radar beam in ..
de8ired direction in space de8pit8 the roll and pitch of the ship or
aircraft..
StobIe element. A gyroscopic instrument which maintain!! a true vertical, and develops angles of deviation of the ship's deck or aircrdt
from the true horizontal. It normally develops roll angle and pitch
angle, or level and cross level. The stable element provides input
data to ..11 computers or stabilization systems.
Stofldj"g _ t o The resulting wllve from the electric variation in a
circuit caused by periodic e:xchange of energy between current and
voltage fonns without transmi R$ion of enHIO'. In a radar set, ..
wave passing down tbe transmission line and striking an obstruction
or meeting a mismatch is reflected and returns up tbe line. The
reflected wave combines with the initial radiant wave to form the
standiug wave. Such standing waves result in increased 1. S,
and should be kept to a minimum
...
o,'gir I"""'
UNfIIlRSlTY Of MICHIGAN
8tanding-w~
sa.
0.'9'
~11n>m
UNIVERSITY Of "'J{HlGAN
Tim~.
Thill part of the radar set that initiates pulse tranlilllission and
synchronizes this with the beginning of indicator sweepa, I_iming of
gates, range markers, etc.
T.jtl.fWtitm. The section of the transmission line between the trans
mitter to the antenna where it is joined by the tralll:lmission line
from the receiver.
Tracking. Keeping the radar beams, or the cross haits of an optical
system, Bet on .. target.
Train.. To aim or direct the radar antenna in a horizontal plane.
Tr<I-ml-rectWe. Se, T -R switch.
Trannnitter puuc. The main tronsmitted pulse, in a radar set. On
the Ascan, it appears &8 .. sIrong vertical pip at the enreme left
end of the sweep.
Tr"'fl.lp(inder. The unit of the IFF system which receives the interrogator signal and nutomalically transmits the reply.
T-R bolt. 8U! T-R switch.
T-R 81hitch_ TraIUlmit-rK'I'ive switch. A switch whicb prevenf.!l the
transmitted energy from getting to the receiver, but aUows the
rece ived energy, which is much we-ker, to reach the receiver without appreciable loss. This is nece9l!IIry when the 8I.IIIe antenna is
used for both trnnsmiSllion and reception.
Trigger pul". A pultlll which stnrts IL eyde of operutio!".
Triggemi ~par" gap. A fixed spark gllp in wh ic h the discharge passes
between two eledrodes and is struck (Slllrted) by a subsidiary
electrode, tll6 triggu, to which low-power puillell an! applied at
n!gular iutervals from .. pube nmplifier; thus closing the switch.
Triggatrrm_ High-pressure trigger spnrk-gnp modulator.
Trip. 8ee Trigger pulse..
TrtU bearing (azimuth). Benring ml'tlsuted rehltive to true north.
The angle formed by the intersection of the line-ol-sight and the
true meridian passing through the observer's pusition. Measured
clockwise at th e po~ition of the observer from the north poillt of
the hori ron; from 0 to 360".
True-bearing rtJ.t~. See rate of change of true bearing.
Truncated paraboloid. A paraboloid in which a por:tion of the top
and bottom have been cut away in order to brooden the radar beam
in the vertical plane.
1'1l1Ulble echo bOfll, An eo::ho bos: consisting of an adjustable cavity
operating in a single mode. If culihl-sted, the setting of the
plunger at resonance will indicate the wavelength.
Ttlrndile antenfla. Consists of two linear antennns-lying in a planf,
and crossing olle another without eleetricnl contllct lit their centers.
If the angle between the two is 90, the length of each hall a wave-
...
0.'9'
~11n>m
UNIVERSITY Of "'J{HlGAN
...
On9 .. oil"""
UNfIIERSITY Of '-'KHJ(Jo.N
badel<
'",
,
..,
aa,
(1)
.60
430 (6)
'""
to,
"
"
".
:A (3)
2c: (1)
2e (2)
____ _____________________________________ _
" '0
Amplidyoe:
[hive ____ ____________________________________ __
Mb
0>-
Ampliller
:
Bootatrap
__ ___________________________________
Grounded grnL ________________________________ _
~b
Ov~ve.
'M
""
2M ( I)
22e (3)
Vldeo _________________________________________ _ 180. (3), ~
ISh, 2~f
Angu!&raccu naey ______________ ___ ____ _______ ____ ___ _
R_'__ ________________________________________ __
'"
Antenna:
Bent dipole . ____ ________________ ... ______ _______
41d
C iNlu i&r array_ ___ __ __ __ ____ __ __ __ __ ____________ _
41d
ControlcINluiL ___ . ____ ___ ._. ___ __ ___ ._______
:we (4)
Double lobe By,te", ______ . __ ______ __ _____________
!M:
DuaL __________ . ___ . ______ _____ __ ____________
39&
Efllcle ....y __ ___ _ ______ . _____________ ___ ______ ._
35b
Feed
ITh,37
Fl'.,e-flpacc p&ttern ____ __ _______ __ . ___ __ __________
6a (2)
J-type_ . _______ __ . _ _. ___ ____ ._ _
4lb (2)
Low ",.itch l"l. __ ___________ __________________ . _39&, b, e, 40
____
40b
41
17e
$a (3)
n"""I"ing pattern _ _ _ _ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ _
Rotatlnfl meeha"i.m __ ____ __ ._. _ _ __ __ __ ____ _
17d
Single lobe '}"Item __ ____ __ ___ _________ _._
~b
Spinner _____________ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ _______ __ _
24e (2)
Stacked dipole __________ ____ ___ _____ __ _. ___ lid (I), (2)
S",iteh ________ _________________________ __ _____
lie
Tilted _________ _. ___________ _________________ 6b (I), (4)
Trar .. mllting_. _______ ___ . _____ _________ __ _ .___
17e
Tum,tile_ _______ ____________ __ ___ _ ____ __ __ _____
41e
...
On9 .. oil"""
....
UNfIIERSITY Of '-'KHJ(Jo.N
...
411, 52
57, 107
'"
'"
'00
,
'",
41, IS7
lO
'"
209, 213,
2111, 223
'"
m
",
.,
'00
""
","
12, 13
Anlenna-eo"t ill"cd.
Vertloal ,iipolc _____ . ___ . ___ . ______ . __ __ _____ ____
P",""""",,
flb
Yo.gI __ ____ _. _. __ . _ . ____ _____ __ ___ _________ ll d (l J, (3)
"-
'""
'"
.,
'"'"
''''
."
112a (4 )
lie (2)
A&lmutb:
Det.enninatioll _______ __ __________ _______ ____ _
S~p
__ __ ___ __________________________________ _
""
""
'"
m
,,.
28, 252
'"m
'"
,,,
'"
13n, 14:::',
2~6
'"
"
".
7
668; (3)
8b {lJ
Me (3)
""
,o.
..
,."
,,,
'"
'"
'"
""
>3'
''""
2V, 252,
..,.."
m
"
'"
""
Or>c.>i . 11"""
. uNrvnsm Of MICHIGAN
...
,~.
Circuit bre&ker . ..
CIrcuIt oontrol "'lay _. _____ _. _. ____ . ______
Circul.r .,.,..y .. . .. . .. . . __ ...
Commercial power OOll ' ee __ . . . _.. _. __ __
Conleal _n_ . __ ___ ___ . _____ ___ ____ ______ __ ... __
O IJ-cen].er dipole ..... .... .. _. . .. _ . _
W.vcgu lde_ _. _ . __ .. ___ __ ____ .... . _
Cont&etoro __ __ ____ . _ _ . . ___ .. ___ _ . __ . _. _____
Control circuit .. .. . . .
A.ote ....... __ _ . _. _. __ _. _. _ . . __ .
Control device_ _ _. __ . __ _ _. ___ ____ .'. _. ___
Control relay . __ .. . __ . . . _._
Control u-.....tormer . .. . . ... _.
Coupling loop . __ .. _. _.. _._
Cryltal en,",nt meter __ _____ ________ ____ . _ _. ___
C ryatal mlx.... _. _ .. __ . _ . . _ . .. _.... ..
Me (2)
''''
u,
33b
<0
<Ob
,.'"..
"
"
'"
...
Ue (4)
24c (3)
Uc (5)
2:;e
"-
""
"'"
'"
'33
'"
,,.
,,,
,,,
..
'00
'OS
''"
33
"'"
104
c-.n ___ ____ ..... .................. .. _.. . . . . . . 1300:, 4Sa (4 ) , b3 30.252.280
C. W""""" __.. ... . ... . __. ... . . __ ___ . _. ___ __ . ....... .
Sa
3
""
''''
"
'"
,..
.,
Exciter $C14yn .. . . .
EIlP.. nded
Extern ..1 ph ... ing . . __ . .
~'~
F-' "y.u,m:
Coaxial line ... _ . __.
3M
\....(
)~I
0.'9'
~11n>m
UNIVERSITY Of "'J{HlGAN
,,,
96, 112
'00
'",
"""
'"
'"
"""
""
,,,"
,,,
,U
"
""
...
"
""
,,.
'"
,.
"
".
,
'"
'"
59b (8)
'"
''""
'"
M,I07
",
24b (3)
303
Ub
'"
r....oTwo-win:
.yotem-co
..tlnued.
open line _________________________ ____ _
___ __ ___ ____ ___ _____________ _____ _
Fil'l! eoDtmL . __ . _. ___ ._. _____ ._._ ______ __ . ____ _
Fi~ed .anBC! multe . _______________ . _. _ . ___ ._ __
Fi~ apuk . sap modulator . _ . _____ . _. ___ . _____ . __ ___
F. M radaI" _____ ._ _ ____ ___ . _ ... __ _ . _.
Functional dlagram _________ ___ .. ___________ __ ____ ._
FU8e _____ __ ___ ._ _._ . __ . __ . . ____ __ __ ___ _
Wav~lde
...
'- '",
...... '"
"'
"
.."",
37,
370
2b Ii)
36'
3b
b& (3)
b& (3)
b& (3)
aM
2.5d (6)
'01
""
""
"7
.,
",.
Inve ~r
38& (3)
22c (2)
:l:lc (41
20. (3)
43c (5)
3M (41
6Ck: (II)
U7
".
'"
'"
".7'
,
"
237
'"
'"
'"
a"
",
47, 107
'"
,,,
'""
252
14, 27
117,131,
67, 6tI
'Of
'"
",
1{1a (2),
48& (2)
'"
43b (3)
13b (2)
",
."
4tb (2)
38e (4)
o,,~,
18i1
.11, om
UNrvR5lTYOf MKH~N
'"
'"
'"37
,,,
'"
,,,
""
'"
..,
del.a." ~
,- ,-.
'"
'"'"
.
"
.."" ".
Ilk' (I)
2r...(2)
78
17b (2)
.'.""
30b (3)
30b (Q)
30b. n
ISb (3). d
Klyfltron . .
'50
""
'"
,a
'"
'"
''''
",.
213.21 Q
~2.113
251> (3)
~7b
24U
MD.fInetron . __ __ _______ __
23b.34o
84.IIIU
lilil\ (1)
2113
oecU1l.to. .. ..................................
22b
75
Mut~r
N......,.
011'
...
2e (I)
.
...
..."" '"""
'"
25. (2)
.Ob
liM (3)
o.eUlator:
Muter_. _""" ... . . _... . __ . .......... ....... . . . . .
N.. ~.t,ive tr.lI8OOndllctanee . .. _. _. _. _....... _...
PilaM>-ohlfL .. . ..... ......... . ...... ......
n, bl""kin~ _. __ ....... ...... .................. .
10.,28
...
Shoek-eJlclted . ...
On9 .. oil"""
UNfIIERSITY Of '-'KHJ(,A N
,
""
'"
'"
,,.
'"
IQ.I22
'"
"'"
_._.o...
PhMe
"
<6'
127. 128
"
307
'"
"
'""
3ib (3)
''''
.,.
,""..
I h il~:
Powet:
Average __________ __ ____________ __ _____________ _
138, 165
lie (1 )
~r
'.
I'ar8pw.pb
'"'"
"
""
".
50b (2)
56e (3)
35d (4)
'"
,~
<7
lie ( I )
"
""
'"
'""
""
'"
Power l upply:
C.thode-BY t ube ______________________ ____ __ ._
Comme n:iaL _____ ___ _______________ ____ ._. _____ _
Com I>OUe nt.e _____________ ___ _____ ____ __ __
D i>ltribu l io,, ________ ___ _._ _...... __ __ __ ____
14.
D y"alDotor __ . ____________ __________ ___ ___ ._. ___ 66d (2)
F uucti..,, ___ ____ __ _ . __ .. _._._._ . _ . ______ ___ 7b (I ) . 'lOa
l: " ~ ine-driven g.o.ner.tor . __ . _. _. _ __ __ ______ __ __ __ _
55c
I nd icator _. _. _. ___ . _. _____. _ . . _ ... _ ._. __ .... __
20<1 . 261
M odiC,,,,, tionl ____ __ ____ . __ __ ___________ ____ __ __
20e
Pri",.ry _____ ___ ___ _____ __ __ ... . . _____________ ._
55
2011 , 25h
R e""iver __ _ _ .. _ ..... _ .. . ____ ___ ....... __ __
R ectifie r ____ . _. _. ______ ___ . _. ____ __ _____ _ __ __ __
551
R c ~ " I .to r ___ _._ . _._. _______ __ . _. _. __ _
66g
n otary .. on veru r ________ ___ _ . ___ .. ___. _. _. ___ . _
55d
T .. nomitt<l r _.. .... _ ... _ . ____ _ . _ _. ___ _ ____
n . 239
Vibr.tor ___ _. _______ __________ . __ __ . __ __ _ __
Me
PI'I..., ....,'- _____ ___ ____ ____ _____ . _ __________ 131, 4&0. (2), 54
14, 70
'"
72. ll S
72
'"
'"
72. 108
293
"7
70. 8~
'"
'"
26e (4)
""
'"'"
""
1111 , 165,
2Sd ( I)
30, 252.
,.
271
'"
"
<7,
.. ..."
0.'9' ~'In>m
UNIVERSITY Of "'J{HIGAN
16, 39
,-~
PulaiIl3:
Pulb-puU
",'~p
'"
33b
"b
10.. (f )
24b (2)
f5c ( 2)
,. ,."
2e (3)
2~
('l)
2<: (I)
..
2b (lJ
F i"" co"tl'<>1.
I"M ___ ___ __ . _. .
GCI . _.............. _. _.. _......... _____ .....
""0
IFF .. "_ ' _. __ ___ _.. __ _
2d (1)
Prineiple .. ...... .... .... .............. ........ .
Ob
8eareb ___ __ ___ _ ___ _ 2& ( I) , (4)
"
R..di .. to.:
melectrie .... ........... ... .................... lid (I), (6)
ltd
..
Ills (6)
.,
'"
",
6Od" "'"
60
4,g", (3)
........
."
""
...
t ,
o.. ~,
"",..3d"
""
"",.
7b (1) , 12
,.
181 (3)
...,..
.11, om
UNrVR5ITYOf MKH~N
,.."
,,
,,
~",
,
,
,
"
f
.
.......
70
'"
'"
""
'"
'"'"
.... '"
'"
'"
'"
'""
...",n
...
'"
",."
"".
10'
'"
''"
.......
351
48.t.
69b
DilJe~nU. L
59b (I)
3.5e
29
2-tc (2)
(I), (2)
24b ( I)
87b (2)
ISb,25a
45
2a (.f)
sw....p:
-'"
'"
'",
'"
'"
313, 314
323 .
'"
'"'"
'"
10(/,311
109,311
."'",,,'"
....n'"
,,,
'"
'36
OS.
'"
12, 13
101, 2M
,,,
'",
'""
'"
300
no
'"
".
'00
,.
'""
'",
110, 100
e2, 71)
"
,,,
'", '"
68, '"
...
Or'gir I"""'
UNfIIlRSlTY Of MICHIGAN
116
S..,.ecp--C.lntin lIed_
MultivibraWr ______ ___ _. ______________________ _ Potent.lQmeter ___ _____ __________ ._._. __ ______ _
~~
Ik
'"
""
""
(4)
26b (6)
31b (I)
.Me (3)
26e (3)
24.e
24.e
24 ..
(I ),
(b)
(11)
(5)
(4)
'"
bGd , 57a
4b (I)
Timer:
COmpon .. n"" ____ ___________________ ___________ _
.a
'"
'"
'"
",
.. . .
T ilt'
,'"
'",S>"
( I)
m<n
"
""
"
'"
"'"
>0,
""
'00
U, I3
12, 13
'",
",'00
'"
'"
'"
,,.
'"
1', 18
Thnln"
By oeparate IInit. ___ _ ____ ._ . _______ __ _______ ___
lib
Pube , eelf-pllbled 'y.tem _______________________ 16g.1k (4)
311, !IS
8illo&l __ ___ _ ____ .. _..... _...... __ ___ __ _..
27b
Within traoami tter ____ __ ._._ __ __ ____ __ __ __ __ __ _
lie
T -jllnetlon _______________ ___________ ____ _ ____ lie (3), 38b (3)
23, 1117
T-R .witeh __ __ _________________ 11.. (1I), :u.. (2), 36b (2), 38 24,IH, ]86,
Cavity _. ___ ______ __ __ . __ .... __ . ____ ._ __ ____
COa:d&lll nc _________ _ .. ___ ___________ ',_.'" _._
Open wlre _____ . _. _. _. __ . _. __ __ __ __ __ __ __ _ __
Resonan t , lnt. ____________________________ _._ _ _
3Sl
38d
38b
38g (6)
38e
"
'""
'"
'"
".
""
200
3Be (5)
2511 (2)
......""
]6], HIli,
38g
3Se (4)
Tran . mitter ,
E ~ternaUy puleed .... _____ _ _. ________ _ _. __
FU lletion _. __ _______________________________ _
Self.pul3ed __________ ___ .. _______ _ _____ __
Sel f_pullolllj( triode ...,illato r _ __ _________________ _
Se]f... y nc.h""niled . _____ __ ____ ___________________ _
] Ob,23
7b (I )
,,....
""
300
'"
'70
UI, 84
""
"'"
.8.
o,,~,
.11, om
UNrVR5ITYOf MKH~N
, , .a If
...
,-...
.".,
...'"
'.
..,.,
'",
,..
li7e (1 0)
..,
'"
,,,
,'"
..
,,.
".
...'"
....'"'",
'"
".
(2)
18b, 2,)(
23<: (8)
l'>OI.
600
60d
117r
Wave guide :
M ode o( euitatlon ____ __ ______ ____________ ._. 370
R.ect&ngular _. _._ ..... _. __ __ _________ __ _____
Rotating joint. _ _ _ _ _ __ __ _____ _____ __ ____ _____ _ __
,Round _______ _____ __ _ ____ ._ .. ________ ._ ._____
(2),
37e
370
37e
1i7, 107
88
(II)
(' )
189. Ull
([0)
(2)
127, 128
201.
0.'9'
~11n>m
UN,fIERSITY Of "'J{HlGAN